Home
Kidde Fire Systems 81-CO2MAN-001 User's Manual
Contents
1. 5 3 5 5 2 Local Manual Operation 0 0 5 4 5 6 Main Reserve 5 5 0 5 5 5 7 Lockout Valves Ee REPRE er RR ERR REUXERVCRAF FEAR 5 5 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE 6 1 cnc 6 1 6 2 Preventive Maintenance 6 1 6 3 Inspection Procedures m nemen 6 2 6 4 Semi Annual Weighing of CO2 Cylinders 6 4 6 4 1 Weighing using Kidde Fire Systems Weigh Scale 6 4 6 4 2 Weighing without Kidde Fire Systems Weigh Scale 6 5 6 4 3 Electric Control Head Test 6 6 6 4 4 Pressure Switch Test scene ek HEX er deere ewe 6 6 6 4 5 Verify Odorizer Cartridge 6 7 6 5 Annual Maintenance shes 6 7 6 5 1 Equipment 1 6 7 6 5 2 Distribution Piping Blow 2 00 6 7 6 5 3 Complete System Inspection r emen 6 7 September 2013 xiv P N 81 CO2MAN
2. COATED SURFACE NOZZLE LIQUID SURFACE AS Side of Square Height Flow Rate Area Side of Square ft ft Ib min ft ft 7 0 2 65 1 0 16 5 0 2 24 7 7 2 78 1 3 17 5 5 5 2 34 8 4 2 9 1 6 20 6 0 2 45 9 0 3 0 1 9 22 6 4 2 53 9 8 3 13 2 0 24 7 0 2 65 10 4 3 22 2 3 26 7 4 2 72 10 9 3 3 2 6 28 7 8 2 79 11 6 3 41 2 9 30 8 3 2 88 12 2 3 49 3 0 32 8 7 2 95 12 9 3 59 3 3 34 5 9 2 3 03 13 6 3 69 3 6 36 5 9 7 3 11 14 3 3 78 3 9 38 5 10 2 3 19 15 0 3 87 4 0 41 10 7 3 27 15 5 3 94 4 3 43 11 1 3 33 16 1 4 01 4 6 45 11 5 3 39 16 9 4 1 4 9 47 12 1 3 48 17 6 4 19 5 0 49 12 5 3 54 18 2 4 26 5 3 51 13 0 3 61 18 9 4 34 5 6 53 13 5 3 67 19 6 4 42 5 9 55 14 0 3 74 20 3 4 5 6 0 57 14 5 3 81 21 0 4 57 6 3 59 5 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 6 6 61 5 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 6 9 63 5 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 7 0 66 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 7 3 68 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 7 6 70 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 7 9 72 15 0 3 87 21 0 4 57 8 0 74 15 0 3 87 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 31 September 2013 Design Table 3 5B Type S Multijet Nozzle Metric Units COATED SURFACE NOZZLE LIQUID SURFACE Area Side of Square Height Flow Rate Area Side of Square m2 m m kg min m2 m 0 65 0 81 0 30 7 3 0 46 0 68 0 72 0 85 0 38 7 9 0 51 0 71 0 78 0
3. 2242422242424 2 22 3 39 Pipe Size Estimates i ces ais dager wale eats nea eA be exe ue Rx RM SALE NER NR REIN UN ERE 3 61 10 Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation lt mmn mene 3 66 11 Control Head Actuation Features 3 70 12 Corner Pulley Quantity and Cable Length Limits 3 71 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 xxi September 2013 LIST OF TABLES CONT Table Name 3 13 Nitrogen Pilot Line Length Limitations 3 14 Equivalent Lengths of Hand Hose Line Components US Units 3 15 Equivalent Lengths of Hand Hose Line Components Metric Units 4 1 Maximum Horizontal Pipe Hanger and Support Bracingl 4 2 Maximum Pipe Hanger and Support Design Load Ratings 4 3 Typical Cylinder Strap Location 4 4 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations cesses 4 5 1040 and 2300 cu in Nitrogen Pilot Driver Cylinder Strap Installation 4 6 Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation 2 1 2 020 2 2 6 1 Preventive Maintenance Schedule 8 1 Cylinders and Associated
4. 8 2 Manual and Pressure Control 8 3 Electric Control Equipment 8 4 Remote Control Equipment Cable 8 5 Pneumatic Control 8 6 CHECK Males ner s n eet othe sesso mute qapiq eiue cedes 8 7 Directional Stop 2 0 8 8 Lockout sede edad ree mex eU Eee uo Riu ean 8 9 Hose Equipments sc s s tto tatus id 8 10 Auxiliary 2 2 0 1 8 11 Carbon Dioxide Computer Program 8 12 Mantuals33 5 int UR ALIAM AME IAE M P EAE 8 13 Maintenance and Repair 8 14 Carbon Dioxide Nozzles 0500 8 15 Nozzle Identification esses nemen nemen senes nsns 8 16 Carbon Dioxide Nozzles Accessories 7 7 7 8 17 CO2 Valves Maintenance Repair and Spare Parts 8 18 Cylinder Rack and Framing Components 8 19 Framing Kits One Row through 15 Cyl
5. Valve assy P N Ball Valve P N ror adii Approx Size A B C WT Ib 1 47 70985090 10611105 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 1 27 70985069 70985075 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 3 4 70985070 70985076 1 92 3 50 9 25 8 1 70985071 70985077 1 92 3 60 9 25 9 11 4 70985072 70985078 2 10 3 93 9 85 10 11 2 70985073 70985079 2 47 4 55 10 05 12 2 70985074 70985080 2 66 4 94 10 25 12 Table 2 26 Stainless Steel Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers Valve assy P N Ball Valve P N Approx Size A B C WT Ib 1 4 10611113 10611004 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 1 2 10611114 10611100 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 3 4 10611115 10611101 1 92 3 50 9 25 8 1 10611116 10611099 1 92 3 60 9 25 9 11 4 10611117 10611102 2 10 3 93 9 85 10 11 2 10611118 10611098 2 47 4 55 10 05 12 2 10611119 10611103 2 66 4 94 10 25 12 September 2013 2 52 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 6 4 2 7 2 7 1 Component Descriptions CO2 System Lockout Valve Operational Sign An operational sign P N 06 231867 379 may be installed with all lockout valves to provide operational instructions for the lockout valve The sign is 9 x 5 made of Aluminium CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM LOCK OUT VALVE H VALVE CLOSED LOCKED OUT VALVE OPEN Figure 2 58 CO2 System Lockout Valve Operational Sign
6. 2 77 2 9 2 5 Storage Warning Sign P N 06 231866 855 2 77 2 9 2 6 Actuation Warning Sign P N 06 231866 856 2 78 2 10 Hose Reel and Rack Systems 2 78 CHAPTER 3 DESIGN 3 1 Introduction dme xxt PM e 3 1 3 2 Hazard Survey Definition and Analysis 3 1 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 ix September 2013 3 3 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 2 3 4 3 3 5 3 5 1 3 5 1 1 3 5 1 2 3 5 1 3 3 5 1 4 3 5 2 3 5 2 1 3 5 2 2 3 5 2 2 1 3 5 2 3 3 5 2 4 3 5 2 4 1 3 5 2 4 2 3 5 2 4 3 3 5 2 5 3 5 3 3 5 3 1 3 5 3 2 3 5 3 2 1 3 5 3 2 2 3 5 3 2 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 4 3 5 4 1 3 5 4 2 3 5 4 3 3 6 3 6 1 3 6 1 1 3 6 1 2 3 6 1 3 3 6 1 4 3 6 2 3 6 2 1 3 6 2 1 1 3 6 2 1 2 3 6 2 2 3 6 2 2 1 3 6 2 2 2 3 6 2 2 3 3 6 3 September 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT Design for Safety uuu eene tune RR SEX Me enr de eR DR eed 3 2 Applieatio onriS PIT 3 2 Total Flooding System me esee ems eese nnns 3 2 Local Application 3 3 Hand Hose Line 5 5 0 0 3 3 Total Flooding 5 meses 3 3 IntrodUGCtion uya AQ o edt cu d bo t d dans 3 3 E c esuFp eu e
7. Note No hardware listed for fastening framing to floor or wall P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 17 September 2013 Component Descriptions SECURE MANIFOLD WITH PIPE CLAMP 6 CYLINDERS ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm AISLE IN TABLE FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING NO CHANNEL WEIGH BAR CYLS LENGTH P N P N 6 ft 1 3 4 in 1873 mm 2 WK 271563 000 2 WK 243796 000 13 5 16 in 338 mm SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LONG BOLT AND NUT WEIGHING BAR BRACKET 3 WK 271567 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LONG BOLT AND NUT POST CHANNEL 3 WK 271566 000 HOLES FOR KNOCKOUT JUNCTION BOX CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET 2 WK 241211 000 THESE HOLES FOR FASTEN TO FLOOR PNEUMATIC SYSTEM ONLY HOLES FOR PNEUMATIC SELECTION VALVE 6 ft 4 in CHANNEL SUPPORT 4 WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 1930 mm 3 3 8 in X 1 in LONG BOLT AND NUT NOTE THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL BUT CAN ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING Figure 2 19 Cylinder Rack and Framing Example Arrangement September 2013 2 18 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 3 Component Descriptions ACTUATION COMPONENTS Actuation of the suppression system is initiated by use of control head s Control heads are components that attach to the control ports of the carbon dioxide cylinder valves The control head initiates the suppression system discharge by op
8. eR Rd 3 21 Discharge Rates eret tm 3 21 System Design v aap 3 24 EM 3 24 Discharge 221 5 0 0 0 emen Saa enne nens 3 25 Pressure Relief 0 3 25 Local Application Systems 3 26 Carbon Dioxide Requirements r 3 26 Nozzle Location Orientation And Coverage Area 3 26 Rate Of Discharge ied srt Er RIBUS UE RP 3 26 Duration Of Liquid Discharge 000 3 26 Quantity Of Carbon Dioxide 3 27 Rate by Area Method 00 00 cece eee eee eese e eem heme ense ens 3 27 Overhead Nozzles esee tae da net aha rtt ond Set aaa e ERI RES 3 27 Nozzle Coverage and Carbon Dioxide Requirements 3 27 Nozzle Positioning ect UR AER TR RE RR 3 35 Tankside Type L NOZZ1 1 0 0 0 cece cece renee meme emen 3 36 Rate for Liquid Surface 3 36 Rate for Coated 5 20 cece cece cece
9. Valve Size ASSY P N Ball Valve P N VD 1 4 70985018 10611105 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 1 2 70985020 70985075 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 3 4 70985021 70985076 1 92 3 50 9 25 8 1 70985022 70985077 1 92 3 60 9 25 9 11 4 70985023 70985078 2 10 3 93 9 85 10 11 2 70985024 70985079 2 47 4 55 10 05 12 2 70985025 70985080 2 66 4 94 10 25 12 Table 2 24 Stainless Steel Lockout Valves with Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers Valve Size ASSY P N Ball Valve P N gt WIPE 1 4 10611106 10611004 1 55 2 73 9 25 7 1 2 10611107 10611100 155 2 73 9 25 7 3 4 10611108 10611101 1 92 3 50 9 25 8 1 10611109 10611099 1 92 3 60 9 25 9 11 4 10611110 10611102 2 10 3 93 9 85 10 1 1 2 10611111 10611098 2 47 4 55 10 05 12 2 10611112 10611103 2 66 4 94 10 25 12 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 51 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 6 3 Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches The lockout valve with 2 SPDT explosion proof limit switches and indicator Figure 2 57 is available in sizes 1 4 thru 2 The part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 25 3 4 148p1 Jugy Lkesit UNKAGE X Figure 2 57 Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches Table 2 25 Carbon Steel Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers
10. 3 38 Nozzle Coverage and Carbon Dioxide Requirements 3 40 Rate by Volume Method 3 44 x P N 81 CO2MAN 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 3 6 3 1 Assumed Enclosure cicer e ERR EE En 3 44 3 6 3 2 Discharge Rate coo ts ere whi aad oa Cale eee Cee 3 44 3 6 3 3 Mey 3 49 3 6 4 Safeguards for Local Application Systems 3 50 3 7 Combination 5 4 1 emen see shes 3 51 3 8 Multiple Hazard 5 5 3 53 3 9 Pressure Operated Sirens 3 54 3 10 Extended Discharge Systems 3 55 3 10 1 Increased Agent Supply een enna ened 3 55 3 10 2 5 s u a alas ehe po a ua Nad RE a a yau 3 55 3 10 3 Common Applications 2 7 0 44 4 2 0 0 3 56 3 10 3 1 Deep Fat Cook rSs uci ir EC ERROR watt cee evades ee c SAE erre debe 3 56 3 10 3 2 Enclosed Rotating Electrical 3 56 3 10 3 2 1 Recirculating Ventilation 3 56 3 10 3 2 2
11. 4 21 4 19 Rack Framing 21 to 30 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 22 4 20 Cylinder Racks 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 23 4 21 Swivel Adapter to 60 0 60 esten en nennen 4 24 4 22 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position 4 26 4 23 Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid Main and Reserve 4 30 4 24 Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid Main and Reserve 4 30 4 25 Cable Operated Control 4 31 4 26 Electric Control Heads tota aeter vete ae cde Ze 4 32 4 27 Electric and Cable Operated Control 4 34 4 28 Pneumatic Detector HAD Litas bcd actor retta bv e et tee Pbi 4 36 4 29 Manometer Pneumatic e emen memes sens nnn 4 37 4 30 Heat CollectO tna u PETS 4 39 4 31 Pneumatic Control Head aa aus ua nee sehe he see emen eta 4 41 4 32 Tandem Pneumatic Control Head sss esee 4 42 4 33 Typical 1040 and 2300 cu in Pilot Driver Cylinder Strap Installation P N 90 101040 000 and 90 102
12. 4 27 4 4 2 Cable Operated Actuation System Components 4 27 4 4 3 Cable Operated Control Head 4 29 4 4 4 Pull BOXES ty 2 S 4 29 4 4 5 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 4 30 4 4 6 Tandem Control Head eee waqaq i eene 4 31 4 4 7 Electric Control Heads 0 ccc cece cece eee enter ee teeta eaten 4 32 4 4 8 Electric and Cable Operated Control 4 33 4 4 9 Pneumatic Heat Actuated Detection HAD System Components 4 35 4 4 9 1 uni 4 35 4 4 9 2 4 36 4 4 9 3 Manometer Test 4 38 4 4 9 4 Control Head Vent 06050 nnns 4 38 4 4 9 4 1 To Test Pneumatic Detectors And or System Tubing For Tightness 4 39 4 4 9 4 2 Other Use For 4 39 4 4 9 5 Heat Collector UU SS RR RIP iri Ue We uh eee ITE Erde NE RUE 4 39 4 4 10 Pneumatic Control Head 4 40 4 4 11 Nitrogen Actuation Station me enne nennen 4 42 4 4 11 1 Installati
13. A 2 A 5 Discharge Rates for Deep Seated A 3 APPENDIX B OBSOLETE EQUI PMENT B 2 Obsolete 1 2 see shes B 1 B 3 a c ione om ios Ma An eat S B 1 B 3 1 Description cuoco ePi B 1 B 3 2 EU B 3 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT B 4 Pneumatic Transmitter 2 0 0 00000 0004 4 4 1 pregio Me eae en 4 4 2 Aa E MU UR EE RM uska e B 5 B 5 Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 second B 6 B 5 1 Description a ee a k ae B 6 B 5 2 B 6 B 6 Pneumatic Main to Reserve Valve emen B 7 B 7 LEockout Valves i eoe ade ere dixe RAE EE AD S an a B 8 B 7 1 Lockout Valve 9 7 1 1 Stem Seal 1 9 7 1 2 Wiring Diagram cerle ERR eee en ede x DR AE Sickert Ex ERRARE aus us B 10 B 7 2 Lockout Valves Maintenance ssssssssssssss meme esee nens B 10 B 8 Odorizer 1 5 NPT Housing and Glass Cartridge
14. eme 2 6 Single Cylinder Strap 4 nnne 2 13 Double Cylinder Strap 2 2 4 1 6 2 14 Framing Kits One Row through 15 2 17 Cable Housing Part 2 he en e enn nnns 2 25 1 16 inch Pull Cable Lengths eae indi te cece eee nee 2 26 Electric Control Head ura u a n c Red teet saa tee ETRAS RR 2 28 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head 2 29 Explosion Proof Control 0 0 0000 40 1 etes 2 30 Pneumatic Control Head 5 9 4 0 2 31 Pneumatic Cable Housing Part Numbers 2 33 Vent SI Ze Aue nah dean A MM as nen sha tas apy u et an et 2 35 1 8 inch Copper Tubing Part mener 2 36 3 16 inch Copper Tubing Part Numbers ehem 2 37 1 4 inch Actuation Hose Part Numbers ccc ccc cc cce ec IH ene ne esee nnn 2 41 Check Valve Dimensions 1 4 inch through 3
15. odes ERU aa eee et 3 67 3 12 5 1 Hydraulic Calculations 00500 3 67 3 12 5 2 Directional Valve 5 3 68 3 12 5 3 Odorizer Assembly z er Rx Rer e et RUE RES 3 68 3 12 5 4 Electrical Clearances gt sme en meses eese ene 3 68 3 13 Actuation System Design 3 68 3 13 1 Discharge Heads sere eg eti d eR da PED 3 68 3 13 2 Cylinder Actuatiori re e HET teg b Se ane edad 3 68 3 13 2 1 Actuation With A Control Head 3 68 3 13 2 2 Actuation With Manifold 3 68 3 13 3 Actuation Classifications 3 69 3 13 3 1 Automatic sua EMT 3 69 3 13 3 2 Normal uestre uka SEIS kiasa Erika 3 69 3 13 3 3 Emergency Manua l z a Zuna n dee yapa de tus echte p rus 3 70 3 13 4 Control Systers oit tetro toned e I E pU ett at 3 70 3 13 4 1 Lever Operated Actuation 3 70 3 13 4 2 Cable Operated Actuation r r 3 70 3 13 4 2 1 Tandem Control Heads 3 71 3 13 4 2 2 Multiple Pull Stations
16. emen 2 19 2 3 2 Cable Operated Control Head 000 2 20 2 3 3 Manual Control Equipment 2 21 2 3 3 1 Mechanical Pull BOX inian tsa ie ehe teu lea 2 22 2 3 3 2 Mechanical Box 2 2 22 2 3 3 3 Corner Pulleys ide ER eee oe ee ae E ee 2 23 2 3 3 4 deret etie t eei pa tdi ues 2 23 2 3 3 5 Adapter disaster itu a teri eo trea Mo a bend 2 24 2 3 3 6 Cable HOUSING isse eek Mr eee ee MEETS 2 24 2 3 3 7 Dual Pull Mechanism sss e eme meses ener ener ens 2 25 2 3 3 8 Dual Pull Equalizer iie kp ceeds 2 26 2 3 3 9 l l6zinch Pull Cable icto Rex HR IER RR IA EY REL IU ana 2 26 2 3 4 Electric Control Heads exe dee Me Ree xe iE ev eee 2 27 2 3 4 1 Electric Control Heads 2 27 2 3 4 2 Electric and Cable Operated Control 2 28 2 3 4 3 Explosion Proof Electric and Cable Operated Control Heads 2 29 2 3 5 Pneumatic Control Heads rr 2 30 2 3 5 1 Tandem Pneumatic Control Head 2 31 2 3 6 Components for Pneuma
17. t eet 2 1 2 2 1 Cylinder and Valve Assemblies a 2 1 2 2 1 1 Valves iube HERR ERR ERR EK ER Re E aa EE Re EM RED 2 4 2 2 1 2 Gylinder Ellliri ie T a a d OE ene ate e Eee dts 2 5 2 2 2 Discharge Heads Qa anp sete basse uidet pir 2 7 2 2 2 1 Plain nut Discharge 2 7 2 2 2 2 Grooved nut Discharge Head mmm 2 8 2 2 3 Flexible HOSES iot me te ERE TRAE PR RE RD Xin IR DRAKE Eme DA ERR EXE 2 11 2 2 4 Swivel Adapter e HER EC ERI C SARI ER RR EPA PAID ays 2 12 2 2 5 Manifold Y Fitting eie me Re Rex eni be Reize rem ERR xn 2 12 2 2 6 Cylinder Mounting 000 me memes 2 13 2 2 6 1 Single or Double Cylinder Arrangements 11 2 13 2 2 6 1 1 Single Cylinder Straps notre etr bear er ek asa qapas e RA 2 13 2 2 6 1 2 Double Cylinder Straps memes nene 2 14 2 2 6 2 Multiple Cylinder Arrangements mme 2 15 2 2 6 2 1 Cylinder Rack and Framing Example Arrangement 2 16 2 3 Actuation Components wc uuu Red ERREUR 2 19 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 vii September 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 2 3 1 Lever Operated Control Head
18. 1 2 inch Washer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note No hardware listed for fastening framing to floor or wall P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 13 September 2013 Parts List Table 8 20 Framing Kits Two Rows One Side 5 through 17 Cylinders Number of Cylinders 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Kit Number 81 010021 XXX 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 Part No Description Quantity Supplied in Kit WK 271566 000 Post 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 WK 241211 000 Gusset 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 WK 207281 000 Channel Support 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 WK 271563 000 3 Cylinder Channel 1 1 2 2 1 1 WK 271564 000 4 Cylinder Channel 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 WK 271565 000 5 Cylinder Channel 1 1 1 WK 271561 000 Cradle 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 WK 241105 000 Front Clamp 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 WK 271562 000 End Clamp 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row 1 1 1 1 1 1 WK 243799 000 Rack Rod 2 Rows 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 WK 271568 000 2 Row Weigh Bar Bracket 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 WK 243796 000 3 Cylinder Weigh Bar 2 2 4 4 2 2 WK 243797 000 4 Cylinder Weigh Bar 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 WK 243798 000 5 Cylinder Weigh Bar 2 2 2 WK 290385 000 Cylinder Spacer 2 3 3 4
19. 27 PRESSURE INLET lt SNS PISTON Z L x lal FTN Vz BN WE Z SWIVEL NUT VA lt SE 55 SSSSSSSSSS NS Z 1 1 4 in 18 UNEF 3B Figure 4 34 Pressure Operated Control Heads 4 4 13 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Heads 1 Refer to Figure 4 35 and ensure the control head is in the Set position with locking pin and seal wire intact Remove protection cap from cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port Connect flexible actuation hose to pressure operated control head Apply Teflon tape to the threads of lever and pressure operated control head Using a suitable wrench assemble control head to cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port Tighten swivel nut securely eb September 2013 4 44 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 5 4 5 1 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 45 Installation ALLOW APPROX 2 in 51 mm CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION OF LEVER LEVER SAFETY PIN SEAL WIRE j 1 8 in NPT PRESSURE INLET PISTON ZZ BODY Z 55553 SS D 240 Z l o jg 55555 Z lt S 41 A N 1 1 4 in 18 UNEF 3B Figure 4 35 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Heads AUXILIARY COMPONENTS Pressure Operated Switches Pressure operated switches must be connected to the pilot piping or discharge manifolds
20. B 11 B 8 1 Odorizer Protective Housing B 11 B 8 2 Odorizer Cartridge ties ee indes EE Ex de tails AE Eds B 11 B 8 3 Odorizer InstallatiOfiz ecrire B 12 B 8 4 Semi annual Maintenance for Odorizer B 13 B 8 5 Post Discharge Odorizer Maintenance B 13 APPENDIX C EUROPEAN EQUI PMENT C 1 I nitFod ctiorn cde iri entendu tron de ehe te qued C 1 APPENDIX D EQUI VALENT LENGTH D 1 Valve and Delay Equivalent Length D 1 September 2013 xvi P N 81 CO2MAN 001 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Name Page Number 2 1 25 through 50 Ib Carbon Dioxide Cylinders Bent Siphon Tube 2 2 2 2 75 and 100 Ib Carbon Dioxide Cylinder Straight Siphon Tube 2 3 2 3 1 2 Type I Cylinder 1 0 me hene 2 4 2 4 5 8 inch Type I Cylinder Valve r He eme 2 5 2 5 Pressure vs Temperature for CO2 2 6 2 6 Discharge Head Plain y a u u eee eee nemen nee ese heme sene nn 2 7 2 7 Installation of Plain Nut Discharge Head to Cylinder Val
21. esses III mme e emen eem 3 71 3 13 4 2 3 Multiple Cylinder 3 71 3 13 4 3 Pneumatic Heat Detector Operated Actuation 3 71 3 13 4 3 1 Tandem Control Heads 3 72 3 13 4 3 2 Main and Reserve System 0 002 2 3 72 3 13 4 4 Electrically Operated Actuation 3 72 3 13 4 5 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Actuation 3 72 3 13 4 5 1 Direct N2 Operation of CO2 Cylinders and Stop Valves 3 72 3 13 4 5 2 Nitrogen Actuation with In Line Discharge Delay 3 73 3 14 Detection Devices Alarm Devices And Control Panels 3 74 3 14 1 Suppression Control Panels 3 74 3 14 2 System Power 5 3 74 3 14 3 A tomatic Detectionmi pet brine eed ris 3 75 3 14 4 Manual Conttols oot e ene e pate ua ati ap sapna nt Dee ud aeterna 3 75 3 14 5 NotificatiQn eU ME REM ELM und 3 75 3 14 6 Supervision of Controls iet ee eme exes enn 3 75 3 14 7 Main an
22. P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Cable Pull stations shall not require a pull of more than 40 Ib 178 N force or a movement of more than 14 356 mm to actuate the system Tandem Control Heads For actuation of two or more adjacent pilot cylinders cable operated control heads may be connected in tandem from a single pull station A cable housing See Paragraph 2 3 3 6 shall be installed between each control head to protect the cable Multiple Pull Stations Either the Tee Pulley Part No 83 843791 000 or the Dual Pull Mechanism Part No 81 840058 000 will allow multiple pull stations to be used with a single cable operated control head Each device counts as one corner pulley The cable length from each pull station to the control head may not exceed the maximum cable length specified in Table 3 12 Multiple Cylinder Banks The Dual Pull Equalizer Part No 81 840051 000 allows a single pull station to operate two control heads The Equalizer counts as one corner pulley The cable length from each pull station to the control head may not exceed the maximum cable length specified in Table 3 12 PNEUMATIC HEAT DETECTOR OPERATED ACTUATI ON Pneumatic heat detection systems provide a fully mechanical means of automatic actuation Heat Actuated Devices HAD are to be installed in an anticipated path of convective heat flow from the fire and spaced at a maximum on center distance of 20 ft 6 1 m or 15 ft 10 in 4 8 m for FM applications for c
23. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CARBON DI OXIDE The physical properties of carbon dioxide are provided in Table 1 1 September 2013 1 7 September 2013 General Information Table 1 1 Physical Properties of Carbon Dioxide 0 and 101 kPa abs Parameter US Units Metric Units Molecular weight 44 44 Specific gravity 32 and 1 atm 1 524 1 524 0 and 101 kPa abs Vapor density 32 F and 1 atm 0 1234 Ib ft 1 98 kg m Liquid density 70 F 21 C 47 6 Ib ft 70 F 762 kg m 21 C Triple point 69 9 F 75 1 psia 56 6 C 518 kPa abs Sublimation temperature 1 atm 101 kPa abs 109 3 F 1 atm 78 5 C Critical temperature 87 9 F 31 1 C Critical pressure 1071 psia 7382 kPa abs Latent heat of sublimation 109 3 F 78 5 C 245 5 BTU Ib 199 0 kJ kg Latent heat of vaporization 9 29F 179C 119 0 BTU Ib 276 8 kJ kg 1 10 CLEAN UP Since carbon dioxide is a gas it can penetrate and spread to all parts of a fire area As a gas or as a finely divided solid called snow or dry ice it will not conduct electricity and therefore can be used on energized electrical equipment It leaves no residue thus eliminating cleanup of the agent itself For the safety of the personnel the area should be thoroughly ventilated and purged with fresh alr September 2013 1 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 1 2 2 Component Descriptions CHAPTER 2 COMPONENT DESC
24. WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR CHANNEL SUPPORT 7 in 9 1 8 in 1 2 in 10 1 2 WK 20728 0001 FASTEN WITH 20 718 in 4 22 3 4 in 4 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS 50 LB CAP CYL 75 LB CAP CYL 10 in CENTERS 21 22CYL 2 TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH LENGTH PIN BAR P N cvis WK 241213 000 2 WK 207283 000 13 14 WK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 15 16 2 WK 241214 000 4 81 207284 000 SY WK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 17 18 7 ft 10 in WK 241215 000 2 WK 207285 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN 4 WK 207285 000 1920 sai 2 wK 261215 000 4 FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE mom Wizna WK 241216 000 2 81 207286 000 THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL 23 24 10ft 4in 2 241216 000 4 81 207286 000 BUT CAN BE ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING Figure 4 8 Rack Framing 13 to 24 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 11 September 2013 Installation 1 2 in 13 NUT WK 151932 000 UNDER CHANNEL TO SECURE RODS CYLINDER CHANNEL VARIOUS CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 o V NV NK NV N NES 1 2 in WASHERS WK 157732 000
25. Wr Quantity of agent to compensate for extreme temperatures from Equation 10 Ib kg Uncloseable Openings Additional carbon dioxide must be provided to compensate for any loss of agent through openings that cannot be closed prior to or at the start of discharge The additional quantity shall be equal to the anticipated loss at the design concentration for the designed duration of protection lasting at least 1 minute This additional quantity of carbon dioxide shall be combined with the basic concentration quantity The leakage rate through an opening in an enclosure depends on many factors If there is no forced ventilation the leakage will depend on the size and location of the openings It also will depend on whether there is sufficient leakage in the upper part of the enclosure to allow free flow of air into the enclosure Since carbon dioxide is heavier than air there may be little or no loss of carbon dioxide from openings in or near the ceiling Losses in the walls or at the floor level may be substantial To maintain a constant pressure within the enclosure fresh air must enter through the same opening as the carbon dioxide exits Therefore the effective area of the opening is reduced by a factor of 2 Equation 4 A 2 Where Effective leakage area ft 2 m2 Ag Area of all uncloseable opening ft m The leakage rate can be determined using the design concentration the height from the centerline o
26. Wy 0 lb Wy 0 lb Win Wet Wi Wy Wr Wmin 300 0 0 0 Wmin 300 Ib Amin Wmin ta m amin 300 1 q 300 Ib min September 2013 3 18 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design 3 5 3 Calculations for Deep Seated Fires Deep seated fires involve a combination of surface fire and burning within a mass of material The surface burning is quickly suppressed when a sufficient quantity of carbon dioxide is rapidly discharged into the protected enclosure However to extinguish the burning within the mass of material a sufficiently high concentration must be maintained for an appropriate time period to allow any smoldering to be suppressed and to allow the material to cool to a temperature at which it will not reignite when the carbon dioxide dissipates Applications that contain materials that produce surface fires may also contain varying amounts of material that will produce deep seated fires Each application must be carefully analyzed to determine the most appropriate suppression approach The decision to design the suppression system for a surface fire or for deep seated combustion is usually based upon considerations such as speed of detection versus time to extinguish mass of materials involved thermal insulating factors manual firefighting capabilities and the economic importance of the equipment or materials involved Often the decision will be made after consultation with the authority having jurisdiction the owner and th
27. Z DISCHARGE OUTLET ur IDENTIFYING GROOVES IN POSITION SWIVEL NUT OPERATED POSITION 2 1 2 14N3 SWIVEL NUT FOR CONNECTION TO CYLINDER VALVE OUTER O RING P N WF 242466 000 INNER O RING STEM P N WF 242467 000 Figure 2 8 Discharge Head Grooved Nut The discharge head must be permanently connected into the system piping Never attach the discharge heads to the cylinder valves until the cylinders are secured in brackets or racking Under no circumstances is the discharge head WARNI NG to remain attached to the cylinder valve after removal from service during shipment handling storage or during filling Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious bodily injury death or property damage P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 9 September 2013 Component Descriptions PISTON GROOVED NUT DISCHARGE HEAD STOP CHECK el DISCHARGE OUTLET PILOT PRESSURE HERE WILL NOT DISCHARGE THIS CYLINDER PILOT PRESSURE PATH IN DISCHARGE HEAD STEM INNER O RING OUTER O RING PILOT PRESSURE PATH IN VALVE IDENTIFYING GROOVES IN SWIVEL NUT MAIN CHECK SAFETY OUTLET PILOT PORT PILOT CHECK TYPE I CYLINDER VALVE SEE K 1050 TYPICAL SIPHON TUBE TYPICAL CYLINDER CAUTION NEVER CONNECT DISCHARGE HEAD TO CYLINDER VALVE WITHOUT FLEX LOOP ATTACHED TO DISCHARGE OUTLET AND CONNECTED TO SYSTEM PIPING ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY F
28. emnes 3 45 3 5 Nozzle Placement 1 1 eme mee heme emn eren 3 50 3 6 Example of an End 0 0000 3 62 3 7 Example of a Center Manifold 3 63 3 8 Example of an Manifold 0 0 nee seen hehehe eene 3 63 3 9 Example of a Main and Reserve End Manifold 3 64 3 10 Lockout Valve Release Circuit Wiring ener 3 65 3 11 Pilot Cylinder Position within Manifold r r 3 69 3 12 Typical Actuation Arrangement Using In line Discharge Delay 3 74 September 2013 xviii P N 81 CO2MAN 001 LIST OF FIGURES CONT Figure Name Page Number 3 13 Pressure Trip Applications us u 3 77 3 14 Typical Hand Hose Line System with Rack 3 78 3 15 Typical Hand Hose Line System with Reel sss meme 3 79 4 1 Typical Manifold Layout a hee e re eere e rene nenne 4 4 4 2 Manifold Y Fitting oor tr eade bl aeter en retos ser bene 4 5 4 3 Typical Cylinder Strap 2 2 memes eee hens nnn 4
29. enne enn 2 75 2 84 Sign at Every Entrance to Protected 2 76 2 85 Sign at Every Entrance to Protected Space for Systems with a Wintergreen OdorizerW 2 76 2 86 Sign in Every Nearby Space Where CO2 Can Accumulate to Hazardous LevelsW 2 77 2 87 Sign Outside Each Entrance to CO2 Storage 2 77 2 88 Sign at Each Manual Actuation 5 2 78 2 89 Hose to Hose Reel 02 2 2 79 2 90 Hose to Pipe Rack 1 4 7 4 2 2 2 4 1471 44 2 80 2 91 Hose Assembly ate eot 2 81 2 92 Horn and ValVe Assemblyu uu s sa antata aspa esee nemen sie esi heme sensere seen nens 2 82 2 93 Handie and Horn bur aD aaa Vanda suq ha asss 2 83 2 94 Model HR 1 Instruction 0 00 2 84 3 1 Minimum Design CO2 2 4 2 3 8 3 2 Calculated CO2 Loss 00500 3 11 3 3 Nozzle AImllig uet bs tU b lasu haya 3 35 3 4 Partial Enclosure Flow Rate Reduction
30. 1 WK 243797 000 2 WK 243798 000 3 WK 243798 000 1 WK 271654 000 3 WK 271565 000 15 Figure 4 15 Rack Framing 11 to 15 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Single Row September 2013 4 18 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 1 2in 13 NUT WK 151932 000 CYLINDER CHANNEL VARIOUS CHANNEL SUPPORT UNDER CHANNEL TO SECURE LENGTHS OF 3 4 AND 5 CYL SECTIONS WK 207281 000 RODS amp BOLTS 4 POST CHANNEL W 2 1 2 WASHERS 1 WK 157732 000 THIS END ONLY in 13 X 1 in LG BOLT WK 149132 480 CYLINDER CRADLE WK 271561 000 CUT OFF CORNER INDICATES LONGER 1 2 in 13 X 11 in LG ROD WK 243795 000 CYLINDER FRONT CLAMP WK 241105 000 13 5 8 in gt 8 in 3 1 2 in 13 NUTS WK 151932 000 PLAN TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT FOR EVEN NO OF CYLINDERS APPROX 7 in 11 5 8 in CENTERS FOR UNEVEN NO OF CYLINDERS START WITH TWO RODS THEN CONTINUE WITH RODS BETWEEN EVERY OTHER CYLINDER SEE FRAMING DWG FOR ARRANGEMENT BOLT AND NUT WK 149124 160 AND WK 151924 000 FRONT VIEW NOTE FORMAN 82 RESERVE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT 1 qisTAL CYLINDER ROD AND FRONT CLAMP BETWEEN EACH CYLINDER FOR 7 MAIN amp 7 RESERVE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT Figure 4 16 Cylinder Racks 100 Ib Capacity Single Row September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 19 Installation 9 10 CYLS SECURE MANIFOLD WITH PIPE SLOT FOR P
31. 188 mm SLOT FOR MOUNTING SCREW 1 3 4 in 45 mm MOUNTING BRACKET 4 2 in EMT CONNECTOR TYP 1 2 in EMT TYP UPPER CAGE 1 8 in TUBING 1 8 in TUBING UNION SUPPLIED WITH DETECTOR CHAMBER 5 5 16 in gt 135 mm LOWER CAGE Figure 2 38 Heat Actuated Detector HAD Industrial 2 3 6 3 HEAT COLLECTOR The heat collector Part No WK 312720 000 Figure 2 39 is a 16 inch square baffle plate constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel and is used to capture rising heated air and combustion products generated by a fire The heat collector is used when the HADs cannot be mounted at ceiling level September 2013 2 34 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 1 in 25 mm 16 in 406 mm 11 MOUNTING SURFACE FOR PNEUMATIC HEAT DETECTOR MOUNT IN CENTER 16 in 406 mm Figure 2 39 Heat Collector 2 3 6 4 VENTS One of the major factors that determines the response characteristics of a system utilizing heat actuated detectors is the size of the vents in the pneumatic control heads If the on site conditions change the vents in the pneumatic control heads can be replaced to adjust to the new site conditions The vent size is measured in terms of seconds and the number of seconds indicates the time required for venting two inches of water column pressure The larger the vent size the more sensitive the system will be to tempe
32. 6 Remove the protective cap from the cylinder valve actuation port P N 81 CO2MAN 001 7 7 September 2013 Post Discharge Maintenance Ensure the control head is in the SET position that is the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position Failure to do so will cause the nitrogen cylinder WARNING to discharge when the control head is installed 7 Install the control head to the cylinder valve and tighten securely 7 5 HOSE REEL OR RACK SYSTEM Reset the control head Reinstall locking pin Replace seal wire Verify the hose horn valve is in the OPEN position to relieve all pressure from the hose Close horn valve Inspect hose and horn valve for fire damage Replace if damage is found Rewind hose on rack or reel Place horn in clip with horn facing down If hose reel or rack system was operated using a cable pull station replace broken pull station glass 7 Remove empty cylinder s Reinstall charged cylinders as instructed in Paragraph 7 3 SE od September 2013 7 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Parts List CHAPTER 8 PARTS LIST 8 1 PARTS LIST This chapter identifies the parts comprising the Kidde Fire Systems carbon dioxide fire suppression system The information is grouped as follows e Cylinders and Associated Equipment Table 8 1 Manual and Pressure Control Equipment Table 8 2 Electric Control Equipment Table 8 3 Remote Control Equipment Cable Table 8 4 Pneumatic Co
33. DI SCHARGE NOZZLES Discharge nozzles control the distribution of carbon dioxide into the protected area or onto the protected equipment or process Kidde Fire Systems discharge nozzles are designed to provide the proper combination of flow rate and discharge pattern to protect vital equipment in a total flooding manner or on a local application basis Kidde Fire Systems discharge nozzles are marked to identify the nozzle and show the nozzle s equivalent single orifice diameter The equivalent diameter refers to the orifice diameter of a standard single orifice type nozzle having the same flow rate as the Kidde Fire Systems nozzle The orifice code numbers indicate the equivalent single orifice diameter in 1 32 inch increments A plus symbol is used to indicate a 1 64 inch increment Multijet Nozzle Type S The type S multijet nozzles listed in Table 2 27 have a female 1 2 inch NPT inlet connection for attaching to the distribution piping Strainers are provided with nozzles having orifice code numbers from 2 to 5 Type S nozzle sizes and styles are summarized in Table 2 27 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 53 September 2013 Component Descriptions Table 2 27 Type S Nozzles Orifice Code s S Zinc S Flanged No 2 803381 803897 802990 2 803365 803881 802974 3 803366 803882 802975 3 803367 803883 802976 4 803368 803884 802977 4 803369 803885 802978 5 803370 803886 802979 5 8
34. Equation A 4 2 R 6ocpa P Where Rate of CO in Ibs min September 2013 A 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 C CO concentration fraction p Density of vapor in Ibs ft 3 A Area of opening in ft 2 flow coefficient included g Gravitational constant 32 2 ft sec p Density of atmosphere in Ibs ft Dp Density of surrounding air in Ibs ft h Static head between opening and top of enclosure in ft Example Determine the loss rate through a 1 foot by 1 foot opening in an enclosure The midpoint of the opening is 5 feet below the ceiling and the system is designed to achieve a 34 percent concentration A number of factors must be calculated prior to applying Equation A 4 The density of air at 70 F is 0 075 Ib ft 3 The density of carbon dioxide vapor at 70 F can be calculated from its molecular weight 44 and the molecular weight of air 29 0 075 Ib ft X 44 29 0 114 Ib ft The density of a carbon dioxide air mixture containing 34 percent by volume of carbon dioxide is 0 114 Ib ft X 0 34 0 075 Ib ft X 0 66 0 089 Ib ft The effective area of the opening can be reduced by a factor of 2 since there are no known openings above this opening The opening area for calculation purposes is thus 1ft X 1ft 2 0 5 ft The carbon dioxide loss rate through the opening is 2 32 2 0 089 0 075 5 R 60 0 34 0 114 0 5 0 089 1 16 7 11 82 b mi
35. W W 0 448 25 473 Ib September 2013 3 58 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design From Equation 34 nod MS Weyl Where Ney is the Quantity of Cylinders Required and nos is the Selected Cylinder Capacity To minimize the quantity of cylinders needed select the largest possible cylinder size W 100 Ib W min sys W A cyl cyl nil 473 100 5 cylinders From Equation 35 UE n Where nes is the Total Quantity of Agent Supplied M Ney x 500 Ib 3 11 2 3 11 3 Main and Reserve Supplies A reserve agent supply provides a means of rapidly returning the system to its ready state after a fire or discharge event A system of controls and valves is used to select a secondary agent supply and to provide continuous protection while the discharged cylinders are refilled Occasionally the reserve supply is also used to provide a second shot of agent during the same fire event The reserve supply shall be equal to the main supply calculated in Paragraph 3 11 1 and shall be permanently connected to the piping except where the authority having jurisdiction permits an unconnected reserve It is strongly recommended to provide a reserve agent supply when multiple hazards are protected from a common bank of cylinders using directional valves See Paragraph 3 8 Cylinder Location The cylinder location is an important factor in system design as this will affect the i
36. ft 3 Not Less Than Ib Up to 140 14 0 072 E 141 500 15 0 067 10 501 1 600 16 0 063 35 1 601 4 500 18 0 056 100 4 501 50 000 20 0 050 250 Over 50 000 22 0 046 2 500 Ducts and Covered Trenches 8 0 125 See Section 3 5 2 2 1 September 2013 3 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Table 3 2B Volume Factors Surface Fires For 34 Concentration Metric Units Volume Factor Calculated Quantity Enclosure Volume m3 h m3 kg kg m Not Less Than kg Up to 3 96 086 1 15 3 97 14 15 093 1 07 4 5 14 16 45 28 0 99 1 01 15 1 45 29 127 35 1 11 0 90 45 4 127 36 1415 0 1 25 0 80 113 5 Over 1415 0 1 38 0 77 1135 0 Ducts and Covered Trenches 0 50 2 00 See Section 3 5 2 2 1 EXAMPLE 1 TOTAL FLOODI NG FOR SURFACE FIRES Basic Carbon Dioxide Quantity Consider a room with dimensions of 20 ft L by 30 ft W by 10 ft H Determine the basic carbon dioxide quantity From Equation 1 Wy Where V is Volume Of The Protected Space and f is the Volume Factor V 20 ft x 30 ft x 10 ft V 6 000 ft 3 20 ft 3 Ib from Table 3 2 for volumes 4 501 ft 3 to 50 000 ft W Wz 6 000 20 W 300 Ib 3 5 2 2 1 Ducts and Covered Trenches A flooding factor of 8 3 16 0 50 m2 kg or 0 125 Ib ft 3 2 00 kg m3 must be used when total flooding a duct or a covered trench This results in a concentration of 6596 and does not requi
37. gt S Where Actual nozzle coverage area ft 2 S Width of nozzle coverage area from Equation 22 ft m 5 Length of nozzle coverage area from Equation 25 ft m Equation 27 N N x N Where N Quantity of nozzles N N from Equation 21 rounded up to the next whole number N N from Equation 24 rounded up to the next whole number The total discharge rate for tankside nozzle protection may be calculated using Equation 28 Equation 28 qrs 4 lt x N Where drs Total discharge rate for tankside nozzle protection Ib min kg min q Single nozzle discharge rate from Table 3 7 or Table 3 8 kg min Actual nozzle coverage area from Equation 26 ft 2 m2 N Quantity of nozzles from Equation 27 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 41 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 10 LOCAL APPLICATION RATE BY AREA Tankside Nozzles Consider a quench tank with liquid surface dimensions of 3 ft W x 7 ft L Minimize carbon dioxide and nozzle requirements while using a tankside nozzle location Calculate the quantity of nozzles minimum flow rate and the minimum carbon dioxide supply for the hazard From Equation 21 N w 4 w Where N is the Quantity Of Nozzle Rows and w is the Width of the Protected Area N w 4 3 4 N 0 75 N 1 row From Equation 22 s Where 5 is the Width of the Nozzle Coverage Area Sy w Ny 5 3 1 5 3
38. 1 4 10611104 2 73 1 55 0 50 1 03 0 50 1 25 4 00 2 26 0 31 0 19 1 1 Reduced Port 1 2 10611100 2 73 1 55 0 50 1 03 0 50 1 25 4 00 2 26 0 31 0 19 1 1 Reduced Port 3 4 10611101 3 50 1 92 0 50 1 38 0 88 1 63 5 50 3 10 0 50 0 31 2 7 Full Port 1 10611099 3 60 1 92 0 50 1 38 0 88 1 75 5 50 3 10 0 50 0 31 2 8 Reduced Port 1 1 4 10611102 3 93 2 10 0 56 1 63 1 00 2 00 5 50 3 23 0 50 0 31 3 7 Reduced Port 1 1 2 10611098 4 55 2 47 0 75 1 88 1 25 2 38 7 00 3 93 0 63 0 38 5 0 Reduced Port 2 10611103 4 94 2 66 0 75 2 12 1 50 2 88 7 00 4 12 0 63 0 38 6 8 Reduced Port Figure 2 55 Lockout Valves with Lock September 2013 2 50 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 6 2 Lockout Valves with Limit Switches The lockout valve with 2 SPDT limit switches and indicator Figure 2 56 is available in sizes 1 4 thru 2 The part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 23 9 40 NEMA 4 4X 2 SPOT UMIT SWITCH 1 2 14NPT HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE 2 SEE CHART x NPT CONNECTION BOTH ENDS SEE CHART Figure 2 56 Lockout Valves with Limit Switches Table 2 23 Carbon Steel Lockout Valves with Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers
39. 4 8 in PRESSURE 4 1 2 in INLET 114 mm PISTON BODY n lt lt L AEN SET OPERATED 1 1 4 18 UNEF 3B 3 in 76 mm Figure 2 43 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head 2 3 7 3 STACKABLE PRESSURE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD The stackable pressure operated control head Part No 82 878750 000 Figure 2 44 is similar in design and construction to the lever and pressure operated control head It offers a stackable design and is used where a cable operated or electric mechanical control head is also required P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 39 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 3 8 2 3 8 1 2 3 8 1 1 2 3 8 1 2 1 1 4 18 UNEF 3A CAP RETAINER f 1 8 27 3 1 2 PRESSURE INLET 89 mm PISTON BODY OPERATED 1 1 4 18 UNEF 3B STEM Figure 2 44 Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head Components for Pressure Operated Actuation Systems NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER AND BRACKET Nitrogen pilot cylinders supply pressure to operate via pressure operated control heads pilot cylinders stop valves discharge delays or N gt pressure operated sirens Three different sized cylinder capacities are provided for use with systems Each cylinder is of steel material and designed in accordance with USDOT and TC requirements Each cylinder is factory pressurized to 1800 psig 70F
40. Ferrule 81 980564 000 Horn Valve Assembly 81 960099 000 Clip Handle 81 939000 000 Clip Horn WK 282386 000 Instruction Plate Model HR 1 Reprinted with permission from NFPA 12 2005 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems Copyright 2005 National Fire Prevention Association Quincy MA 02169 This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions l4 281 2in 724 mm 4 18 1 2 in _____ lt 6 1 2 in REF M 18 1 8 in 470 mm 165 mm 460 mm 4 432 mm 10 in i 16 1 2 in 4 13 32 DIA MOUNTING HOLES SWIVEL JOINT INLET FOR CONNECTION TO AGENT SUPPLY PIPE 1 in NPT FEMALE RIGHT HAND FEMALE BY LEFT HAND FEMALE COUPLING NUT P N WK 909000 000 1 in NPT LEFT HAND MALE HOSE REEL OUTLET cn 3 X TYPICAL HOSE Figure 2 89 Hose to Hose Reel Connection 1 in NPT RIGHT HAND MALE P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 79 September 2013 Component Descriptions HORN CLIP 38 31 in 965 mm 787 mm HANDLE CLIP 13 in 9 in 5 mm 229 mm P N WK 834900 000 HOSE THREADED PROTECTOR 1 in 25 mm LEFT HAND 3 4 in PIPE FEMALE FERRULE A TYPICAL HOSE ASSEMBLY 3 4 in NPT MALE Figure 2 90 Hose to Pipe Rack Conne
41. In 1 Ci 0 286 In 1 C3 Where C minimum concentration at two minutes 0 30 C maximum concentration at seven minutes natural logarithm Solving Equation A 7 for Equation A 8 C 1 EXP ln 1 C 0286 Where EXP exponential function C 1 EXP In 1 0 3 0 286 1 0 287 0 713 or 71 396 Thus the discharge rate calculated in Equation A 6 will be adequate to attain all design concentration less than 71 3 percent within seven minutes after the start of carbon dioxide discharge This rate will be insufficient to attain design concentrations in excess of 71 3 percent within seven minutes and thus the required discharge rates for these systems shall be calculated by dividing the required quantity of carbon dioxide by seven minutes September 2013 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 APPENDIX B OBSOLETE EQUIPMENT B 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix contains information concerning equipment and components that were previously provided as part of the system or as an option for the system but are no longer available for procurement B 2 OBSOLETE EQUIPMENT The obsolete items contained in this appendix are Mercury Check Pneumatic Transmitter Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 second Pneumatic Main to Reserve Valve Lockout Valves e Odorizer 1 5 NPT Housing and Glass Cartridge B 3 MERCURY CHECK B 3 1 Description The mercury check Part No 871346 Figure B 1 and Figure B 2 is us
42. N ON WK 207282 000 FOR ODD CYL AS SHOWN N N CYLINDER CRADLE WK 241103 000 CUT OFF CORNER INDICATES LONGER LEG ODD CYLINDER END CLAMP 81 241212 000 IDENTIFIED OFF CORNER CYLINDER SPACER 81 270582 000 112 13 X 20 3 8 LG ROD WK 242441 000 FOR STD SYSTEMS CYL END CLAMP WK 241104 000 APPROX 6 1 2 in 10 in CENTERS CYL FRONT CLAMP WK 241105 000 SPACER CLIP 81 242442 000 SEE 112 in 13 NUT WK 151932 000 NOTE BELOW PLAN 112 in 13 X 20 3 8 in LG ROD WK 242441 000 3 8 in 16 X 1 in LG BOLT AND NUT WK 149124 160 AND WK 151924 000 FRONT VIEW NOTE THESE PARTS WILL BE SUPPLIED FOR MAIN amp RESERVE SYSTEMS ONLY THE PARTS WILL SECURE THE REAR ROW RESERVE CYLS WHEN THE FRONT ROW MAIN CYLS ARE REMOVED FOR RECHARGING USE ONE SPACER CLIP PER ROD AND SECURE WITH NUT SUPPLIED CAUTION BE SURE THE ROD END THREADED FOR 8 IS TOWARDS THE FRONT OF THE FRAMING Figure 4 9 Cylinder Racks 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side September 2013 4 12 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE P FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 75 LB CAP CYLS 81 241220 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS POST CHANNEL WK
43. P N WK 270014 000 Approved for use in environments from 32 F to 130 F Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 2300 cu in The 2300 cu in N gt Pilot Cylinder P N 90 102300 001 can be used to operate pilot cylinders stop valves or multiple N gt pressure operated sirens Any compatible control head can be fitted to the cylinder to provide the desired means of operation The cylinder has a 5 8 in Type I style valve affixed with a pressure gauge In addition to the control head this valve requires attachment of a discharge head to allow discharge of the cylinder contents The in NPT N gt discharge hose P N 06 118207 00X connects the discharge head to the corresponding actuation line The cylinder is secured using the single cylinder strap P N WK 270014 000 or the dual cylinder strap P N WK 241219 000 Approved for use in environments from 32 F to 130 F 2 3 8 2 ACTUATI ON HOSE The actuation hose Figure 2 45 is used to connect a pilot cylinder to pressure operated control heads or actuation tubing The 1 4 inch flexible hose is constructed with wire braided reinforcements and swivel nuts at both ends for ease of assembly The hose is available in two lengths as shown in Table 2 16 A 4 3 8 in 5 8 E MASS 35 mm pes bo 5 16 TUBING COUPLING BOTH ENDS Figure 2 45 1 4 inch Actuation Hose Table 2 16 1 4 inch Actuation Hose Part Numbers Part Number Dimension A WK 264986 000 3
44. TO MINIMIZE WHIPLASH SPRING LOADED LIQUID IR GAS SHUT OFF VALVE TO SYSTEM PIPING SLIDING DOOR CHAIN OR CABLE HOLDS BACK SPRING LOADED ARM INSTALL TRIP AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE Design VERTICAL DUCT DAMPER 22 gt 1 y E 5 mu WINDOW EITHER WEIGHTED OR OFF BALANCE SELF CLOSING SPRING HINGES OR DOOR CHECK TO SYSTEM PIPING CHAIN OR CABLE SWINGING DOOR SELF CLOSING Figure 3 13 Pressure Trip Applications The Trip shall be installed with the shortest feed pipe possible However should it be necessary to install a pressure trip with a considerable length of the branched pipe the quantity of carbon dioxide required to fill the pipe volume should be added to the minimum design quantity for the system 3 16 HAND HOSE LINE SYSTEMS A Hand Hose Line System consists of a hose reel or rack hose and a discharge nozzle assembly connected by fixed piping to a supply of carbon dioxide P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 77 September 2013 Design PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH PROVIDES NOTIFICATION OF DISCHARGE HOSE CONNECTION SYSTEM PIPE ACTUATION CABLE IN PROTECTIVE CONDUIT CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD NUT DISCHARGE HEAD CABLE PULL STATION i FOR MANUAL RELEASE HOSE ON RACK HORN VALVE ASSEMBLY ON BRACKET CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER Figure 3 14 Typical Hand Hose Line System
45. Vent 3 Second WK 802745 000 Vent 5 Second WK 802746 000 Vent 10 Second P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 3 September 2013 Parts List Table 8 5 Pneumatic Control Equipment Continued Part No Description WK 200370 000 Vent Plug WK 209145 000 Wrench Vent Plug WK 207875 000 Flaring Tool 1 8 inch Tubing Table 8 6 Check Valves Part No Description WK 264985 000 1 4 inch Check Valve WK 261193 000 3 8 inch Check Valve 81 800327 000 1 2 inch Check Valve 81 800266 000 3 4 inch Check Valve WK 800443 000 1 inch Check Valve 81 800444 000 81 870152 000 81 870151 000 1 1 4 inch Check Valve 1 1 2 inch Check Valve 2 inch Check Valve 81 870100 000 3 inch Flanged Check Valve Less Flanges Table 8 7 Directional Stop Valves Part No Description 81 870023 000 1 2 inch Stop Valve 81 870022 000 3 4 inch Stop Valve 81 870122 000 1 inch Stop Valve 81 870032 000 81 870123 000 81 870049 000 1 1 4 inch Stop Valve 1 1 2 inch Stop Valve 2 inch Stop Valve 81 890010 000 3 inch Flanged Stop Valve Less Flanges 81 890208 000 4 inch Flanged Stop Valve Less Flanges WK 263716 000 2 1 2 inch Flange For Welding Pipe WK 681012 000 3 inch Flange For Welding Pipe WK 200973 000 WK 196648 720 Gasket for 2 1 2 inch and 3 inch Flanges Bolt 3
46. and Wy is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Ventilation From Equation 2 Wc Wg x fc Where is the Basic Quantity 34 and f is the Material Conversion Factor From Equation 1 Wy V fi Where V is Volume Of The Protected Space and f is the Volume Factor V 5 ft X 5 ft X 5 ft W 1125 L f 14 ft Ib from Table 3 2 for volumes up to 140 ft l esse J lI 9 Ib fc 1 0 from Figure 3 1 for 34 concentration Wc Wg x fc Wc 9 x 1 0 Wc 9 Ib W 0 lb Wy 0 lb September 2013 3 16 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design 3 5 2 5 From Equation 8 AThign 5 Where Ty is the High Temperature Correction Factor and AT High is the Degrees Fahrenheit Above 200 F Ty 50 5 10 From Equation 9 1 Where is the Low Temperature Correction Factor and AT y is the Degrees Fahrenheit below O F UL AT a l 15 THISTLE Therefore T T Wr Wc W Wy W 0 15 x 9 040 Wp 14 lb DISCHARGE RATES For surface fires the design concentration shall be achieved within 1 minute from the start of discharge Equation 11 Amin W nin ta max Where 4min Minimum discharge rate Ib min kg min Wmin Minimum quantity of agent to be supplied from Equation 3 Ib kg lima Maximum design discharge time lt 1 minute min Equation 11 may be applied to determine the minimum discharge rate for
47. duct work beams or other obstructions P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 1 September 2013 Design 3 4 1 e Acceptable locations for agent storage as close to the hazard as possible Work flow processes and protected equipment Expected emergency response time Use the information provided in Chapter 1 to determine if carbon dioxide is an appropriate extinguishing agent for the hazard After confirming that carbon dioxide is an acceptable extinguishing agent the designer must then select an appropriate design approach see Paragraph 3 5 through 3 6 DESIGN FOR SAFETY The designer shall be thoroughly familiar with the life safety features required by NFPA 12 and outlined in Chapter 1 The designer shall be thoroughly familiar with the dangers associated with carbon dioxide as a fire suppressant and the measures taken to mitigate those dangers NFPA 12 shall be referenced for additional considerations not published in this manual APPLICATIONS Carbon dioxide suppression systems provide a great deal of flexibility to the designer in dealing with almost any shape size or type of hazard Because of this versatility is suitable for many difficult hazards including Industrial hazards These typically consist of equipment or processes where flammable liquids are involved Examples of industrial hazards that can be protected by carbon dioxide are Dip tanks Mixing tanks Ovens and dryers e Quench tanks Coating machin
48. follow slowly Follow detailed instructions below Surface Fires a Direct carbon dioxide discharge close to the edge of the fire nearest you DO NOT point the horn at the center of the flame If the hose horn must be aimed into an inaccessible fire the horn must be in the OPEN position Sweep the horn slowly back and forth across the base of the flames Chase flames slowly as the fire is extinguished For vertical fires direct the discharge at the bottom and gradually work upward as the fire recedes Continue discharging carbon dioxide until all smoldering material is covered with carbon dioxide snow Electrical Fires Switchboards Motors Etc a b Discharge carbon dioxide into all openings on burning substances Continue to discharge carbon dioxide until flames have been extinguished and the burned material is coated with carbon dioxide snow This will prevent any incandescent material from re igniting While it is not necessary to de energize equipment before discharging carbon dioxide onto electrical fires equipment must be de energized as soon as CAUTI ON possible after system discharge to prevent the fire from spreading 6 After the fire has been extinguished leave the horn valve open to relieve all pressure from the hose Except when in use pressure shall not be permitted to remain in the hose line WARNI NG 7 Perform post fire maintenance Refer to Chapter 7 for details September 2013 5 4 P
49. the time will vary due to the control head diaphragm volume and a No 5 vent will test 5 7 seconds which is acceptable If a vent reads much higher it will increase system sensitivity if a vent reads much lower it will decrease system sensitivity and may not be acceptable Repeat above procedure for testing tandem control head if installed Since there is no vent in the tandem control head the vacuum should hold same as tubing tightness test Disconnect manometer test set from the control head test fitting A Reset the control head by turning the reset stem to its SET position 4 38 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 4 9 4 1 To Test Pneumatic Detectors And or System Tubing For Tightness Connect manometer system tubing as shown on Figure 4 29 Squeeze rubber bulb C then close off rubber tube A Allowing rubber bulb C to expand gradually will cause water level in manometer to change and then hold steady If detector s and or system tubing is tight water level will not drop when observed for at least one minute Relieve vacuum by opening rubber tube A Hold a minimum of 8 inches vacuum difference between 2 sides of U tube or 4 inches on each side of U tube When making tests with manometer do not allow water to enter rubber tubing control head detector or system tubing CAUTION Do not blow through system tubing as moisture from breath will impair system operation 4 4 9 4 2 Other Use For Manometer Test
50. to 50 000 ft Wp 6 000 20 Wp 300 Ib f 1 0 from Figure 3 1 for 34 concentration Wo Wp x fc Wc 300 x 1 0 Wc 300 Ib W 0 lb Wy 0 Ib Wy 0 b W nmin Wc Wy W Wr W min gt 300 0 0 0 W nin 300 Ib From Equation 31 td 1 4 x 114 Where ia is the Duration of Liquid Discharge of the Local Application Portion September 2013 3 52 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 lig 0 5 min ty 1 4 x 0 5 ty 0 7 min Imin 14 4min 300 0 7 4min 428 6 Ib min 3 8 MULTI PLE HAZARD SYSTEMS When two or more hazards are reasonably close together it may be desirable to use one central supply of carbon dioxide and to utilize directional valves to route the agent to the required area In such an arrangement the amount of agent shall be at least sufficient for the largest single hazard or group of hazards being protected simultaneously Directional valves are normally set in the closed position When a fire is detected the directional valve leading to the fire location is opened to allow agent to flow to that area It is strongly recommended to provide a reserve agent supply Reference Paragraph 3 11 2 for additional information Since the directional valves will remain open until reset the system is capable of protecting only one hazard at a time regardless of whether a reserve agent supply is provided Therefore it is vitally
51. ventilating system during the designed duration of protection lasting at least 1 minute by the appropriate flooding factor for the enclosure volume from Table 3 2 The calculated quantity is multiplied by the material conversion factor from Figure 3 1 when the required suppression concentration is greater than 34 The additional carbon dioxide required to compensate for continuing ventilation shall be combined with the basic concentration quantity Equation 7 Wy or Wv qv x t x f gt x fc qv t x fc f Where Wy Quantity of agent to compensate for forced ventilation Ib kg qV Ventilation air flow rate ft min m min tp Duration of protection gt 1 minute min Volume factor from Table 3 2 used in Equation 1 ft 3 Ib m3 kg f Volume factor from Table 3 2 used in Equation 1 Ib ft 3 kg m fc Material conversion factor from Figure 3 1 used in Equation 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 13 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 4 TOTAL FLOODING FOR SURFACE FI RES Forced Ventilation Consider a room with dimensions of 20 ft L by 30 ft W by 10 ft Determine the additional carbon dioxide required to compensate for a 1 000 CFM ventilation rate that cannot be shut off The design concentration is 34 and the duration of protection will be 1 minute From Equation 7 Wy qv xt x fe f Where Wy is the Quantity of Agent Lost qV is the Ventilation Air Flow Rate fp is the Duration of Protection f is
52. 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 6 5 4 Pneumatic Detection System Tests rr 6 8 6 5 4 1 Pneumatic Control Head Test Pressure Setting 6 8 6 5 4 2 Control Head Vent eene 6 9 6 5 4 3 Test for Leakage of System Tubing and Detectors 6 9 6 5 4 4 Troubleshooting of Pneumatic Detection System 6 10 6 6 5 Year 12 Year Inspection and Test Guidelines 6 10 6 6 1 Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen Cylinders 6 10 6 6 1 1 Carbon Dioxide 6 11 6 6 1 2 Nitrogen Cylinders uu u 6 11 6 6 2 Flexible HOSES S uh R u A Ei EAA 6 11 6 6 3 Cleaning 6 11 6 6 4 Nozzle corre allaq ERR ERR FR ge cee ede 6 11 6 7 Repairs ec xeu ne uec riu kde VER nd edie up ER ae ee 6 12 6 8 Removal Of amp ylinders ao c redet pp sua 6 12 6 8 1 CO2 Gylindets sire deudas ioi aus apupa trt 6 12 6 8 2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders erui n eret D ead se oerte t et Diete te tet oe Sepe ta 6 12 6 9 Installation Of Cylinders eene 6
53. 1 2 in 38 in 9 1 4 in 11 1 8 in 241 mm 965 mm 235 mm 283 mm 100 Ib 10 3 4 in 40 in 10 9 16 in 12 3 8 in 273 mm 1016 mm 268 mm 314 mm September 2013 4 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation on EN SECURE MANIFOLD WITH 4 CYLS SLOT FOR CLAMP CLAMP ae WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE ole FASTEN WITH 3 8in X 1 in LG 5 CYLS BOLTS AND NUTS WEIGHING BRACKET eXeXe SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 6 CYLS 75 LB CAP CYLS 81 241218 001 E ele exe eio FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING N 11 3 16 in CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE 6 ft 2 in GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR gt 12 1 16 in 50 LB CAP CYL 75 LB CAP CYL 10 in CENTERS TABLE CYL CHANNEL WEIGH P N BAR P N WK 241213 000 WK 207283 000 WK 241215 000 WK 207285 000 WK 241214 000 81 207284 000 WK 241216 000 81 207286 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE WITH THE ABOVE FRAMEWORK CYLINDER ASSEMBLIES CAN BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL OR CAN BE FREE STANDING BY FASTENING GUSSETS TO FLOOR Figure 4 4 Rack Framing 3 to 6 Cylinders 50 and 75
54. 13 14 14 15 15 WK 241105 000 Front Clamp 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 WK 271562 000 End Clamp 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row 1 1 1 1 1 1 WK 243799 000 Rack Rod 2 Rows 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 WK 271568 000 2 Row Weigh Bar Bracket 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 WK 243796 000 3 Cylinder Weigh Bar 2 2 2 2 2 2 WK 243797 000 4 Cylinder Weigh Bar 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 WK 243798 000 5 Cylinder Weigh Bar 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 6 6 WK 290385 000 Cylinder Spacer 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 ADDITI ONAL PARTS TO ORDER FOR MAIN amp RESERVE NOT INCLUDED IN KITS 81 242442 000 Spacer Clip 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 HARDWARE NOT SUPPLI ED BY KI DDE FIRE SYSTEMS 3 8 inch 16 x 1 inch 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Long Bolt 3 8 inch 16 Nut 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 MAIN 1 2 inch 13 Nut 30 33 33 36 36 39 39 42 42 45 45 48 48 M amp R 1 2 inch 13 Nut 38 42 46 50 54 58 62 1 2 inch Washer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note No hardware listed for fastening framing to floor or wall P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 15 September 2013 Parts List THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 8 16 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 APPENDIX A FORMULA DERI VATI ONS THEORETI CAL CO EXTI NGUI SHING CONCENTRATI ON FOR A TOTAL FLOODI NG SYSTEM If maximum residual oxygen values are known the theoretical ca
55. 2 3 4 6 5 4 3 Maintenance Slight resistance will be met just before stem locks Use manometer test set Part No 81 840041 000 and pour water into the open glass tube until the water level in both tubes is exactly at the zero mark Close off the rubber tube A by squeezing tightly with the fingers or use a crimp clamp Apply pressure by gradually squeezing the rubber bulb C The control head should operate at the factory pressure setting with 10 tolerance allowed The pressure required to operate the control head is the difference in inches between the water levels in the two tubes and is equal to twice the reading of either tube After the control head has operated be sure to release rubber tube A first before allowing the rubber bulb C to expand to normal otherwise water may be drawn into the tubing and control head causing serious problems CONTROL HEAD VENT TEST Before disconnecting manometer from the control head the vent must be tested To test the vent for correct calibration perform the following steps Squeeze rubber bulb C about halfway or enough to achieve sufficient vacuum for test Then close tube A by pinching with fingers or crimp clamp Let bulb expand gradually to its normal shape This creates a partial vacuum causing the manometer water level to change indicating inches of vacuum applied to the control head The vacuum must be more than a minimum of 3 inches in order to observe a dr
56. 2013 4 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation CYLINDER CHANNEL 1 2 in 13 NUT WK 151932 000 UNDER CHANNEL TO SECURE RODS amp BOLTS VARIOUS LENGTHS y CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 1 2 in 13 NUTS WK 151932 000 10 in CENTERS TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT FOR EVEN NO OF CYLINDERS CYLINDER FRONT CLANP WK 241105 000 Y 2 1 2 in WASHERS WK 157732 000 THIS END ONLY 2 in 13 X 1 in LG BOLT WK 149132 480 CYLINDER CRADLE WK 241103 000 CUT OFF CORNER INDICATES LONGER LEG J gj 1 2 in 13 X 9 13 16 in LG ROD WK 207282 000 Ax AK NI APPROX 6 1 2 in FOR UNEVEN NO OF CYLINDERS START WITH TWO RODS THEN CONTINUE WITH RODS BETWEEN EVERY OTHER CYLINDER 3 8 in 16 X 1 in LG BOLT AND NUT WK 149124 160 AND WK 151924 000 dof o ol fl Jol p FRONT VIEW NOTE FOR 3 MAIN amp 3 RESERVE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT INSTALL CYLINDER ROD ANDIERONT FOR 5 MAIN amp 5 RESERVE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT FOR 7 MAIN amp 7 RESERVE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT CLAMP BETWEEN EACH CYLINDER Figure 4 6 Cylinder Racks 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Single Row P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 9 September 2013 Installation SECURE MANIFOLD WITH PIPE CLAMP SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 75 LB CAP CY
57. 22 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position 4 3 11 Pneumatic Discharge Delay The discharge delay shall be installed with the arrow stamped on the unit pointing in the direction of flow The unit may be installed at any angle below horizontal Install the discharge delay by following the steps listed below 1 2 September 2013 Inspect the threads and the discharge delay for any damage Kidde recommends installing union fittings before and after the discharge delay to facilitate future service work Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the discharge delay Bushings or bell reducer fittings may be used to connect to 1 2 inch DN15 piping The discharge delay connections are 3 4 inch DN20 Install the discharge delay with arrow stamped on the unit pointing in the direction of flow The unit may be installed at any angle below horizontal Kidde prefers to always install the discharge delay in the fully pendent position Provide sufficient clearance around the discharge delay to allow operation of the lever operated or other control head provided Verify the control head is in the SET position 4 26 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 3 12 4 4 1 Installation a Any bypass of the discharge delay must be supervised b The discharge delay may be installed in the discharge piping or the actuation line Note The discharge delay period is preset at the factory
58. 241217 000 CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE 6 ft 2 in GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR 19 7 8 in 21 5 8 in gt 50 LB CAP CYL 75 LB CAP CYL 10 in CENTERS _5 6CYLS gt OO Te 7 8CYLS 11 12 CYLS T 000 9 10 CYLS 000 TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH cyLs LENGTH P N BAR P N 5 6 35 WK 241213 000 2 WK 207283 000 7 8 45 WK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 9 10 55in WK 241215 000 2 WK 207285 000 11 12 65in 241216 000 2 81 207286 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE THIS FRAMEWORK IS A FREE STANDING ARRANGEMENT BY FASTENING GUSSETS TO FLOOR ONE ROW OF CYLINDERS CAN BE REMOVED FROM EACH SIDE FOR SERVICING THEREFORE A 2 ft 610 mm AISLE ON EACH SIDE IS REQUIRED Figure 4 10 Rack Framing 5 to 12 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row Two Sides P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 13 September 2013 Installation SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE SECURE FASTEN WITH 3 8 X MANIFOLD 1 in LG BOLTS AND WITH PIPE NUTS CLAMP 13 14 CYL eXeXeXe WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 75 LB CAP CYLS 81 241218 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FAST
59. 3 6 6 Component Descriptions Rubber Grommet The rubber grommet Part No WK 207825 000 is used to support and seal a 3 16 inch tubing penetration into a junction box 3 16 INCH COPPER TUBING In order to prevent damage 3 16 inch heavy wall copper tubing Figure 2 41 is used in pneumatic actuated systems where the tubing is exposed It is specifically used to connect pneumatic control heads and pneumatic transmitters to junction boxes and main to reserve valves The 17 inch 432 mm length is used to interconnect tandem control heads the 46 inch 1168 mm length is used only for interface between control heads and tubing for HADs The tubing is available for these applications in the lengths indicated in Table 2 15 Table 2 15 3 16 inch Copper Tubing Part Numbers Part Number Length WK 802366 000 17 in 432 mm 2 3 7 2 3 7 1 81 802367 000 46 in 1168 mm ALL LENGTHS HAVE TUBING 3 1 4 in DIA NUTS AND FLARED ENDS 83 mm PIN WK 802366 000 17 in 432 mm LENGTH ILLUSTRATED ka 3 16 in TUBING NUTS fe 5 1 4 in 133 mm Figure 2 41 3 16 inch Pneumatic Tubing Pressure Operated Control Heads Pressure operated control heads utilize the pressure from either a or nitrogen cylinder to actuate cylinder valves or directional stop valves PRESSURE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD This control head Part No 82 878737 000 Figure 2 42 consists of a spring loaded piston and stem assembly
60. 3 Well Mercury Check B 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 16 in COPPER TUBING FROM PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD S JUNCTION BOX 7 FROM PNEUMATIC HEAT DETECTORS 1 2 in EMT 3 I 1 I I I 1 RUBBER GROMMET SUPPLIED WITH MECURY CHECK 1 2 in EMT CONNECTOR COMPRESSION TYPE 1 8 in TUBING NUT 3 SUPPLIED WITH MERCURY CHECK TRANSPARENT CHECK BODY 3 ADJUSTING SCREWS j Figure B 2 3 Well Mercury Check Installation Detail B 3 2 Installation The mercury check is required for applications that use more than five HAD detectors The installation procedure for the mercury check is as follows 1 2 3 Remove seal wire Remove the cover from the enclosure Route tubing from the pneumatic detectors into the mercury check box Secure box to the installation area using suitable attaching hardware Ensure that the box is upright and level Secure conduits to the box using conduit nuts Route the 3 16 inch tubing from the pneumatic control head through a grommet into the mercury check box Fill mercury wells as follows The proper vent size and well setting is predetermined for each installation and can be found on the layout drawing supplied with each system installation Unscrew two mounting screws and remove the transparent plastic body from the box Remove plastic caps from vent ports Insert funnel Part No 207635 supplied and slowly fill
61. 4 39 Pressure Operated Siren September 2013 4 48 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 5 3 2 N gt PRESSURE OPERATED SIREN The N gt pressure operated siren Figure 4 39 shall be located in accordance with the installation plan Connect the N gt siren in accordance with requirements corresponding to the siren driver cylinder noted in Table 4 6 Table 4 6 Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits Numberot Maximum Maximum Maximum Length Pilot Cylinder Siren Part Sirens per Length of 1 4 Length of 1 4 of 5 16 in x Size Number w p in Sch 80 in Sch 40 0 032 in Wall Siren Driver E 3 Pipe Pipe Tubing 108 cu in 90 981574 001 1 90 ft 90 ft 90 ft 1040 cu in 90 981574 001 4 500 ft 500 ft 500 ft 2300 cu in 90 981574 001 10 500 ft 500 ft 500 ft 2 x 2300 cu in 90 981574 001 20 500 ft 500 ft 500 ft Never connect a pipe supplying to the N gt pressure operated siren The siren supply line shall start from a dedicated siren driver cylinder which is separate from the system nitrogen pilot cylinder Typically located inside the protected space Install a dirt trap and union as shown in Figure 4 39 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 49 September 2013 Installation 4 5 4 Odorizer When used odorizer assemblies should be located immediately downstream of each selector valve For systems protecting a single hazard a single odorizer assemble can be located immediately downs
62. 4 inch x 4 1 2 inch Hex for use with 2 1 2 inch and 3 inch Flanges WK 152348 000 Nut 3 4 inch Hex for 2 1 2 inch and 3 inch Flanges WK 681016 000 4 inch Flange For Welding Pipe WK 200150 000 Gasket for 4 inch Flange WK 196656 800 Bolt 7 8 inch x 5 inch Hex for use with 4 inch Flanges WK 152356 000 September 2013 Nut 7 8 inch Hex for 4 inch Flanges 8 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 8 8 Lockout Valves Parts List Part No Description 10611105 Lock Out Valve 1 4 70985075 Lock Out Valve 1 2 70985076 Lock Out Valve 3 4 70985077 Lock Out Valve 1 70985078 Lock Out Valve 1 1 4 70985079 Lock Out Valve 1 1 2 70985080 Lock Out Valve 2 70985018 Lock Out Valve 1 4 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985020 Lock Out Valve 1 2 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985021 Lock Out Valve 3 4 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985022 Lock Out Valve 1 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985023 Lock Out Valve 1 1 4 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985024 Lock Out Valve 1 1 2 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985025 Lock Out Valve 2 w limit switch amp Indicator 70985090 Lock Out Valve 1 4 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 70985069 Lock Out Valve 1 2 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 70985070 Lock Out Valve 3 4 w XP amp WP limit switc
63. 40 Pipe 1 inch DN25 through 4 inches DN100 shall be a minimum of Schedule 80 Furnace butt weld ASTM 53 pipe shall not be used Stainless steel shall be TP304 or TP316 for threaded connections or TP304 TP316 TP304L or TP316L for welded connections b NFPA 12 does not preclude the use of other piping materials providing an internal pressure of 2 800 PSI 19 3 MPa which will not exceed the maximum allowable stress value published in the ASME Code for Pressure Piping B 31 1 an American National Standard in other words the thickness of the pipe wall shall be calculated in accordance with ASME B31 1 In accordance with NFPA 12 Class 150 and cast iron fittings shall not be used c High Pressure Fittings Class 300 malleable or ductile iron fittings shall be used through 2 inch DN50 internal pipe size IPS Larger internal pipe sizes shall be forged steel fittings Flanged joints used in open sections of pipe shall be permitted to be Class 300 Flanged joints used in closed sections of pipe shall be Class 600 Stainless steel fittings shall be type 304 or 316 in accordance with ASTM A 182 Class 3000 threaded or socket weld for all sizes 1 8 inch DN6 through 4 inch DN100 4 3 2 Pressure Operated Actuation Pipe Tubing and Fittings The pressure operated actuation tubing must be 1 4 inch 6 mm O D stainless steel 0 035 inch 1 mm wall thickness or 1 4 inch DN6 schedule 40 or 80 galvanized steel pipe The pipe or tu
64. 5 28 8 3 118 5 20 0 4 47 28 0 5 28 8 6 122 0 20 0 4 47 28 0 5 28 8 9 125 5 20 0 4 47 28 0 5 28 9 0 129 0 20 0 4 47 81 2 001 3 29 September 2013 Design Table 3 4B Type M Multijet Nozzle Metric Units COATED SURFACE NOZZLE LIQUID SURFACE Area Side of Square Height Flow Rate Area Side of Square m2 m m kg min m2 m 1 17 1 08 0 61 14 1 0 84 0 91 1 24 1 11 0 69 15 6 0 88 0 94 1 30 1 14 0 76 17 2 0 93 0 96 1 37 1 17 0 84 19 3 0 98 0 99 1 43 1 19 0 91 20 4 1 02 1 01 1 50 1 22 0 99 21 5 1 07 1 03 1 56 1 25 1 07 23 6 1 11 1 05 1 63 1 27 1 14 25 2 1 16 1 08 1 69 1 30 1 22 26 8 1 21 1 10 1 76 1 33 1 30 28 3 1 25 1 12 1 82 1 35 1 37 29 9 1 30 1 14 1 89 1 37 1 45 31 5 1 35 1 16 1 95 1 39 1 52 33 1 1 39 1 18 2 02 1 42 1 60 34 7 1 44 1 20 2 08 1 44 1 68 36 3 1 49 1 22 2 15 1 46 1 75 37 9 1 53 1 23 2 21 1 48 1 83 39 5 1 58 1 26 2 28 1 51 1 91 41 1 1 63 1 27 2 34 1 53 1 98 42 6 1 67 1 29 2 41 1 55 2 06 44 2 1 72 1 31 2 47 1 57 2 13 45 8 1 77 1 33 2 54 1 59 2 21 47 4 1 81 1 34 2 60 1 61 2 29 49 0 1 86 1 36 2 60 1 61 2 36 50 6 1 86 1 36 2 60 1 61 2 44 52 2 1 86 1 36 2 60 1 61 2 51 53 8 1 86 1 36 2 60 1 61 2 59 55 3 1 86 1 36 2 60 1 61 2 67 56 9 1 86 1 36 2 60 1 61 2 74 58 5 1 86 1 36 September 2013 3 30 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Table 3 5A Type S Multijet Nozzle US Units
65. 72 National Fire Alarm Code Handbook For information on inspection test and maintenance checklists reference the Fire Protection Systems Inspection Test and Maintenance Manual Third Edition published by the National Fire Protection Association 4 58 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 5 1 5 2 Operation CHAPTER 5 OPERATION INTRODUCTION The following operation procedures are based on the system being used in normally occupied areas or where occupancy is possible In these instances a pressure operated time delay and a pressure operated siren are required to ensure that personnel are alerted and afforded the time to evacuate the hazard area prior to system discharge regardless of the actuation mode In all cases the pressure operated time delay shall be equipped with a supervised manual bypass AUTOMATIC OPERATION When a system is operated automatically by the electric or pneumatic detection system proceed as follows 1 All personnel must evacuate the hazard area promptly Close all doors Ifthe pressure operated time delay fails to operate operate the manual bypass WARNING installed on the time delay to immediately discharge the system 5 3 5 3 1 N Call the fire department immediately If the system is provided with a reserve cylinder s see Paragraph 5 6 4 Contact a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for service w MANUAL OPERATI ON Cable Operated Systems Operate the system using the controls as fo
66. 8 7 1 I 2 inch Type I Cylinder 4 1 66 6 6 7 5 7 2 5 8 inch Type I Cylinder 6 7 6 B 1 3 Well Mercury Check uuu nre c e o v de etus ales B 2 B 2 3 Well Mercury Check Installation teeta ened B 3 B 3 Pneumatic Transmitter 2 2 2 20 2 2 0 nre nnn nnn nn B 5 B 4 Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 2 4 B 6 B 5 Pneumatic Main to Reserve 4 2 2 1 1 1 6 6 7 6 CO2 Lockout Valve with Limit Switch B 8 B 7 Switch When Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position B 10 B 8 Switch When Ball Valve is in Fully Closed Position B 10 B 9 Odorizer Protective Housing m mee heme he ehe hne enhn nnne B 11 B 10 Odorizer Cartridge E B 11 B 11 Odorizer Installation o ei Sua aay siasa B 12 September 2013 XX P N 81 CO2MAN 001 LIST OF TABLES able Name Page Number Physical Properties of Carbon Dioxide 0 0010 1 8 Safety Disc Information icit re eme E RE iiem xr E MD ER INIMA 2 4 CO2 and H20 Capacity Correlation
67. 803894 802987 842327 214729 81098672 842346 9 803379 803895 802988 X X 842347 10 803380 803896 802989 842328 X X X 11 X X X 842329 X X X 12 X X X 842330 X X X 13 X X X 842331 X X X 14 X X X 842332 X X X 15 X X X 842333 X X X Table 8 16 Carbon Dioxide Nozzles Accessories Part No Description 81 803330 000 WK 310020 000 81 220299 000 Flanged Mounting Kit Type S Nozzle Aluminum Disc for Flanged Type S Nozzle Stainless Steel Disc for Flanged Type S Nozzle WK 201004 000 Disc Gasket for Flanged Type S Nozzle 81 844492 000 Flange and Cover Assembly Type V Nozzle WK 260884 000 Washer for the Type V Nozzle WK 260885 000 Disc for the Type V Nozzle Table 8 17 CO Valves Maintenance Repair and Spare Parts WK 981372 000 1 2 inch I Valve 25 35 amp 50 Ib Cylinders WK 840253 000 5 8 inch I Valve 75 amp 100 Ib Cylinders 81 902048 000 Safety Disc White and Washer 25 35 amp 50 Ib Cylinders 81 903684 000 Safety Disc Red and Washer 75 amp 100 Ib Cylinders WK 295500 000 Nut Safety Disc WK 923066 000 Pilot Check WK 932636 000 Main Check 1 2 inch I Valve WK 800760 000 WK 326420 000 Main Check 5 8 inch I Valve Gasket WK 326410 000 Spring WK 202805 000 Sleeve WK 202804 000 Retainer Sleeve WK 202490 000 Valve Seat WK 203874 000 WK 346050 000 WK 346060 000 Siphon Tube
68. Agent for the Design Concentration W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Leakage Wy is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Ventilation and W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Extreme Temperatures From Equation 12 We Vf Where Wc is the Quantity of Agent for the Design Concentration V is the Volume of the Enclosure and f is the Volume Factor V 3 000 ft 6 ft 3 lb from Table 3 3 for Dust Collectors Wc 3000 6 Wc 500 Ib P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 23 September 2013 Design 3 5 4 3 5 4 1 W 0 Ib Wy 0 Ib W 0 Ib Wmin Wc Wy W Wr Wmin 500 0 0 0 Wmin 500 Ib From Equation 13 4 0 0 0214 x V Where qs is the Minimum Flow Rate to Achieve 30 Within 2 Minutes 939 0 0214 x V 0 0214 x 3 000 64 2 Ib min From Equation 14 t4 W i 430 Where 1 is the Discharge Time ty Wmin 930 ty 500 64 2 tg 7 8 min Since gt 7 min the minimum discharge rate must be increased From Equation 15 4min Win 7 Where gmin is the Minimum Flow Rate Qnin Wmin 7 Amin 500 7 Amin 71 4 Ib min System Design OCCUPANCY Carbon dioxide total flooding systems shall not be installed in normally occupied enclosures Note NFPA 12 2005 Edition allows use under specified conditions Consideration shall be given to the possibility of carbon dioxide drifting and settling into adjacent places outside the
69. CONNECTION TO CYLINDER VALVE INNER O RING P N WF 242467 000 STEM Figure 2 6 Discharge Head Plain Nut P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 7 September 2013 Component Descriptions BALL CHECK PILOT PRESSURE PATH IN DISCHARGE HEAD STEM OUTER O RING PILOT PRESSURE PATH IN VALVE PILOT PORT PILOT CHECK TYPICAL SIPHON TUBE NEVER CONNECT DISCHARGE HEAD TO CYLINDER VALVE WITHOUT FLEX LOOP ATTACHED TO DISCHARGE OUTLET AND CONNECTED TO SYSTEM PIPING ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY PISTON PLAIN NUT DISCHARGE HEAD BALL CHECK PILOT PRESSURE PATH FOR SLAVE OPERATION STOP CHECK DISCHARGE OUTLET PILOT PRESSURE HERE WILL DISCHARGE THIS CYLINDER INNER O RING NO GROOVES IN SWIVEL NUT MAIN CHECK SAFETY OUTLET TYPE I CYLINDER VALVE SEE K 1050 Figure 2 7 Installation of Plain Nut Discharge Head to Cylinder Valve 2 2 2 2 GROOVED NUT DISCHARGE HEAD The grooved nut discharge head Part No 81 872442 000 Figure 2 8 can only be actuated by a control head Pressure entering the outlet will not actuate the cylinder Grooved nut discharge heads are only used for single cylinder or connected single cylinder main and reserve systems Figure 2 9 September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions lt 2 5 8 in 66 mm PISTON 4 NSV 2 SPRING 22 ac Ain NPS Wes 2 3 15 16 in 100 mm
70. Dampered Non Recirculating Ventilation 3 56 3 11 Agent Storage Ba kSu u u eee te REA e Ea Rs 3 57 3 11 1 Agent Supply We reser pete dE ER EI MIU Ue EL eet 3 57 3 11 2 Main and Reserve Supplies memes nene 3 59 3 11 3 Cylinder Ha RIDE e Rd 3 59 3 11 4 Single and Double Cylinder 3 60 3 11 5 Multiple Cylinder Arrangements 3 60 3 12 Manifold and Pipe Network Design 3 60 3 12 1 Pipe and Fitting Specifications sss mme 3 60 3 12 1 1 Pipe Specifications u y qapas e e E Ee pen EP utn 3 60 3 12 1 2 Fitting Specifications uu uuu u aa mee ementi 3 61 3 12 1 3 Tubing Specifications uu uu uu a era std bnc urn 3 61 3 12 1 4 Closed Piping Sectlons ere een 3 61 3 12 2 512 50 eto a rC bete ER ne tier ame t A Ein 3 61 3 12 3 Pipe Hangers and Supports 3 62 3 12 4 Cylinder Manifolds cce IR Res E RR Re ERR DR re TEM ee 3 62 3 12 4 1 Manifold arrangements 3 62 3 12 4 1 1 ijo EE 3 6
71. Figure 2 32 provide for electric and local manual actuation of the cylinder valve or directional stop valves The control head is operated electrically by a suppression control panel and is equipped with a lever for local manual operation The electric control head contains a microswitch whose contacts are used to break the electrical circuit to the solenoid when the head is actuated This reduces the overall power consumption of the fire suppression system The actuating pin latches in the released position and must be mechanically reset A suitable suppression control panel specifically listed and or approved for use with the following control heads shall be provided for supervision of the releasing circuits per NFPA requirements In addition a 24 hour back up power source shall be provided per NFPA requirements Electrical data is contained in Table 2 8 CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 3 4 in FEMALE LOCKING PIN SEAL WIRE LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER 6 3 16 in 157 mm SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD INDICATOR AND RESET STEM lt 4in 102 mm Figure 2 31 Electric Control Head P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 27 September 2013 Component Descriptions 3 4 in TO FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ADAPTER FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION TERMINAL 3 OPTIONAL CONNECTION FOR MICROSWITCH TERMINAL 2 MINUS NE
72. Figure 4 27 1 2 3 4 Remove four screws holding cable housing cover on control head Remove cover Position control head in the approximate installed position at the carbon dioxide cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port but do not assemble onto the pilot control port Check that the control head is in the SET position Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head Note The corner pulley installation should allow flexibility for installation and removal of the 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 control head from pilot control port Feed cable into control head through the hole in the operating lever Feed cable through the cable clamp Pull cable taut allowing approximately 1 4 inch to 1 2 inch clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever Tighten set screws in cable clamp to secure cable to clamp Cut off excess cable Verify manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable clamps are tight Pull cable back to its normal set un operated position Reset control head Replace control head cover Examine seal wire at locking pin Ensure it is intact Make electrical connections Assemble control head to cylinder or stop valve pilot control port Tighten swivel nut securely P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 33 September 2013 Installation 1 2 in EMT CONNECTION COMPRESSION TYPE FOR REMOTE CABLE CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE EL
73. Grade A B or C e Stainless steel pipe shall be TP304 TP316 for threaded connections or TP304 TP316 TP304L or TP316L for welded connections Furnace butt weld ASTM A 53 ASTM A120 and ordinary cast iron pipe shall not be used Flexible piping system components shall have a minimum burst pressure of 5 000 psi 34 5 MPa Schedule Pipe sizes 3 4 inch DN20 NPT and smaller may be Schedule 40 or greater Pipe sizes 1 inch DN25 through 4 inch DN100 NPT shall be a minimum of Schedule 80 September 2013 3 60 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design 3 12 1 2 FITTING SPECIFICATIONS Class 300 malleable or ductile iron fittings shall be used through 2 inch DN50 internal pipe size IPS Larger internal pipe sizes shall be forged steel fittings Flanged joints used in open sections of pipe shall be permitted to be Class 300 Flanged joints used in closed sections of pipe shall be Class 600 Stainless steel fittings shall be type 304 or 316 in accordance with ASTM A182 Class 3000 threaded or socket welded for all sizes 1 8 inch DN6 through 4 inches DN100 3 12 1 3 TUBING SPECIFICATIONS The use of stainless steel tubing materials is allowed provided the thickness of the tubing is calculated in accordance with ASME B31 1 Power Piping Code The internal pressure for this calculation shall be 2800 psi 19 3 MPa 3 12 1 4 CLOSED PIPING SECTIONS NFPA 12 requires the installation of a pressure relief d
74. Head 24 Vdc 81 895630 000 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head 24 Vdc WK 897494 000 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head 24 Vdc Ex Proof Table 8 4 Remote Control Equipment Cable Part No Description 81 840098 000 Pull Box Flush 3 8 inch Pipe Yacht Type 81 871403 000 Pull Box Surface 3 8 inch Pipe Break Glass 81 870087 000 Pull Box Surface 3 8 inch Pipe Water Tight 81 605320 000 Pull Box Bracket 81 871403 000 81 803808 000 Corner Pulley 3 8 inch Pipe Water Tight WK 843837 000 Adapter 1 2 inch EMT F x 3 8 inch Pipe M WK 844648 000 83 843791 000 Corner Pulley 1 2 inch EMT Tee Pulley 1 2 inch EMT 81 840058 000 Dual Pull Mechanism 3 8 inch Pipe September 2013 8 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 8 4 Remote Control Equipment Cable Continued Parts List 81 840051 000 Dual Pull Equalizer 3 8 inch Pipe 1 16 inch Cable Only 06 118316 100 WK 219649 000 1 16 inch Cable 100 ft Roll 1 16 inch Cable 500 ft Roll Table 8 5 Pneumatic Control Equipment Part No Description 81 872318 000 Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 seconds 81 872335 000 Pneumatic Control Head 3 inch 5 seconds 81 872365 000 Pneumatic Control Head 6 inch 5 seconds 81 872362 000 Pneumatic Control Head 6 inch 2 seconds 81 872310 000 Pneuma
75. INCH FLANGE The 4 inch welding neck flange Part No WK 681016 000 Figure 2 53 is required to attach the 4 inch directional or stop valve to 4 inch distribution piping Two flanges are required per valve 2 5 2 4 4 INCH GASKET The 4 inch flange gasket Part No WK 200150 000 Figure 2 53 is required to seal the connection between the 4 inch directional valve and the 4 inch welding neck flange Two gaskets are required per valve 2 5 2 5 NUTS AND BOLTS 7 8 inch hex nuts Part No WK 152356 000 Figure 2 53 and 7 8 inch by 5 inch long bolts Part No WK 196656 800 Figure 2 53 are required to connect the 4 inch welding neck flanges to the 4 inch directional valve A total of 16 nuts and bolts are required per valve September 2013 2 48 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 6 LOCKOUT VALVES A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the manifold and the discharge pipe to the protected area The lockout valve can be locked in the closed position to prevent carbon dioxide from discharging into the protected area The lockout valve shall be installed at the end of the manifold or if a common manifold protects multiple hazards after each selector valve The lockout valve consists of a carbon steel or stainless steel valve with threaded ends Either valve style can be provided with or without limit switches 2 6 1 Lockout Valves without Limit Switches The lockout valve without limit switc
76. Ib Capacity Single Row P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 7 September 2013 Installation SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 amp in X Sarto 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS CLAMP WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 75 LB CAP CYLS 81 241218 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE O ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR 6 ft 2 in gt 11 3 16 in 12 1 16 in 4 40 in CENTERS 50 LB CAP CYL 75 LB CAP CYL 7 CYL 10 CYL 2 0900000000 8 CYL CYL ANIAN ANANIA CHANNEL 05000500 Tex WK 241213 000 WK 207283 000 WK 241214 000 81 207284 000 eee role ele ele ee tele tete ee Y 2 WK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 8 a o Zmadom WK 241214 000 81 207284 000 7 amp 10 241215 000 WK 207285 000 d ssim i2 wx 241215 000 2 WK 207285 000 zi ILENE 5 mm WK 241215 000 WK 207285 000 i tor ain ewa et207286000 THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL BUT CAN ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING Figure 4 5 Rack Framing 7 to 12 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Single Row September
77. Lock the valve Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit gm peu que September 2013 B 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 8 ODORIZER 1 5 NPT HOUSING AND GLASS CARTRIDGE The odorizer assembly injects a scent into the carbon dioxide during a discharge to warn personnel in the vicinity of the area protected by the fire suppression system that carbon dioxide gas is present The odorizer assembly consists of a protective housing and the odorizer cartridge This odorizer assembly was replaced by P N 81 897600 000 B 8 1 Odorizer Protective Housing The protective housing Part No 81 897637 000 Figure B 9 safely and securely attaches the odorizer cartridge to the manifold The stainless steel housing protects the odorizer cartridge from inadvertent rupture ODORIZER ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER CYLINDER 81 897637 000 BODY u KiddeFire Systems 5 1 2 in 140 mm UNION ASSEMBLY 1 1 2 NPT 11 1 2 FEMALE THREAD 3 7 16 in 87 mm ACROSS FLATS Figure B 9 Odorizer Protective Housing B 8 2 Odorizer Cartridge The odorizer cartridge Part No 10030080 Figure B 10 is a 50cc glass vial filled with oil of wintergreen which provides the scent to the carbon dioxide Upon discharge the carbon dioxide pressure ruptures the vial against the protective housing to release the oil of wintergreen 3 in 76 mm 1 7 8 in lt 48mm BOTTOM DISC BLOWN GLASS 1 64 in TO 5 16 in THICK Figure B 10 Odorizer
78. Maintenance 6 7 6 8 6 8 1 REPAIRS Replace all damaged parts during inspection Installation and removal procedures for CO system cylinders are provided below Since replacement of other system components are simple refer to installation drawings and component drawings noted in Chapter 2 for guidance Part numbers of the components are provided in Chapter 8 and may be used to procure replacement parts as required REMOVAL OF CYLINDERS Cylinders When removing charged cylinders always disconnect the discharge heads first This will minimize the possibility of accidentally discharging the CO system WARNING which could result in possible equipment or property damage or injury to personnel These instructions must be carefully followed in the exact sequence given when any cylinder or group of cylinders are to be removed at any time 1 Remove discharge head s from all cylinder valves by loosening mounting nut right hand thread On multiple cylinder installations swing discharge head and hose away from cylinder and allow to hang Discharge head s must be left connected to the discharge hose and system WARNING piping to prevent injury in the event of system discharge 2 Remove all control heads from the cylinder valves by loosening mounting nut right hand thread 3 Installlarge top protection cap over threads on top of cylinder valve Cap control head outlet by screwing on side protection cap 4 Insta
79. N 81 CO2MAN 001 Operation 5 6 MAIN AND RESERVE SYSTEMS The following procedures can be applied only when the reserve system has not WARNING been previously discharged After operating the main system as described above place the reserve system in standby mode as follows 1 Reset all manually operated control heads pressure operated trips discharge indicators manual operation stations and pressure operated switches Ensure that the control panel and all detectors are reset 2 Ensure that the manual lever on the pneumatic Discharge delay is in the closed position with the locking pin and seal wire installed 3 Ifthe system uses stop directional valves reset control head on the valve When pneumatic main reserve transfer switch Part No 81 871364 000 is installed wait at least 15 minutes before moving lever to the reserve position This allows any remaining pressure in the pneumatic system to vent WARNING to atmosphere Failure to follow these instructions may accidentally discharge the reserve system when the transfer switch is moved 4 Proceed to the main reserve transfer switch Move switch lever to the RESERVE position 5 Immediately contact a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for service 5 7 LOCKOUT VALVES When it is necessary to perform maintenance on the system or need to perform work that could cause false alarms and discharge it is essential to lockout the system The fo
80. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 2300 cu in 2 0 cece cece eee eee teeta e 2 41 2 3 8 2 Actuation Hose Rex Gea RE Me DR ER IRE ER oe He eta ee 2 41 2 3 8 3 FIEDIDIGS rcc P 2 41 2 4 Check ste cte ter t e e e M aces kat 2 42 2 4 1 Check Valves 1 4 inch through 3 8 2222 2 42 2 4 2 Check Valves 1 2 inch through 2 2 43 2 4 3 Check Valves 2 1 2 inch through 3 inch 2 44 2 4 3 1 2 1 2 inch Welding Neck Flange r 2 45 2 4 3 2 3 inch Welding Neck Flange a mnn 2 45 2 4 3 3 3 Inch Flange Gasket arabe tede ERR er aed ed 2 45 2 4 3 4 Nuts arid BOlEs 5 2 45 2 5 Directional Stop Valves 2 2 0 2 2 46 September 2013 viii P N 81 CO2MAN 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 2 5 1 Directional Stop Valves 1 2 inch through 2 inch 2 46 2 5 2 Directional Stop Valves 2 1 2 inch through 4 inch 2 47 2 5 2 1 2 1 2 inch and 3 inch ee esee nen 2 47 2 5 2 2 Medo 2 48 2 5 2 3 4 inch Flange iecur Re M men 2 48 2 5 2 4 4
81. PEE 3 3 Mai EE 3 4 INCERIOEKS ised cius ERE ene alee aa e UNE E ena EN 3 4 Interconnected Volumes 3 4 Calculations for Surface Fires r ene 3 4 Extinguishing 2 n 3 4 Basic Total Flooding 3 6 Ducts and Covered Trenches 3 7 Material Conversion 0000 3 8 Special 3 10 Uncloseable 6 3 10 Forced Ventilation zit RP asa aqa LIA ER APRI 3 13 Extreme Temperatures eek cede Eie rat RR ein a n 3 14 Discharge Rates err rete etate rite beta vto du tre beatus 3 17 Calculations for Deep Seated 3 19 Flooding Factors EYE eR ERE HER RV DA Ix MR Rs 3 19 Special Conditiors rss e t ee t e ted regat ee Ui te 3 20 Uncloseable Openings 3 21 Forced Ventilation oie ee aes 3 21 Extreme Temperatures sua ua etie
82. SAFELY HANDLI NG CYLINDERS WARNI NG Pressurized charged cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are capable of violent discharge This may result in serious bodily A injury death and property damage Before handling Kidde Fire Systems products all personnel must be thoroughly trained in the safe handling of the containers as well as in the proper procedures for installation removal filling and connection of other critical devices such as flex hoses control heads discharge heads and anti recoil devices READ UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the operation and maintenance manuals owners manuals service manuals etc that are provided with the individual systems The following safety procedures are minimal standards that must be adhered to at all times These are not intended to be all inclusive P N 81 CO2MAN 001 iii September 2013 Moving Cylinders Cylinders must be shipped compactly in the upright position and properly secured in place Cylinders must not be rolled dragged or slid nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles suitable hand truck fork truck roll platform or similar device must be used while maintaining properly secured cylinders at all times Rough Handling Cylinders must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or other surfaces Storage Cylinders must be properly secured and safely stored in an upright position and in accordance with any applicable reg
83. WK 241103 000 CUT OFF CORNER INDICATES LONGER LEG gt 1 2 in 13 X 9 13 16 in LG ROD WK 207282 000 CYLINDER FRONT CLAMP WK 241105 00 IF A ROW CONTAINS AN UNEVEN NUMBER OF CYLINDERS START WITH TWO RODS THEN CONTINUE WITH A ROD IN BETWEEN EVERY OTHER CYLINDER SEE FRAMING DWG FOR ARRANGEMENT in 13 X 1 in LG BOLT WK 149132 480 1 2 in 13 NUTS WK 151932 000 PLAN APPROX 6 1 2 in 10 in CENTERS 3 8 in 16 X 1 in LG BOLT AND NUT WK 149124 160 AND WK 151924 000 de FRONT VIEW Figure 4 12 Cylinder Racks 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row Two Sides P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 15 September 2013 Installation SECURE MANIFOLD WITH PIPE SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 75 LB CAP CYLS WK 271567 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS POST CHANNEL WK 271566 000 ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS CHANNEL SUPPORT FOR SERVICING WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR gt 100 LB CAP CYL 13 5 16 in 11 5 8 in CENTERS TABLE CYL CHANNEL WEIGH cyLs LENGTH PIN BAR P N 3 34 in WK 271563 000 WK 243796 000 Ain WK 271564 000 WK 243797 000 5 54m WK 271565
84. WK 934208 000 Manifold Y Fitting Swivel Adapter 1 2 inch NPT P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 1 September 2013 Parts List Part No Table 8 2 Manual and Pressure Control Equipment Description WK 870652 000 Lever Operated Control Head 82 878751 000 82 878737 000 82 878750 000 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head Pressure Operated Control Head Pressure Operated Control Head Stackable WK 264987 000 Actuation Hose 22 inch WK 699205 050 Male Branch Tee 5 16 inch Flare x 1 8 inch NPT WK 699205 030 Male Elbow 5 16 inch Flare x 1 8 inch NPT WK 699205 010 Male Connector 5 16 inch Flare x 1 8 inch NPT 81 979469 000 WK 331570 000 Cable Operated Control Head Cable Housing 25 and 35 Ib Cylinders WK 202355 000 Cable Housing 50 and 75 Ib Cylinders WK 200822 000 Cable Housing 100 Ib Cylinders WK 877940 000 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 108 in 1770 cc no pressure switch 06 129773 001 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 108 in 1770 cc With Supervisory Pressure Switch Normally Open Under Pressure 06 129773 002 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 108 in 1770 cc With Supervisory Pressure Switch Normally Closed Under Pressure 81 87745 000 Mounting Bracket Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK 283888 000 Ball Valve 1 4 inch Marine Part No Table 8 3 Electric Control Equipment Description WK 890181 000 Electric Control
85. a complete system single hazard or single nozzle depending on the value used for W Paragraph 3 7 discusses the effect of combination systems with respect to calculating the discharge rate P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 17 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 6 TOTAL FLOODI NG FOR SURFACE FI RES Discharge Rate Consider a room with dimensions of 20 ft L by 30 ft W by 10 ft H Determine the minimum flow rate required to create a 34 by volume concentration within the acceptable time limit From Equation 11 W min 4 min rg ta max Where 4 is the Minimum Discharge Rate Wmin is the Minimum Agent Quantity and max is the Maximum Discharge Time From Equation 3 W Wc Wy Wr Where Wc is the Quantity of Agent for the Design Concentration W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Leakage Wy is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Ventilation W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Extreme Temperatures Equation 2 We Wg x fc Where W is the Basic Quantity 34 and f is the Material Conversion Factor From Equation 1 W V fj Where V is Volume Of The Protected Space and f is the Volume Factor V 20 ft x 30 ft x 10 ft V 6 000 ft fj 20 ft Ib from Table 3 2 for volumes 4 501 ft to 50 000 ft W V fi Wg 6 000 20 300 Ib 1 0 from Figure 3 1 for 34 concentration Wo Wc 300 X 1 0 Wc 300 Ib W 0 lb
86. amp 75 Ib 100 Ib CYLI NDER FRAMI NG WK 271566 000 Post WK 241211 000 Gusset WK 207281 000 Channel Support WK 271563 000 3 Cylinder Channel WK 271564 000 4 Cylinder Channel WK 271565 000 September 2013 5 Cylinder Channel P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 8 18 Cylinder Rack and Framing Components Continued Parts List Part No Description WK 271561 000 Cradle WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row WK 241105 000 Front Clamp WK 243799 000 Rack Rod 2 Row 81 290385 000 Spacer WK 242442 000 Spacer Clip WK 271562 000 End Clamp WK 271567 000 Weigh Bar Bracket 1 Row WK 271568 000 Weigh Bar Bracket 2 Row WK 243796 000 WK 243797 000 3 Cylinder Weigh Bar 4 Cylinder Weigh Bar WK 243798 000 5 Cylinder Weigh Bar WK 270157 000 1 Cylinder Strap 100 Ib WK 241254 000 2 Cylinder Strap 100 Ib 100 Ib CYLINDER RACK AND FRAMING KI TS ONE ROW 81 010001 003 3 Cylinders 81 010001 004 4 Cylinders 81 010001 005 5 Cylinders 81 010001 006 6 Cylinders 81 010001 007 7 Cylinders 81 010001 008 8 Cylinders 81 010001 009 9 Cylinders 81 010001 010 10 Cylinders 81 010001 011 11 Cylinders 81 010001 012 12 Cylinders 81 010001 013 13 Cylinders 81 010001 014 14 Cylinders 81 010001 015 15 Cylinders TWO ROW ONE SIDE 8
87. and Valve Assembly Shutoff Valve 1 5 2 5 September 2013 80 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 3 15 Equivalent Lengths of Hand Hose Line Components Metric Units Design Equivalent Length Nominal Pipe Size 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm P N Description Sch 80 Sch 40 Sch80 Sch4o Sch 80 WK 994058 000 Hose Reel Swivel Joint 3 05 6 10 2 13 3 66 81 961966 000 Hose 15 mm x 15 24 m 19 20 37 80 95 10 164 90 81 918435 000 Hose 20 mm x 15 24 m 11 43 19 81 43 59 81 980564 000 Horn and Valve Assembly Shutoff 0 46 0 76 Valve Note that the equivalent lengths of hoses are given for 50 foot 15 24 meter lengths of hose As the actual hose length may vary from 25 ft to 200 ft 7 62 m to 60 96 m the equivalent length for the system hose may be calculated from Equation 36 Equation 36 50L US Units or z z 15 24L Metric Units Where Equivalent length of hose ft m N Il 1 Equivalent length of 50 ft 15 24 m hose from Table 3 14 and Table 3 15 L Actual length of hose ft m 3 16 4 2 MINIMUM AGENT QUANTITY A hand hose line system is a local application of agent and therefore only the liquid portion of the discharge is effective A vaporization factor of 40 must be applied to the total agent quantity to be supplied Equation 37 W 14xqxt Where W Minimum quantity of agent to be supplied Ib kg q No
88. and actuation port protection cap to each cylinder WARNING Do not remove the cylinder from the bracketing if the safety and protection caps are missing Obtain a new safety shipping cap from a local gas supplier A Obtain a new actuation port protection cap from Kidde Fire Systems 4 Remove cylinder from bracketing and properly secure to hand truck Properly secure each cylinder for transport Repeat for remaining cylinders P N 81 CO2MAN 001 V September 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 vi P N 81 CO2MAN 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS Foreword o pede Pipe exce Y peek Naa yaspa aaa EAA i Terms Abbreviations i cce e eek cg Ire IRE aquy ea a ee eee edie re Ape Ud i Material Safety Data 00 i Safety Summary cst deed e ree kay ese qataqa saka iii Ipaq aqya saa eed iii Subject Specific Hazard aa sess xr ep a rr RII P IRR E RAW Gad iii CHAPTER 1 GENERAL I NFORMATI ON 1 1 Introduction Ren AER EE ER 1 1 1 2 Classification Of Fire asua assays REOR aaa UU 1 1 1 3 General Characteristics of the 1 1 1 4 System Description noted ohne abe seda 1 2 1 5 Type of Suppression System
89. and fitted with a pressure gauge and pressure relief device Either pipe tube or flexible hose connects each pilot cylinder to the pressure operated control head s Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 108 cu in The 108 cu in N gt Pilot Cylinder P N WK 877940 000 can be used to operate CO pilot cylinders stop valves a N gt discharge delay or a N gt pressure operated siren Any compatible control head can be fitted to the cylinder to provide the desired means of operation The cylinder valve has a 1 8 in NPT outlet Any of the 1 8 in NPT x 5 16 in flare fittings can be used to connect the valve to the corresponding actuation line The cylinder is secured using the wall mount bracket P N 81 87745 000 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 1040 cu in The 1040 cu in N gt Pilot Cylinder P N 90 101040 001 can be used to operate CO pilot cylinders stop valves or multiple N5 pressure operated sirens Any compatible control head can be fitted to the cylinder to provide the desired means of operation The cylinder has a 5 8 in Type I style valve affixed with a pressure gauge In addition to the control head this valve requires attachment of a discharge head to allow discharge of the cylinder contents The NPT N gt discharge hose P N 06 118207 00X connects the discharge head to the September 2013 2 40 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 3 8 1 3 Component Descriptions corresponding actuation line The cylinder is secured using the single cylinder strap
90. attaching a compatible control head This assembly is installed downstream of pressure operated equipment but upstream of the nozzle to allow alarms to sound and equipment and ventilation to shut down prior to the carbon dioxide discharge Discharge delay assemblies are available with non adjustable factory pre set delay periods Attachment of a compatible control head allows the delay period to be bypassed Without a control head the delay period cannot be bypassed Consult NFPA 12 latest edition for guidance selecting appropriate control heads Table 2 32 Pneumatic Discharge Delay Part Numbers Part Number Description 81 871071 000 CO2 Discharge Delay 30 Second Not FM Approved 81 897636 000 CO2 Discharge Delay 60 Second Not FM Approved 81 871072 001 N2 Discharge Delay 30 Second For Use w 108 cuin N2 Cylinder Only 81 871072 002 N2 Discharge Delay 60 Second For Use w 108 cuin N2 Cylinder Only 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 MAKE FOR ATTACHMENT OF CONTROL HEAD TO OVERRIDE DELAY OUTLET 3 4 in NPT FEMALE 4 7 16 in INLET 3 4 in NPT FEMALE VALVE FILTER 17 718 IN 454 mm TYPICAL INLET AND OUTLET MAY BE REDUCED WITH BUSHING OR BELL REDUCER AND NIPPLE TO 1 2 in NPT IF NECESSARY Figure 2 71 September 2013 METERING TUBE P N 81 871071 000 SHOWN NAMEPLATE PRESSURE ACCUMULATOR 4 3 9 16 in gt 90 mm DIA Pneumatic Disc
91. be connected to the system piping and to the discharge head before attaching the discharge head to the cylinder valve in WARNING order to prevent injury in the event of inadvertent carbon dioxide discharge a SWIVEL NUT s wl ON 3 4 in NPS x asses DN20 UNION 2 9 16 66 mm APPROX Figure 4 21 Swivel Adapter to Piping September 2013 4 24 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 3 8 Discharge Head to Cylinder Valve Install the discharge head as follows 1 Wipe off cylinder valve sealing surface 2 Verify that both O rings within the discharge head are installed in the mating surface grooves at the bottom of the swivel nut cavity O rings must be free of dirt or other contaminants The O rings have been lightly greased at the factory and should not require further greasing 3 Make certain the pilot orifice located between the inner and outer O ring is unobstructed 4 Make certain the discharge port is clean and unobstructed 5 Install discharge head on cylinder valve Tighten securely The discharge head must be securely connected into the system piping Never attach the discharge heads to the cylinder valves until the cylinders are secured in brackets or racking Under no circumstances is the discharge head to remain WARNING attached to the cylinder valve after removal from service handling storage or during shipment Failure to follow these
92. business operations Examples of commercial applications are cable trenches computer room subfloors electrical cabinets data tape storage units and so on There are numerous marine applications for carbon dioxide systems these include dry cargo spaces machinery spaces pump rooms and paint lockers Refer to the Marine Carbon Dioxide Design Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual Part No 81 220610 000 for detailed information EXTINGUISHING PROPERTIES OF CARBON DIOXIDE Carbon dioxide is highly efficient in suppressing surface fires including flammable liquids and solids When introduced into the combustion zone carbon dioxide causes almost immediate flame suppression It suppresses the fire by reducing the oxygen concentration the fuel vapor concentration or both in the vicinity of the fire to the point where these available concentrations are too low to support combustion In general a reduction of the oxygen concentration to 15 percent or less by volume is sufficient to extinguish most diffusion flame fires in flammable liquids The cooling effect is also helpful in certain applications especially where carbon dioxide is applied directly on to the burning material When deep seated fires are encountered a higher concentration of carbon dioxide and a much longer hold retention time are needed to allow any smoldering fires to be suppressed and to allow the material to cool to a temperature at which it will not re ignite
93. categories Hazard Survey Definition and Analysis Design for Safety Applications Total Flooding Application Systems Local Application Systems Combination Systems Multiple Hazard Systems Pressure Operated Sirens Extended Discharge Systems Agent Storage Banks Manifold and Pipe Network Design Actuation System Design Detection Devices Alarm Devices and Control Panels Auxiliary Equipment and Systems 3 2 HAZARD SURVEY DEFINITION AND ANALYSIS The first step in any fire protection design project is to survey the area to be protected define the hazard and analyze the information to determine the appropriate methods of detecting and suppressing the fire In addition several key concepts for overall safety of the system should be considered As a minimum a hazard survey should consist of the following Dimensions of the area to be protected including interconnected spaces and duct work that extends out of the protected space Locations and dimensions of non closeable openings Locations quantities and types of likely fuels Locations and types of sources of ignition Locations and Basic Insulation Level BIL of non insulated live electrical wiring Flow rate and wind down time of forced ventilation that cannot be dampered or shut down Minimum and maximum ambient temperatures Type of wall construction for enclosed spaces Occupancy status Path of egress Hazardous classification i e explosion hazard Locations of pipe
94. desired position The nitrogen cylinder must be positioned so that control head is readily accessible during manual operation 4 Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps and hardware 5 If the cylinder is being used to drive a pressure operated siren P N 90 981574 001 then the add on label P N 06 231866 518 supplied with the cylinder should be affixed over the area at the center of the cylinder main label bounded by a dotted line This ensures the cylinder function is adequately indicated September 2013 4 42 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 4 11 2 NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER INSTALLATION 1040 CU IN AND 2300 CU IN P NS 90 101040 000 AND 90 102300 100 WARNI NG Nitrogen cylinders must not be moved unless the discharge and control heads have been removed and the protection caps are installed Failure to follow these instructions could result in inadvertent discharge serious bodily injury death or property damage The nitrogen pilot cylinders must be located as close to the hazard area as possible The storage location must be protected from the elements and maintained at a temperature between 32 F 0 C and 130 F 54 C External heating and or cooling may be required to maintain this temperature range Cylinders should be raised at least 2 in 50 mm from the deck using a suitable bracket or blocks if the area is regularly washed down or is subject to environmental wetting Single cylinders should be installed us
95. dioxide required to compensate for the openings alone exceeds the quantity required for total flooding with no openings then the suppression system may be designed using local application methods For deep seated fires any uncloseable openings shall be restricted to the ceiling or on the enclosure walls bordering the ceiling This is to permit the carbon dioxide concentration to be maintained for a sufficient period of time to allow any smoldering to be suppressed and to allow the material to cool below its re ignition temperature In situations where the openings do not allow the concentration to be maintained during the required cooling period additional agent should be discharged over an extended period of time to compensate for losses through the openings See Paragraph 3 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 3 September 2013 Design 3 5 1 2 3 5 1 3 3 5 1 4 3 5 2 3 5 2 1 When the position of an opening is such that a fire in the protected area could spread through it to adjacent combustibles or work areas the opening shall be provided with an automatic closure or local application nozzles Where such measures are not practical protection shall be extended to include the adjacent work area or process VENTILATION The total flooding agent quantity calculations are designed for a reasonably tight enclosure with static conditions prevailing at the time of system discharge Static conditions prevail when all forced air ventilating systems
96. each well with the full contents of a single vial of mercury Make certain no mercury enters tubing P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 3 September 2013 Wear rubber gloves when filling mercury wells Flush gloves with water and wash hands thoroughly after filling procedure has been completed Avoid WARNING touching hands to mouth or eyes Contact a physician immediately if irritation B 4 1 develops 1 Remove funnel Make certain the flat rubber gasket is in place at bottom of the vent port Install vent plug assembly Tighten securely with Kidde Fire Systems tool Part No 209145 while holding hex of vent housing with a wrench 2 Keep mercury check upright at all times to prevent mercury from spilling out of wells 3 Sequentially connect a manometer test set Part No 840041 to each well inlet using the conversion coupling supplied with the test set to make connection Close off tube B noted on manometer instructions and gently squeeze the rubber bulb until a slight pulsing is felt in the bulb This can be visually observed as a dropping off of the reading followed by a steady reading as continued pressure is applied to the rubber bulb of manometer The sum of the readings of both legs of the manometer is the setting of the well under test The setting is obtained by turning the adjustment screw under each well in either and upward or downward position Turing the screw upward increases the setting turning the screw downward decreases the se
97. head from the cylinder valves Do not allow the control heads to rotate out of position 6 5 4 1 PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD TEST PRESSURE SETTING Note The tests to be performed using Manometer Test Set Kidde Fire Systems Part No 81 840041 000 1 8 in TUBING FLARE END WITH NUT CUT OTHER END SQUARE md 1 8 in NUT P N WK 207648 000 t 1 8 1 8 in ACTUATION UNION NUT TUBING FILL HERE 1 8 in UNION AND NUT P N 81 802535 000 INDUSTRIAL DETECTOR P N WK 840845 000 DER FILL TO I a 3 16 in X 17 in 432 mm HERE 3 16 in 1 8 in LONG TUBING P N WK 802366000 UNION I 81 802536 000 REMOVE 1 8 in _ _ _ I NUT I I 1 1 1 MANOMETER TEST SET N PIN WK 840041 000 C o o lB PNEUMATIC m 3 16 in FEMALE FITTING CONTROL ER HEAD BULB Figure 6 3 Manometer Pneumatic Detection 1 Connect the test fitting of the manometer test set to the diaphragm chamber of the control head 2 Make certain sufficient clearance is provided at mounting nut so control head will not be damaged upon operation 3 If control head has been operated reset by placing screwdriver in reset stem and turning clockwise until stem locks in position This occurs when the arrow on the reset stem is lined up with the SET arrow on the nameplate September 2013 6 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 5 6 CAUTI ON 6 5 4 2 1
98. however the actual discharge delay period may vary up to 10096 depending on the ambient conditions and or variations in installation Discharge Nozzles After the system piping has been blown free of debris install the discharge nozzles in strict accordance with the approved installation drawings and acceptable engineering practices Make certain the correct nozzle type part number and orifice size are installed in the proper locations Ensure that the nozzles are securely tightened to the piping ACTUATI ON SYSTEMS Lever Operated Control Head Install the lever operated control head by following the steps listed below 1 Inspect the threads and control head for damage Ensure the locking pin and seal wire are intact 2 Remove the protection cap from the appropriate control port 3 Using a suitable wrench tighten the swivel nut securely to the control port 4 Provide suitable clearance around the control head to allow operation Cable Operated Actuation System Components Kidde CO cable operated devices must use 1 16 inch stainless steel cable run in 3 8 inch NPT galvanized pipe or 1 2 inch conduit Do not run more than one cable in each pipe conduit run At each change in direction use either the 3 8 inch NPT corner pulley or the 1 2 inch EMT corner pulley for conduit as required Do not bend the pipe or conduit To install a cable operated control system affix the pull boxes to an appropriate structure at the locations n
99. important to accurately determine which hazard areas are completely separate such that fire will not spread from one area to another Where the spread of fire from one hazard to another is possible both areas must be protected simultaneously All closed sections of pipe i e upstream of any directional valves shall be fitted with a Safety Outlet Part No 81 803242 000 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 53 September 2013 Design 3 9 PRESSURE OPERATED SIRENS Pressure Operated Sirens Part No 81 981574 000 necessarily discharge carbon dioxide to operate When this discharge does not contribute to a firefighting concentration i e within a total flooding hazard the total system agent quantity must be compensated to account for the carbon dioxide discharged by the siren Operation of the siren requires 20 4 Ib min 9 3 kg min Equation 32 W 20 4 x nx ty t5 US Units or W 9 3xnx ta t5 Metric Units Where W Minimum agent discharged through pneumatic siren Ib kg n Quantity of Pressure Operated Sirens 14 Total system discharge time liquid and vapor min x Pneumatic delay time min EXAMPLE 14 PRESSURE OPERATED SI RENS Siren Agent Discharge Consider a combination system with a Pressure Operated Siren located inside the total flooding hazard and one located outside A 30 second Pneumatic Discharge Delay will provide a pre discharge alarm period Determine the additional quantity of agent that is needed
100. instructions could result in serious bodily injury death or property damage 4 3 9 Check Valves and Directional Stop Valves 4 3 9 1 2 inch AND SMALLER CHECK VALVES AND DIRECTIONAL STOP VALVES Install the 2 inch DN50 or smaller diameter directional stop valves or check valves by following the steps listed below 1 2 CAUTION Inspect the valves to verify the threads are not damaged Use high pressure air nitrogen or to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown by the arrow on the valve body Kidde recommends installing union fittings before and after the valves to facilitate future service work Apply Teflon tape or pipe dope to the piping male threads Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the direction of flow 4 3 9 2 2 1 2 inch AND LARGER CHECK VALVES AND DIRECTIONAL STOP VALVES Install the 2 1 2 inch DN65 and larger diameter direction stop valves and check valves by following the steps listed below 1 2 Inspect the gaskets and valve assemblies for damage Use high pressure air nitrogen or to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown by the arrow on the valve body Weld the flange connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler amp Pressure Vessel Code Alig
101. is 1 ft away from the wall The walls extend at least 10 ft beyond the hazard Calculate the design discharge rate and minimum agent supply for a rate by volume system Assume an enclosure about the hazard w 3 ft 1 1 2 A I Assumed Enclosure Dimensions 7 1 2 ft W x 9 ft L x 5 ft H V 7 1 2 ft x 9 ft x 5 ft 337 5 ft 2 September 2013 3 48 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design From Equation 30 4min q X V Where q is the Minimum Discharge Rate qV is the Design Flow Rate per Unit Volume and V is the Volume of the Assumed Enclosure From Equation 29 qy 0 75 x Ag Ay 0 25 Where A is the Open Area of the Assumed Enclosure Walls and Ayy is the Total Area of Assumed Enclosure Walls Aw 7 1 2 x 5 9x 5 7 1 2x 5 9 x 5 Ay 165 ft Ao 7 5 x 5 9 x 5 Ao 82 5 ft 2 qV 0 75 x Ao Ay 0 25 4 0 75 x 82 5 165 0 25 qV 0 625 Ib min ft Amin qV x V 4min 0 625 x 337 5 Amin 211 10 From Equation 16 Ne 1 4 xq X thi Where W nin is the Minimum Quantity of Agent to Be Supplied and fig is the Duration of Liquid Discharge From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 fig 0 5 min 14 fria Wee 1 4 x 211 x 0 5 W nin 148 Ib 3 6 3 3 NOZZLES Type S and Type M nozzles are used when applying a Rate by Volume local application system A sufficient number of nozzles shall be used to adequat
102. is the same as that which is specified by the drawing 4 7 4 System Inspection 1 Verify that only listed and or approved refer to NFPA 12 Definitions components have been installed in accordance with the approved drawings Use the bill of material of the system drawing as a checklist 2 Conduct a thorough visual inspection of the installed system and hazard area reference September 2013 NFPA 12 a The piping operational equipment and discharge nozzles shall be inspected for proper size and location also inspect the aiming point of the discharge nozzles b Identify the locations of all heat detectors smoke detectors alarms and manual emergency releases in accordance with the approved system drawing Confirm that the control unit to which the detectors and manual releases are connected is in the normal operating condition except for the isolated release circuits d Compare the actual hazard configuration with the original specifications and system drawings record deviations As Installed system design verification may be required because of these deviations e Inspect the hazard for unclosable openings and other sources of agent loss that have not been identified on the system design specifications and drawings Record any discrepancies f Inspect the cylinders to assure that they are properly supported and are not damaged g In accordance with NFPA 72 verify availability of the Fire Alarm System Record Of Comp
103. is to assure that the installation of all required safety features is verified and that expert judgments can be made as to the compliance with the specifications the system design documents this manual the requirements of the AHJ and good practice The system must be commissioned prior to being put into service The goal of the commissioning procedure is to verify that the system installation is operable in accordance with all documented requirements Note The following procedures are inclusive of all components or component groups i e control heads in the Kidde carbon dioxide product offering These instructions must be followed except where they do not apply to the installed system Pre Commission Inspection Review the system specifications including the hazard description carbon dioxide agent quantity calculations plans of the protected area system piping drawings variances from the current NFPA 12 Standard and requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction AHJ The AHJ shall approve the type and extent of the approval testing to be performed This approval shall be documented before completion of the commissioning of the carbon dioxide system and issuance of the commissioning certificate A personnel training program must be conducted before commissioning the carbon dioxide system This is to communicate to all necessary personnel the WARNING steps and safeguards required to safeguard against injury or death in areas
104. likely break the odorizing cartridge Replace the screen and secure with the spiral retaining ring Make sure the o ring is still in its groove before placing the cylinder body back onto the union head piece A small amount of o ring lubricant can be used to help keep the o ring in place Thread the union nut back onto the odorizer assembly and tighten the assembly To prevent damaging the odorizing cartridge during testing it is recommended that the odorizing cartridges not be installed until after system testing of the discharge piping is complete For periodic maintenance after the system has been installed and in use remove the odorizing cartridge prior to any testing of the discharge piping ODORIZER CARTRIDGE CYLINDER d BODY bue SCREEN SPIRAL RETAINING O RING UNION ASSEMBLY CLOSE NIPPLE HEADER Figure B 11 Odorizer Installation P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 8 4 Semi annual Maintenance for Odorizer Cartridge For systems using the odorizer cartridge Part No 10030080 disassemble the odorizer and verify that the odorizing cartridge is still intact on a semi annual basis B 8 5 Post Discharge Odorizer Maintenance 1 Remove the union nut and cylinder body from the odorizer assembly leaving just the union headpiece attached to the piping 2 Use a small pick or slotted screwdriver to remove the spiral retaining ring and the circular screen Remove all glass particles 3 Carefully ins
105. m If the assumed enclosure has a closed floor and is partly defined by continuous walls that extend at least 2 ft 0 6 m above the hazard and that are not part of the hazard the minimum design flow rate may be proportionately reduced to not less than 0 25 Ib min ft 4 kg min m Equation 29 qy 0 75 x Ag A 0 25 US Units or qv 12x Ag Ay 4 Metric Units September 2013 3 44 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Where perimeter endosed Design dy Design flow rate per unit volume Ib min ft kg min m Ag Open area of assumed enclosure walls ft 2 Aw Total area of assumed enclosure walls ft 2 m 100 gt Rate by volume Mathematical method Factor perimeter open expressed as a decimal x 75 25 75 50 4 25 10 Figure 3 4 Partial Enclosure Flow Rate Reduction Determine the minimum rate of discharge for the hazard by multiplying the design flow rate by the assumed enclosure Equation 30 Where 4 min q x V 4 min Minimum discharge rate Ib min kg min qy Design flow rate per unit volume from Equation 29 Ib min ft kg min m V Volume of assumed enclosure ft 3 m3 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 45 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 11 LOCAL APPLICATION RATE BY VOLUME Assumed Enclosure Consider a hazard with outside dimensions 4 ft W x 6 ft L x 3 ft H Calculate the design discharge rate and minimum agent su
106. men eene 4 55 4 7 2 Commissioning Procedure 200 0 sen 4 56 4 7 3 Enclosure Inspection 2 cir enr ne E ER REXIR 4 56 4 7 4 System Inspection cce cede Ed Eye ox e YR Xt a Y RR SER RYMER 4 56 4 7 5 E Rr PT 4 57 4 7 6 Operational Tests of the Individual 4 57 4 7 7 Full Discharge Test c cause teense tater eb CER uama 4 58 4 7 8 Commissioning the System 0 4 58 4 7 9 References and Checklists 4 58 CHAPTER 5 OPERATI ON 5 1 5 1 5 2 Automatic Operation meme ett cite EE na 5 1 5 3 Manual Operation Ove adu eren elo 5 1 5 3 1 Cable Operated Systems 5 1 5 3 2 Electric SYSTEMS hayku sk aeaa ha f iha thapa 5 1 5 3 3 Systems Equipped with Remote Nitrogen Actuator 5 2 5 4 Emergency 2 1 1 2 1 5 2 5 4 1 Local Manual Operation All Systems 5 2 5 5 Hose Reel or Rack 0 5 3 5 5 1 Remote Manual
107. metals such as magnesium sodium zirconium potassium and titanium or reactive metals metal hydrides and chemicals containing their own oxygen supply e Class K Combustible cooking media vegetable or animal oils and fats Note Kidde Fire Systems carbon dioxide fire suppression system is not suited for Class D type of fires Carbon dioxide is an effective agent for Class A Class B Class C and Class K hazards Carbon dioxide must be applied with due consideration of the hazard being protected and its contents Carbon dioxide shall not be used on Class D hazards such as magnesium potassium sodium and cellulose nitrate These Class D hazards can only be controlled by special extinguishing agents and procedures GENERAL CHARACTERI STI CS OF THE SYSTEM Carbon dioxide fire suppression systems are used for applications where the potential property damage and business interruption from fire are high Carbon dioxide can control and suppress fires in easily ignitable fast burning substances such as flammable liquids It is also used on fires involving electrically energized equipment and in some instances on fires in ordinary combustibles such as paper cloth and other cellulose materials Carbon dioxide is a colorless odorless electrically non conductive gas with a density approximately 5096 greater than air When applied to a fire it provides a blanket of heavy gas which reduces the oxygen content of the atmosphere to a point in whic
108. personnel only It is the owner s responsibility to ensure that personnel have been properly trained and are aware of all safety provisions 5 5 1 Remote Manual Operation If system is equipped with a remote cable pull station operate system as follows Unwind hose from reel or rack Proceed to cable pull station Break glass using attached hammer Pull handle to operate cylinder control head Approach fire carefully Do not allow hose to lie in the path of the flames Point horn at hazard Open horn valve by pushing stirrup handle forward 5 Direct carbon dioxide discharge at base of the flames As flames recede follow slowly np pusa Follow detailed instructions below Surface Fires a Direct carbon dioxide discharge close to the edge of the fire nearest you DO NOT point the horn at the center of the flame If the hose horn must be aimed into an inaccessible fire the horn must be in the OPEN position b Sweep the horn slowly back and forth across the base of the flames Chase flames slowly as the fire is extinguished For vertical fires direct the discharge at the bottom and gradually work upward as the fire recedes c Continue discharging carbon dioxide until all smoldering material is covered with carbon dioxide snow Electrical Fires Switchboards Motors Etc a Discharge carbon dioxide into all openings on burning substances b Continue to discharge carbon dioxide until flames have been extinguished and the
109. r 1 2 1 5 1 Total 1 2 1 5 2 Local Application 1 2 1 6 General System teats 1 3 1 6 1 Safeguards BAM S Ded Sun aes 1 3 1 6 1 1 Adequate Path of Egress 000 1 3 1 6 1 2 Warning Signs and Personnel Education 1 3 1 6 1 3 Pre Discharge Time Delays and 1 4 1 6 1 4 Stop Valves and Lockout lt memes 1 4 1 6 1 5 Post Release Warnings and Procedures 1 5 1 6 2 Em 1 5 1 6 3 Discharge Characteristics esses eene nennen 1 5 1 6 4 Actuation Methods s u Tua alis see hene messen ehem ene eese 1 6 1 7 Applications xr RE ede eR cae 1 6 1 8 Extinguishing Properties of Carbon 1 7 1 9 Physical Properties of Carbon Dioxide 1 7 1 10 CIE ANUP sai saa 1 8 CHAPTER 2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS 2 1 Fire Suppression System Components 2 1 2 2 COZ S COAG Ciuc irc
110. required both heads must be connected using 3 16 inch O D pneumatic tubing Part No WK 802366 000 provided by Kidde Fire Systems Note If a mechanical pullbox is supplied proceed with steps 6 through 8 6 WARNI NG September 2013 Connect control cable conduit to control head Remove control head nameplate exposing manual release chamber Loosen screws on cable clamp and feed cable through hole Tighten the set screws securely allowing the cable to sag a little Do not pull the cable taut Cut off excess cable Make certain locking pin and seal wire have been assembled to nameplate Local control lever should be parallel with nameplate Assemble nameplate to control head being sure to fit the small shaft into the cover bearing and the large pin under the trip lever Before installing control head on the carbon dioxide cylinder valve ensure that the control head is in the Set position actuating pin in the fully retracted or Set position Failure to position control head in the Set position will result in accidental carbon dioxide cylinder discharge when the control head is installed on the cylinder valve Assemble control head to pilot control port Tighten swivel coupling nut securely 4 40 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 CONNECTION FOR REMOTE PULL BOX PIPE OR CONDUIT CONNECTION FOR DETECTION 3 8 in NPS FEMALE TUBING 3 16in TUBING NUT FITS HERE LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER LOCKING PIN SEAL WIRE PNEU
111. response time of a pneumatic detection system is dependent upon a number of factors such as a fire intensity b HAD spacing and location C control head setting and vent size d volume of copper tubing It is important to remember that the system will actuate when the entire sensing volume HADs copper tubing and pneumatic control head sensing chamber is pressurized to a level equal to the control head setting e g 4 inches of water To ensure a fast response to rapidly progressing or intense fires the tubing system must be limited to a total length of 200 feet or less of 1 8 inch O D copper tubing for a single line system or a total length of 200 feet or less of 1 8 inch O D copper tubing for each line of a multiple control head system 1 8 inch copper tubing is used in industrial systems to interconnect the HADs to the pneumatic control head s or a pneumatic main reserve transfer valve Note The final leg of the copper tubing system connects to the pneumatic control head by means of 3 16 inch O D heavy wall copper tubing provided by Kidde Fire Systems September 2013 4 36 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 CAUTION Installation The 1 8 inch copper tubing to the HADs must be protected by 1 2 inch EMT Water which collects in the conduit line and freezes may damage the tubing This necessitates the draining of all low points in tubing conduit which are subject to freezing If necessary drill a small hole in the conduit or fitting at the l
112. servicing the protected area are stopped at the time of agent discharge Forced air ventilation systems must be shut down or closed or both prior to or simultaneously with the start of the carbon dioxide discharge Additional carbon dioxide must be provided if forced ventilation cannot be dampered or shut down INTERLOCKS It is essential that all potential re ignition sources in the protected area be eliminated prior to or concurrently with the start of the carbon dioxide discharge This requires that a control system be designed to shut down all processing equipment to shut off electrical power to all equipment in the area and to perform any other interlocks necessary to ensure the effectiveness of the system If interlocks cannot be provided additional carbon dioxide may be required to compensate for openings forced ventilation or other factors that are detrimental to system performance INTERCONNECTED VOLUMES Where two or more interconnected volumes allow free flow of carbon dioxide between the protected spaces the carbon dioxide quantity for each volume shall be calculated individually If one volume requires greater than normal concentration the higher concentration shall be used in all interconnected volumes Calculations for Surface Fires Surface fires involve burning of flammable liquids and of ordinary non smoldering combustibles EXTINGUISHING CONCENTRATIONS The minimum carbon dioxide design concentration for tot
113. temperature and recheck the nitrogen cylinder pressure 7 Open the valve and add additional nitrogen as necessary to obtain a full cylinder charge at ambient temperature 1800 PSIG at 70 F 124 bar gauge at 21 C 8 Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charging adapter from the nitrogen cylinder 9 Using a soap solution thoroughly check the nitrogen cylinder valve for leakage Bubbles in the soap solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejection of the cylinder 10 At the completion of the leak test thoroughly clean and dry the cylinder valve 11 Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean and dry 12 Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation port of the cylinder valve 13 Install the charged cylinder as described below 7 4 3 Nitrogen Cylinder Installation 1 Install the nitrogen cylinder in position in the mounting bracket 2 Tighten sufficiently to hold cylinder in place while allowing cylinder enough free play to be manually rotated 3 Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position The nitrogen cylinder must be positioned so that the control head when installed is readily accessible and cannot be obstructed during manual CAUTI ON operation 4 Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps and hardware 5 Remove the pipe plug reconnect the adapter P N WK 699205 010 and flexible actuation hose or tubing to the cylinder valve outlet port
114. the Material Conversion Factor and f is the Volume Factor qV 1000 ft min tp 1 min fe 1 0 from Figure 3 1 for 34 concentration V 20 ft x 30 ft x 10 ft V 6 000 ft 20 ft Ib from Table 3 2 for volumes 4 501 ft to 50 000 ft Wy q X1 xfce f 1000 x 1 x 1 0 20 50 Ib 3 S lt lt 3 5 2 4 3 Extreme Temperatures An additional quantity of carbon dioxide must be provided to compensate for abnormally low or high ambient temperatures For applications where the normal ambient temperature in the enclosure is above 200 F 93 a one percent increase in the calculated total quantity of carbon dioxide must be provided for each additional 5 F 2 78 C above 200 F 93 C Equation 8 AT igh 5 US Units or Ty AT High 2 78 Metric Units Where TH High temperature correction factor Degrees Fahrenheit Celsius above 200 F 93 C For applications where the normal ambient temperature is less than 0 F 18 C a one percent increase in the calculated total quantity of carbon dioxide must be provided for each 1 F 0 55 C below 0 F 18 C September 2013 3 14 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Equation 9 AT 1 US Units or 0 55 Metric Units Where Low temperature correction factor AT Degrees Fahrenheit Celsius below 0 F 18 C The temperature compensation factor if required must be added to the basic q
115. to maintain this temperature range Orient the cylinders according to the approved installation drawings Mount the cylinders securely to the structural supports with the straps and or brackets provided Elevate the cylinders at least two inches off the floor if moisture is present Locate the cylinder straps as shown in Figure 4 3 and Figure 4 5 For other strap and bracketing arrangements refer to Figure 4 5 through Figure 4 20 Each cylinder strap and or bracket must be securely attached to structural WARNING supports to absorb the force generated by cylinder discharge Reprinted with permission from NFPA 12 2005 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems Copyright 2005 National Fire Prevention Association Quincy MA 02169 This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 5 September 2013 Installation APPROX 14 in 356 mm lt 0 TO BOTTOM OF CYLINDER Figure 4 3 Typical Cylinder Strap Location Table 4 3 Typical Cylinder Strap Location Dimensions Cylinder Capacity A B D 25 Ib 8 3 4 in 17 in 8 1 2 in 10 3 8 in 222 mm 431 mm 216 mm 264 mm 35 Ib 8 3 4 in 23 in 8 1 2 in 10 3 8 in 222 mm 584 mm 216 mm 264 mm 50 Ib 8 3 4 in 34 8 1 2 in 10 3 8 in 222 mm 864 mm 216 mm 264 mm 75 b 9
116. to warn occupants that the system has been locked out See Paragraph 1 6 1 4 for additional information Directional Stop Valves Directional Stop Valves See Paragraph 2 5 for Part Numbers may be used for two purposes In Multiple Hazard Systems two or more Directional Valves are arranged to isolate the protected hazards and to allow agent to flow to only one hazard at a time See Paragraph 3 12 5 2 for additional information For safety purposes a single Stop Valve located downstream of all cylinders and upstream of all nozzles may be arranged to prevent the flow of agent to the nozzles until a secondary action occurs See Paragraph 1 6 1 4 for additional information Pneumatic Discharge Delays Pneumatic Discharge Delays N gt or operated are used to delay the start of discharge while an evacuation signal is given and the enclosure is prepared P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 65 September 2013 Design The operated delay Not FM Approved may be located in the manifold header between the pilot and slave cylinders see Paragraph 3 13 2 1 Note that the Pneumatic Discharge Delay has a 3 4 inch DN20 NPT pipe thread which limits the flow rate that may be passed through the valve The N gt operated delay cannot be installed in the cylinder manifold The N gt operated delay shall be installed within the N gt actuation line terminating at the CO pilot cylinders connected to the manifold When the actuatio
117. weather conditions direct sunlight mechanical chemical or other damage which could render them inoperative GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Installation of Kidde Fire Systems fixed carbon dioxide systems shall comply with local and regional standards be conducted according to accepted practices and be performed in accordance with the approved installation drawings as well as with the instructions and information contained in this manual INSTALLATION OF SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS Discharge Pipe and Fittings Pipe tubing and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with the approved installation drawings and acceptable engineering practices The piping between the cylinders and nozzles must be the shortest route possible with a minimum of fittings Any deviations in the routing or number of fittings must be approved by the design engineer prior to installation Piping and tubing must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting welding or threading Joint compound tape or thread sealant must be applied only to the male threads of the joint excluding the first two threads Each pipe section must be swabbed clean using a nonflammable organic solvent All piping must be blown out with nitrogen carbon dioxide or dry compressed air prior to installing the discharge nozzles Dirt traps at least 2 inches 51 mm in length must be installed lat the end of each pipe run The piping system must be securely supported and braced to acc
118. will change from a liquid to a gas and expand The ratio of this expansion is high approximately 9 to 1 This allows a large volume of carbon dioxide to be stored in a small container minimizing space taken up by the system equipment Kidde Fire Systems engineered carbon dioxide suppression systems may be manually operated or integrated with detection and control devices for automatic operation A single carbon dioxide fire suppression system can protect single or multiple hazards by total flooding local application or a combination of both TYPE OF SUPPRESSI ON SYSTEM There are two types of fixed carbon dioxide systems total flooding and local application Total Flooding In a total flooding system a predetermined amount of carbon dioxide is discharged through fixed piping and nozzles into an enclosed space or enclosure around the hazard Total flooding is applicable when the hazard is totally enclosed and when all openings surrounding the hazard can be closed automatically prior to or at the start of system discharge If all the openings cannot be closed additional carbon dioxide must be provided to compensate for agent loss through these openings during the discharge and appropriate concentration retention periods The carbon dioxide concentration must be maintained for a sufficient period of time to allow the fuel and any other surfaces or equipment in contact with the fuel to cool below the ignition temperature of the combustibles L
119. 0 WK 264987 000 22 2 3 8 3 FITTINGS Fittings Figure 2 46 are available to interconnect the actuation hose to the pressure operated control head s or actuation tubing P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 41 September 2013 Component Descriptions MALE ELBOW MALE BRANCH TEE 1 8 in NPT x 5 16 in TUBING 1 8 in NPT x 5 16 in TUBING P N WK 699205 030 P N WK 699205 050 MALE CONNECTOR 1 8 in NPT x 5 16 in TUBING P N WK 699205 010 Figure 2 46 Fittings 2 4 CHECK VALVES Check valves are required for fire suppression systems that are equipped with a main and reserve set of carbon dioxide cylinders They are installed in each discharge manifold to isolate the main and reserve cylinders from each other Check valves are also employed in directional valve systems that use a common set of carbon dioxide cylinders to protect areas or equipment of unequal sizes The check valves divide the cylinder group into subsets for discharge of the required amounts of carbon dioxide into the protected areas or equipment 2 4 1 Check Valves 1 4 inch through 3 8 inch The 1 4 inch and 3 8 inch check valves Figure 2 47 are also used in Nitrogen or CO pilot lines part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 17 INSTALL VALVE WITH ARROW POINTING IN DIRECTION OF FLOW Figure 2 47 Check Valves 1 4 inch and 3 8 inch September 2013 2 42 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions Table 2 17 Check Valve Dimensions 1 4 inch through
120. 00 DISCHARGE NOZZLES For total flooding of large enclosures Type S and Type M nozzles are generally used For total flooding of ducts and small enclosures the Type V nozzle may be used The number of nozzles required depends on the following considerations e Maximum Spacing 20 ft 6 1 m Flow Rate Up to 120 Ib min 55 kg min per nozzle for S V nozzles Up to 240 Ib min 110 kg min per nozzle for M nozzles If obstructions within the protected space interfere with the efficient distribution of the carbon dioxide or if lower nozzle flow rates are desired it may be necessary to increase the quantity of nozzles The type of nozzles selected and their placement shall be such that the discharge will not unduly splash flammable liquids or create dust clouds that might extend the fire create an explosion or otherwise adversely affect the contents of the enclosure PRESSURE RELIEF VENTI NG Pressure relief venting shall be verified and provided in accordance with NFPA 12 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 25 September 2013 Design 3 6 LOCAL APPLICATION SYSTEMS A local application system consists of a fixed supply of carbon dioxide permanently connected to fixed piping with nozzles arranged to discharge directly into the fire where a permanent enclosure about the hazard does not exist Personnel should be made aware of the hazards associated with the discharge of carbon dioxide in local application systems Hazards t
121. 000 wK 243798 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE WITH THE ABOVE FRAMEWORK CYLINDER ASSEMBLIES CAN BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL OR CAN BE FREE STANDING BY FASTENING GUSSETS TO FLOOR Figure 4 13 Rack Framing 3 to 5 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Single Row September 2013 4 16 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LONG BOLTS amp NUTS WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 100 LB CAP CYLS WK 271567 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS amp NUTS SECURE MANIFOLD WITH PIPE CLAMP POST CHANNEL WK 271566 000 CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR 13 5 16 in 100LB CAP CYL 11 5 8 in CENTERS TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH CYLS LENGTH PIN BAR P N ES 6 ft 1 3 4 in 2 WK 271563 000 2 WK 243796 000 WK 271563 000 243796 000 7 7ft 1 3 8 in 271564 000 _ WK 243797 000 s sittin 2 WK 271564 000 2 WK 243797 000 WK 271564 000 243797 000 9 ft 5 8 in WK 271565 000 WK 243798 000 FX 10 ft 1 4 in 2 WK 271565 000 2 WK 243798 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR
122. 01 Table 3 8B Coated Surfaces Metric Units Design Area Min Rate Max Rate m kg min m kg min m 0 093 14 5 181 6 0 186 14 5 94 7 0 279 14 5 64 4 0 372 14 5 49 8 0 465 14 5 41 0 0 557 14 5 35 2 0 650 14 5 30 8 0 743 14 5 27 8 0 836 14 5 25 4 0 929 14 5 23 4 1 022 14 5 22 0 1 115 14 5 20 5 1 208 14 5 19 5 1 301 14 5 18 6 1 394 15 1 17 6 1 486 15 6 17 1 1 533 16 6 16 6 1 required is approximately 2 Ib ft P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 39 September 2013 Design 3 6 2 2 3 Nozzle Coverage and Carbon Dioxide Requirements Whereas overhead nozzles are based on side of square coverage one dimension tankside coverage is based on surface area two dimensions Since the Type L nozzle has a limited discharge thrust it is necessary to maintain a maximum dimension on all sides of the coverage area The following limits shall be observed Maximum surface area per Table 3 7 or Table 3 8 e Maximum throw forward 4 ft 1 22 m e Maximum distance between adjacent nozzles 5 ft 1 52 m e Maximum distance between first last nozzle and corner of hazard area 2 1 2 ft 0 76 m Assuming a row of nozzles on each side of the hazard surface the maximum hazard width is 8 ft 2 44 m for systems using tankside nozzles only For hazards that exceed this limitation additional overhead nozzles may be used to provide coverage of the area along the cen
123. 03371 803887 802980 6 803372 803888 802981 6 803373 803889 802982 7 803374 803890 802983 7 803375 803891 802984 8 803376 803892 802985 8 803377 803893 802986 9 803378 803894 802987 9 803379 803895 802988 10 803380 803896 802989 The basic type S nozzle Figure 2 59 has red painted cold rolled steel body A zinc plated finish is available as an option previous versions were offered with a cadmium plating September 2013 2 54 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 OR 4 ORIFICES 1 1 8 in 29 mm HEX 1 2 in NPT FEMALE E a 173 Ws j STRAINER INCLUDED IN TYPE S NOZZLES WITH NOZZLE CODE NOS FROM 2 TO 5 THROAT 5 in 127 mm NOZZLE CODE NUMBER STAMPED HERE 4 3 1 2 bo T 89 mm Figure 2 59 Multijet Nozzle Type S A flanged type S nozzle Figure 2 60 and flanged mounting kit are also available for mounting the nozzle on the exterior of a duct or enclosure The flanged mounting kit includes a frangible disc which ruptures upon discharge to allow flow from the nozzle The flanged nozzle and mounting kit may be used to prevent particulate and liquid matter from clogging the orifices The flanged nozzle body is painted red P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 55 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 OR 4 ORIFICES 1 1 8 29 mm HEX 1 2 in NPT FEMALE iw STRAINER INCLUDED IN TYPE S NOZZLES WITH
124. 1 010021 005 5 Cylinders 81 010021 006 6 Cylinders 81 010021 007 7 Cylinders 81 010021 008 8 Cylinders 81 010021 009 9 Cylinders 81 010021 010 10 Cylinders 81 010021 011 11 Cylinders 81 010021 012 12 Cylinders P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 Parts List Table 8 18 Cylinder Rack and Framing Components Continued Part No Description 81 010021 013 13 Cylinders 81 010021 014 14 Cylinders 81 010021 015 15 Cylinders 81 010021 016 16 Cylinders 81 010021 017 17 Cylinders 81 010021 018 18 Cylinders 81 010021 019 19 Cylinders 81 010021 020 20 Cylinders 81 010021 021 21 Cylinders 81 010021 022 81 010021 023 22 Cylinders 23 Cylinders 81 010021 024 24 Cylinders 81 010021 025 25 Cylinders 81 010021 026 26 Cylinders 81 010021 027 27 Cylinders 81 010021 028 28 Cylinders 81 010021 029 81 010021 030 29 Cylinders 30 Cylinders September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 8 19 Framing Kits One Row 3 through 15 Cylinders Parts List Number of Cylinders 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Kit Number 81 010001 XXX 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 Part No Description Qua
125. 1 in LG BOLTS B cYLS 7 18 7 ft 10 in 2 WK 271563 000 WK 271563 000 WK 271564 000 2 WK 271564 000 WK 271564 000 WK 271565 000 2 WK 271565 000 AND NUTS TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH LENGTH P N BAR P N 2 WK 243796 000 2 WK 243796 000 2 WK 243797 000 4 WK 243797 000 2 WK 243797 000 2 WK 243798 000 4 WK 243798 000 MANIFOLD AND WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 100 LB CAP CYLS WK 271568 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS Installation WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR 3 5 16 in 16 5 16 in 32 1 2 in gt 100 LB CAP CYL 17 18 CYL NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL BUT CAN BE ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING Figure 4 18 Rack Framing 11 to 20 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 21 September 2013 Installation NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL BUT CAN BE ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING 6 ft 2 in CHANNE
126. 13 6 9 1 CO2 Cylinders deett yaaa Ee ended peak ER qasqa E ERI MR E ERE 6 13 6 9 2 Nitrogen Pilot 6 13 CHAPTER 7 POST DISCHARGE MAI NTENANCE 7 1 cr hICee we 7 1 7 2 Post Fire MaIntenanCce u u u us Rasa q aaa Rus eese see eese heme sese 7 1 7 3 Cylinder 12 1 6 7 2 7 3 1 Carbon Dioxide AgenL u a ehe eee ee a 7 3 7 3 2 CO2 Cylinder ss REED Rea eDim 7 3 7 3 2 1 CO2 Cylinder Leak Test ccce od ne eR eue REM eee 7 4 7 4 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 108 CU IN Service and Maintenance 7 6 7 4 1 Nitrogen Cylinder 0 7 6 7 4 2 Nitrogen Cylinder Recharge r 7 7 7 4 3 Nitrogen Cylinder Installation esses 7 7 7 5 Hose Reel or Rack lt een eee eene 7 8 CHAPTER 8 PARTS LIST 8 1 m 8 1 APPENDIX A FORMULA DERI VATI ONS A 1 Theoretical CO2 Extinguishing Concentration for a Total Flooding System A 1 A 2 Quantity of CO2 Required for a Total Flooding System Under a Free Efflux Flooding ConditionA 1 A 3 Derivation of the Material Conversion Factor MCF A 2 A 4 Rate of Carbon Dioxide Loss Through an Opening in an Enclosure
127. 13 16 in 249 mm SIDE VIEW WITHOUT ASSEMBLED FLANGE 3 4 in HEX NUT P N WK 152308 000 16 REQUIRED OUTLET GASKET P N WK 200973 000 2 REQUIRED 8 1 4 in 210 mm DIAMETER FLANGE 6 5 8 in 168 mm BOLT CIRCLE 2 1 2 in WELDING NECK FLANGE P N WK 263716 000 2 REQUIRED OR 3 in WELDING NECK FLANGE P N WK 681012 000 2 REQUIRED Figure 2 52 Directional Stop Valves 2 1 2 inch and 3 inch P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 47 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 5 2 2 4 INCH VALVE The 4 inch valve Part No 81 890208 000 Figure 2 53 has flanged inlet and outlet ports that require the flanges gaskets and fasteners described in Paragraph 2 5 2 3 Paragraph 2 5 2 4 and Paragraph 2 5 2 5 for connection to the distribution piping 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 MALE FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION 7 8 in X 5 in 127 mm LG HEX BOLT P N WK 196656 800 16 REQUIRED 4 12 1 8 in 308 mm 11 1 16 in 281 mm SIDE VIEW WITHOUT ASSEMBLED FLANGE 7 8 in HEX NUT P N WK 152356 000 16 REQUIRED OUTLET GASKET 10 3 4 in 273 mm DIAMETER FLANGE P N WK 200150 000 8 1 2 in 216 mm BOLT CIRCLE 2 REQUIRED 4 in WELDING NECK FLANGE P N WK 681016 000 2 REQUIRED Figure 2 53 Directional Stop Valve 4 inch The 4 inch valve has flanged inlet and outlet ports that require the following flanges gaskets and fasteners for connection to the distribution piping 2 5 2 3 4
128. 2 3 12 4 1 2 Sp 3 62 3 12 4 1 3 nex p E 3 63 3 12 4 1 4 Main And Reserve 8 erem sehe tesis te enne een 3 63 3 12 4 2 Manifold Pipe Selection 3 64 3 12 4 2 1 Single Pipe Size Manifolds 3 64 3 12 4 2 2 Stepped Pipe Size Manifolds 3 64 3 12 4 3 Manifold Objects eoe ee c M ex cu ie pedes 3 64 3 12 4 3 1 Safety OUTO S c u eine aa nasa tee eee 3 64 3 12 4 3 2 Discharge INGiGators dec re ordre astaga ee dor edP erus 3 65 3 12 4 3 3 Lockout Valve ge ER Re RARE R eR XR IE TRAE me E RAE ERE 3 65 3 12 4 3 4 Directional Stop Valves 2 00 3 5 0 0 0 3 3 65 3 12 4 3 5 Pneumatic Discharge Delays memes 3 65 3 12 4 3 6 Pressure Operated Sirens 3 66 3 12 4 3 7 Check d od RE aller 3 67 3 12 4 3 8 Pressure Operated Switches 3 67 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 xi September 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 3 12 4 3 9 Odorizers see RR AXE gru nna 3 67 3 12 5 Distribution Networks coe ea IR
129. 2 31 Type L Nozzles Size Part Number 3 842334 4 842335 4 842336 5 842337 5 842338 6 842339 6 842340 7 842341 7 842342 8 842343 8 842344 9 842345 9 842346 10 842347 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment consists of supplementary items required for a fully functional carbon dioxide system such as pressure switches and trips pressure operated time delays sirens and warning and instruction plates P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 63 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 8 1 Pressure Operated Switches Pressure operated switches Figure 2 68 and Figure 2 69 are connected to the distribution piping and utilize the pressure of the discharging carbon dioxide for activation The carbon dioxide actuates a pressure operated stem which toggles the electrical switch Each switch can also be operated manually by pulling up on the stem These switches are used to enunciate alarms to shut down ventilation and or other electrical equipment and to turn on electrical automatic dampers or other electrical equipment Each pressure switch must be manually reset by pushing down on the stem to return the switch to the set position The minimum operating pressure required is 50 PSI Pressure switches are available in standard Part No 81 486536 000 and explosion proof Part No 81 981332 000 models The standard switch is three pole double throw the explosion proof switch is three pole single
130. 2 53 Directional Stop Valve 4 2 2 2 48 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 xvii September 2013 LIST OF FIGURES CONT Figure Page Number 2 54 Lockout Valves without Limit Switches r 2 49 2 55 Lockout Valves with LOCK ree Ua bare aaa aS a Sua aa dai 2 50 2 56 Lockout Valves with Limit Switches 0005000 0 0 2 51 2 57 Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 52 2 58 CO2 System Lockout Valve Operational Sign 2 53 2 59 Multijet Nozzle Lype 932 ere Rhe RI gene ul vag ea aaah 2 55 2 60 Multijet Nozzle Type S 2 56 2 61 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit Orifice Protection Only 2 57 2 62 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit Duct or Enclosure Mounting 2 58 2 63 Flange Mounting Hole 4 44 0 6 e nnne nens 2 59 2 64 Multijet Nozzle Type 0 8 0 181 messe ee enne essen nnne nens 2 60 2 65 Vent Nozzle TY Pe V edi boe u ena ds ku sario emu ase gus 2 61 2 66 Flange and Cover Assembly Type V Nozzle cssssssssssm meme 2 62 2 67 Multijet Nozzle Type Lumu ua III at
131. 2013 Component Descriptions 2 3 3 8 DUAL PULL EQUALIZER The dual pull equalizer Part No 81 840051 000 Figure 2 30 is used to equalize the force transmitted via a pull cable to two separate remote control head locations It contains a pulley mechanism to equalize the cable travel to assure that the control heads fully actuate at both locations 1 16 in CABLE CABLE PULLEY WITH SET SCREW 12 in gt 305 mm 10 in a 4 MOUNTING HOLES 254 mm i 1 16 in CABLE 3 8 in PIPE DIRECTION OF PULL 2 1 4 in 57 mm 3 3 8 in NPT HOUSING FEMALE OUTLETS 2 3 8 in NPT 2 5 8 in 2 BRASS PLUGS SUPPLIED FEMALE OUTLETS 67 mm WITH DUAL PULL EQUALIZER lt 3 1 4 in 83 mm USE 3 32 in HEX KEY FOR CABLE PULLEY SET SCREWS Figure 2 30 Dual Pull Equalizer 2 3 3 9 1 16 INCH PULL CABLE The 1 16 inch Pull Cable functions as a control cable used to interconnect mechanically actuated components The cable is made of 1 16 inch O D stainless steel having a multi strand construction and is available in the lengths identified in Table 2 7 Table 2 7 1 16 inch Pull Cable Lengths Length feet Part Number 50 06 118316 050 100 06 118316 100 250 06 118316 150 350 06 118316 350 500 WK 219649 000 September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 3 4 2 3 4 1 Component Descriptions Electric Control Heads ELECTRIC CONTROL HEADS The electric control heads Figure 2 31 and
132. 25 Ib Cylinder Siphon Tube 35 Ib Cylinder Siphon Tube 50 Ib Cylinder WK 202497 000 Siphon Tube 75 Ib Cylinder P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 9 September 2013 Parts List Table 8 17 CO Valves Maintenance Repair and Spare Parts Continued WK 202332 000 Siphon Tube 100 Ib Cylinder Table 8 18 Cylinder Rack and Framing Components Part No Description 25 AND 35 Ib CY LI NDER FRAMI NG WK 270014 000 25 and 35 Ib Cylinder Strap 50 AND 75 Ib CY LI NDER FRAMI NG WK 241217 000 Post WK 241211 000 Gusset WK 207281 000 Channel Support WK 241213 000 3 Cylinder Channel WK 241214 000 4 Cylinder Channel WK 241215 000 5 Cylinder Channel WK 241216 000 WK 241103 000 6 Cylinder Channel Cradle WK 207282 000 Rack Rod 1 Row WK 241105 000 Front Clamp WK 242441 000 Rack Rod 2 Row 81 270582 000 Spacer 81 242442 000 Spacer Clip WK 241104 000 End Clamp 81 241212 000 Odd Cylinder End Clamp 81 241218 000 Weigh Bar Bracket 1 Row 81 241220 000 Weigh Bar Bracket 2 Row 81 207283 000 WK 207284 000 3 Cylinder Weigh Bar 4 Cylinder Weigh Bar 81 207285 000 5 Cylinder Weigh Bar WK 207286 000 6 Cylinder Weigh Bar WK 270014 000 1 Cylinder Strap 50 Ib 81 626690 000 1 Cylinder Strap 75 Ib WK 241219 000 2 Cylinder Strap 50
133. 3 8 inch A B Part Number Valve Size ae iaa in mm in mm WK 264985 000 1 4 in 1 4 in 18 NPT 2 00 51 0 81 21 WK 261193 000 3 8 in 3 8 in 18 NPT 2 35 60 1 00 25 2 4 2 Check Valves 1 2 inch through 2 inch The 1 2 inch through 1 1 4 inch check valves Figure 2 48 are in line valves and consist of a threaded brass body which houses a spring loaded piston part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 18 The piston permits flow through the valve in one direction only C lt gt VALVE MUST BE INSTALLED WITH ARROW POINTING IN DIRECTION OF FLOW Figure 2 48 Check Valves 1 2 inch to 1 1 4 inch Table 2 18 Check Valve Dimensions 1 2 inch through 1 1 4 inch Part Number Valve Size s in mm in mm 81 800327 000 1 2 in 1 2 in 14 NPT 3 34 85 2 51 81 800266 000 3 4 in 3 4 in 14 NPT 3 34 85 2 51 WK 800443 000 1 in 11 5 NPT 3 97 101 3 18 81 81 800444 000 1 1 4 in 1 1 4 in 11 5 NPT 3 97 101 3 18 81 The 1 1 2 inch and 2 inch check valves Figure 2 49 consist of a brass body which houses a spring loaded stop check part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 19 The stop check permits flow in one direction only These valves are fitted with threaded inlet and outlet ports P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 Component Descriptions VALVE MUST BE INSTALLED WIT
134. 300 100 4 43 4 34 Pressure Operated Control 5 66 6 4 44 4 35 Lever and Pressure Operated Control 4 45 4 36 Pressure Operated 5 1 2 4 46 4 37 Pressure Operated Switches Explosion 4 47 4 38 Press re Operated Trip ecc eere Re Re Sele ea e a eie wenn xs ain ea ee a 4 47 4 39 Pressure Operated Siren 0 cece nee emen tees ene 4 48 4 40 Odorizer Installato M se x estas a rte bertus nete bester T veh ez 4 50 4 41 Lise 4 51 4 42 Discharge indicator oo HERI 4 51 4 43 Hose Reel Installation borne roin 4 52 4 44 Hose Rack Installation ier e ipee ent oed E usi de bob 4 53 4 45 Hose Assembly etc On AED E a Eee a 4 53 4 46 Horn Valve Assembly uscite res od bs BRE aaa cules See caer es 4 54 4 47 Handle and Hormi CPS scx su Atte eo A pad led at 4 54 6 1 Nitrogen Temperature vs Pressure 0 6 4 6 2 Carbon Dioxide Cylinder Weighing Scale 005000 6 5 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 xix September 2013 LIST OF FIGURES CONT Figure Page Number 6 3 Manometer Pneumatic 6
135. 4 1 4 3 1 Discharge Pipe and Fittings r r r r 4 1 4 3 2 Pressure Operated Actuation Pipe Tubing and Fittings 4 2 4 3 3 Discharge Manifold uu once Rc edie oe DR Een 4 4 4 3 4 Manifold ene es 4 5 4 3 5 Carbon Dioxide Cylinder Assemblies 4 5 4 3 6 Flexible Discharge Hose to Piping 4 24 4 3 7 Swivel Adapter to 1 6 nemen eene 4 24 4 3 8 Discharge Head to Cylinder 4 25 4 3 9 Check Valves and Directional Stop 4 25 4 3 9 1 2 inch and Smaller Check Valves Directional Stop Valves 4 25 4 3 9 2 2 1 2 inch and Larger Check Valves and Directional Stop Valves 4 25 4 3 10 EOGKOUE ValV68 4 ondes gs ehe suu etus ehh ec Ea 4 26 4 3 11 Pneumatic Discharge Delay sssssssssss meme ene 4 26 4 3 12 Discharge 2 66 u et iE ERRARE Er etuer Erde e trii Ebene 4 27 4 4 Actuation Systems essers edere vene xen eh eee od rad Xx ER ce Regni ea ERR iEn 4 27 4 4 1 Lever Operated Control Head
136. 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 ADDITI ONAL PARTS TO ORDER FOR MAIN amp RESERVE NOT INCLUDED IN KITS 81 242442 000 Spacer Clip 2 3 4 5 6 7 HARDWARE NOT SUPPLIED BY KI DDE FIRE SYSTEMS 3 8 inch 16 x 1 inch 18 18 18 18 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Long Bolt 3 8 inch 16 Nut 18 18 18 18 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 MAIN 1 2 inch 13 Nut 12 12 15 15 18 18 21 21 24 24 27 27 30 M amp R 1 2 inch 13 Nut 14 18 22 26 30 34 1 2 inch Washer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note No hardware listed for fastening framing to floor or wall September 2013 8 14 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 8 21 Framing Kits Two Rows One Side 18 through 30 Cylinders Parts List Number of Cylinders 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Kit Number 81 010021 XXX 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 Part No Description Quantity Supplied in Kit WK 271566 000 Post 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 WK 241211 000 Gusset 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 WK 207281 000 Channel Support 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 WK 271563 000 3 Cylinder Channel 1 1 1 1 1 1 WK 271564 000 4 Cylinder Channel 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 WK 271565 000 5 Cylinder Channel 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 WK 271561 000 Cradle 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13
137. 4 802398 000 Figure 2 78 is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders equipped with electric control heads Placing the switch in either the main or reserve position provides uninterrupted fire protection capability during system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge 5 3 8 in 136 mm 4 5 8 in 117 mm September 2013 2 COVER SCREWS NAMEPLATE WITH LOGO 3 4 in FEMALE FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TOGGLE 4 SWITCH DOUBLE POLE SWITCH DOUBLE THROW LEVER 6 CONNECTION TOGGLE TERMINALS GUARDS AP 7 r Vam CONDULET BOX 54 mm 4 2 1 2 _ 64 mm Figure 2 78 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 2 72 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 8 9 Weigh Scale A weigh scale Part No 81 982505 000 Figure 2 79 is available for weighing the cylinders in place without disconnecting them from the cylinder manifold The weigh scale is used in conjunction with the weigh bars that form part of the framing 21 in 4 533 INCLUDING CLEARANCE FOR OPERATOR a ADJUSTMENT SLEEVE MEN 2 2 77 ut FINAL POSITION WEIGHBAR INITIAL POSITION WEIGHING SCALE 8 1 4 in 210 mm DIA ROTATED 90 DEGREES FOR CLARITY POINTER INITIAL POSITION SCALE IS CALIBRATED IN POUNDS FINGER GRIP RI
138. 4 in DN100 14 ft 4 3 m 5 8 in 5 in DN125 16 ft 4 9 m 5 8 in 6 in DN150 17 ft 5 2 m 3 4 in 8 in DN200 19 ft 5 8 m 3 4 in 1 Extracted from FSSA Pipe Design handbook Second Edition with permission of the publisher FSSA Additional Pipe Hanger and Support Considerations Riser supports shall take into consideration the weight of the entire riser including pipe valves and other concentrated loads Pipe supports shall be located at each change in direction Pipe supports shall be located as close as possible to concentrated loads P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 3 September 2013 Installation Table 4 2 Maximum Pipe Hanger and Support Design Load Ratings Applicable to all pipe support assembly components including pipe attachment rod fixtures clamps bolts and nuts and building structure attachments Nominal Pipe Size Ratings at Normal Temperature Range 3 8in DN10 150lbs 65kg 1 2 in DN15 150 Ibs 65 kg 3 4 in DN20 150 Ibs 65 kg 1 in DN25 150 Ibs 65 kg 1 1 4 in DN32 150 Ibs 65 kg 1 1 2 in DN40 150 Ibs 65 kg 2 in DN50 150 Ibs 65 kg 2 1 2 in DN65 170 165 75 kg 3in DN80 X 210lbs 95kg 3 12in DN90 250lbs 110kg 4 in DN100 300 Ibs 135 kg Normal temperature range is 20 F to 650 F 29 to 343 C for carbon steel Extracted from MSS SP 58 1993 with permission of the publish
139. 6 4 4 Rack Framing 3 to 6 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Single Row 4 7 4 5 Rack Framing 7 to 12 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Single Row 4 8 4 6 Cylinder Racks 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Single 0 222 4 9 4 7 Rack Framing 5 to 12 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 10 4 8 Rack Framing 13 to 24 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 11 4 9 Cylinder Racks 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 12 4 10 Rack Framing 5 to 12 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row Two Sides 4 13 4 11 Rack Framing 13 to 24 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 14 4 12 Cylinder Racks 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row Two Sides 4 15 4 13 Rack Framing 3 to 5 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Single Row 4 16 4 14 Rack Framing 6 to 10 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Single Row 4 17 4 15 Rack Framing 11 to 15 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Single Row 4 18 4 16 Cylinder Racks 100 Ib Capacity Single mH 4 19 4 17 Rack Framing 5 to 10 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side 4 20 4 18 Rack Framing 11 to 20 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side
140. 6000 UNION I P N 81 802536 000 REMOVE 1 8 _ _ _ I I I 1 1 MANOMETER TEST SET PNEUMATIC S 3 16 in FEMALE FITTING CONTROL HEAD BULB Figure 4 29 Pneumatic Detection P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 37 September 2013 Installation 4 4 9 3 MANOMETER TEST PROCEDURE Fill manometer glass tube at point marked FILL HERE see Figure 4 29 Rock water level back and forth by squeezing rubber bulb to eliminate air bubbles Add or pour out water until level is at fill point marked FILL TO HERE see Figure 4 29 1 Connect the test fitting of the manometer test set to the diaphragm chamber of the control head Make certain sufficient clearance is provided at swivel mounting nut so control head will not be damaged upon operation If control head has been operated reset by placing screwdriver in reset stem and turning clockwise until stem locks in position with arrow on reset stem lined up with Set arrow on nameplate Note Slight resistance will be met just before stem locks 4 CAUTION Close off the rubber tube A by squeezing tightly with the fingers or use a crimp clamp and then apply pressure by gradually squeezing the rubber bulb C The control head should operate at the factory pressure setting the 10 tolerance allowed The pressure required to operate the control head is the difference in inc
141. 611117 SS Lock Out Valve 1 1 4 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 10611118 SS Lock Out Valve 1 1 2 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 10611119 SS Lock Out Valve 2 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 06 231867 379 System Lockout Valve Operational Sign Part No Table 8 9 Hose Equipment Description WK 994058 000 Reel Standard Paint Red Enamel WK 909000 000 Coupling Nut Hose Reel Required for 994058 81 919842 000 81 907757 000 81 961966 000 Rack Hose 1 2 inch x 25 feet 7 5 m 81 918990 000 Hose 1 2 inch x 50 feet 15 m Hose 3 4 inch x 25 feet 7 5 m 81 918435 000 Hose 3 4 inch x 50 feet 15 m WK 834900 000 Hose to Hose Thread protector Ferrule WK 980564 000 Horn Valve Assembly 81 960099 000 81 939000 000 Clip Handle Clip Horn WK 282386 000 Instruction Plate Model HR 1 WK 405710 000 Instruction Manual Table 8 10 Auxiliary Equipment Part No Description 81 486536 000 Pressure Switch 3 Pole Double Throw 81 981332 000 Pressure Switch 3 Pole Single Throw Ex Proof 81 874290 000 Pressure Trip 81 871071 000 81 897636 000 CO2 Discharge Delay 30 Second Not FM Approved CO2 Discharge Delay 60 Second Not FM Approved 81 981574 000 CO2 Siren Pressure Operated 81 871072 001 N2 Discharge Delay 30 Second For Use w 108 cuin N2 Cylinde
142. 8 inch 2 43 Check Valve Dimensions 1 2 inch through 1 1 4 inch sess 2 43 Check Valve Dimensions 1 1 2 inch through 2 inch 2 44 Check Valve Dimensions 1 1 2 inch through 2 inch 2 47 Carbon Steel Lockout Valves without Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers 2 50 Stainless Steel Lockout Valves without Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers 2 50 Carbon Steel Lockout Valves with Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers 2 51 Stainless Steel Lockout Valves with Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers 2 51 Carbon Steel Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers Stainless Steel Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers O OO OO Ul Uil 4S R UJ N N UJ UJ UJ OQ N N N Ul NJ Ul NJ N N N N N PH EFFEEF Fa EB CO U1 A UU NJ LB ES QN FF O IOO IN O N UO O IO O I UJ UJ UJ QJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ NJ IN HA Type SNozzlesuu an RR RE EAR RR antag ae eae 2 54 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit 00000 2 56
143. 88 0 46 9 1 0 56 0 75 0 84 0 91 0 53 10 0 0 59 0 77 0 91 0 95 0 61 10 9 0 65 0 81 0 97 0 98 0 69 11 8 0 69 0 83 1 01 1 01 0 76 12 7 0 72 0 85 1 08 1 04 0 84 13 6 0 77 0 88 1 13 1 06 0 91 14 5 0 81 0 90 1 20 1 09 0 99 15 6 0 85 0 92 1 26 1 12 1 07 16 6 0 90 0 95 1 33 1 15 1 14 17 5 0 95 0 97 1 39 1 18 1 22 18 6 0 99 1 00 1 44 1 20 1 30 19 5 1 03 1 01 1 50 1 22 1 37 20 4 1 07 1 03 1 57 1 25 1 45 21 3 1 12 1 06 1 64 1 28 1 52 22 2 1 16 1 08 1 69 1 30 1 60 23 1 1 21 1 10 1 76 1 32 1 68 24 0 1 25 1 12 1 82 1 35 1 75 24 9 1 30 1 14 1 89 1 37 1 83 25 9 1 35 1 16 1 95 1 39 1 91 27 0 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 1 98 27 9 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 2 06 28 8 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 2 13 29 9 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 2 21 30 8 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 2 29 31 8 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 2 36 32 7 1 39 1 18 1 95 1 39 2 44 33 6 1 39 1 18 September 2013 3 32 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design EXAMPLE 9 LOCAL APPLICATION RATE BY AREA Overhead Nozzles Consider a dip tank with surface dimensions 4 ft W x 8 ft L A survey of the hazard indicates nozzles may be located 4 to 6 ft above the liquid surface without being an obstacle to normal working conditions Determine the optimum nozzle height that minimizes the carbon dioxide supply and nozzle quantity requirements Examine the Type S and Type M nozzle coverage for liquid surfaces in Table 3 4 and Table 3 5 For a Type M nozzle at 4 ft above the protected surface From Equation 17 N w s Wh
144. 9 47 3 48 2 3 6 282 5 0 49 3 54 2 3 6 294 5 3 51 3 61 2 3 6 306 5 6 53 3 67 2 3 6 318 5 9 55 3 74 2 3 6 330 6 0 57 3 81 2 3 6 342 Selecting Type M nozzles at a height of 66 in results in the lowest quantity of nozzles 2 and total flow rate 160 Ib min From Equation 16 W l 4xqx 1114 Where W is the Minimum Quantity of Agent Be Supplied and fiia is the Duration of Liquid Discharge From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 lig 0 5 min W min 1 4X q x 1 W min 1 4 160 x 0 5 W nin 112 Ib September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 6 2 1 2 Design Nozzle Positioning Overhead nozzles shall be aimed and located over the protected area in accordance with Table 3 6 and as demonstrated in Figure 3 3 The aiming factor is multiplied by the total width of the protected area to determine the location of the aiming point from the edge nearest the nozzle The height used in determining the flow rate of the nozzle shall be the distance from the aiming point on the hazard to the face of the nozzle See Figure 3 3 The nozzle shall be located so as to be free of possible obstructions that could interfere with the delivery of carbon dioxide to the protected surface and so as to develop an extinguishing atmosphere over coated stock extending above a protected surface If air currents wind or forced drafts are present discharged carbon dioxide may be prevented from reaching the protected su
145. 9 Heat Colector uu uyanan rr 2 35 2 40 Dc DM ono DS duet iL Pra taal int A LL 2 36 2 41 3 16 inch Pneumatic 1 1 a enemies nnne 2 37 2 42 Pressure Operated Control Head 2 38 2 43 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Head 2 39 2 44 Stackable Pressure Operated Control 2 40 2 45 1 4 inch Actuation HOSE nerean mat r aaae oH rtl reta Pete tator sek cest red awak oe 2 41 2 46 e Ee EM MU Ee LI LAE M DELL Ef 2 42 2 47 Check Valves 1 4 inch 3 8 2 20 1 2 42 2 48 Check Valves 1 2 inch to 1 1 4 2 4 2 2 4 24 41 2 43 2 49 Check Valves 1 1 2 to 2 4 2 242 2222222 lt 2 44 2 50 Check Valves 2 1 2 inch to 3 inch 1 4 1 0222242 2 45 2 51 Directional Stop Valves 1 2 inch through 2 inch 2 46 2 52 Directional Stop Valves 2 1 2 and 3 2 47
146. AN 001 WARNING WARNING Post Discharge Maintenance CHAPTER 7 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE and nitrogen cylinder assemblies must be stored handled transported serviced maintained tested and installed only by trained personnel in accordance with the instructions contained in this manual NFPA 12 and CGA pamphlets C 1 C 6 G 6 G 6 3 and P 1 CGA pamphlets may be obtained from the Compressed Gas Association 1725 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington VA 22202 4102 Before performing maintenance procedures refer to the material safety data sheets and safety bulletins at http www kiddefiresystems com All actuation devices control heads discharge heads etc must be removed from the system cylinders prior to performing system maintenance Observe all safety precautions applicable to handling pressurized equipment Recharge of and nitrogen cylinder assemblies must be performed by personnel trained in Kidde Fire Systems CO systems equipment See pages i and ii of this manual for additional information 7 1 GENERAL Fire suppression systems require proper care to ensure normal operation at all times Periodic inspections must be made to determine the exact condition of the system equipment A regular program of systematic maintenance is essential for proper operation of the carbon dioxide system A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed and a inspection log maintained for ready reference As a minimum t
147. ANNEL TO SECURE RODS OF 3 4 AND 5 CYLINDER SECTIONS POST CHANNEL WK 271566 000 TY 2 1 2 in WASHERS WK 157732 000 THIS END ONLY 1 2 in 13 X 11 in LG ROD WK 243795 000 FOR ODD CYL AS SHOWN CYLINDER CRADLE WK 271561 000 CUT OFF CORNER INDICATES LONGER LEG ODD CYLINDER END CLAMP WK 271562 000 SAME AS CYLINDER END CLAMP CYLINDER SPACER WK 290385 000 11 5 8 in CENTERS 8 in in 13 X 22 5 8 in LG ROD WK 243799 000 FOR STD SYSTEMS 4 2 ft 1 1 8 in CYL END CLAMP WK 271562 000 SAME AS ODD CYLINDER END CLAMP APPROX 7 in 11 5 8 in CENTERS CYLINDER FRONT CLAMP WK 241105 000 SPACER CLIP 81 242442 000 in x T 4 SEE 1 2 in 13 NUT WK 151932 000 NOTE 1 2 in 13 X 22 5 8 in LG BELOW ROD WK 243799 000 PLAN 3 8 in 16 X 1 in LG BOLT AND NUT WK 149124 160 AND WK 151924 000 2 5 ee PL p U FRONT VIEW NOTE THESE PARTS WILL BE SUPPLIED FOR MAIN AND RESERVE SYSTEMS ONLY THE PARTS WILL SECURE THE REAR ROW RESERVE CYLS WHEN THE FRONT ROW MAIN CYLINDERS ARE REMOVED FOR RECHARGING USE ONE SPACER CLIP PER ROD AND SECURE WITH NUT SUPPLIED CAUTON BE SURE THE ROD END THREADED FOR 9 in 229 mm IS TOWARDS THE FRONT OF THE FRAMING Figure 4 20 Cylinder Racks 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 23 Sep
148. CO2MAN 001 Engineered Carbon Dioxide CO Fire Suppression Systems Design Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual 81 220610 000 CO Marine Design Manual 06 236177 001 CO Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System Owner s Manual Table 8 13 Maintenance and Repair Parts Part No Description WK 32957 000 Gasket Discharge Head Perforated WF 242466 000 O ring Outer Discharge Head WF 242467 000 O ring Inner Discharge Head WF 152620 000 Seal Wire WK 907042 000 Replacement Hammer Clip amp Chain Pull Box 870087 WK 802394 000 Handle Pull Box 871403 WK 200863 000 Breakable Cover Pull Box 840098 WK 928103 000 Replacement Glass Pull Box 871403 WK 313020 000 Replacement Glass Pull Box 870087 WK 312950 000 Handle Pull Box 870087 WK 312960 000 Latch Pull Box 870087 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 7 September 2013 Parts List Table 8 13 Maintenance and Repair Parts Continued Part No Description WK 318190 000 Groove Pin Pull Box 870087 WK 662890 000 Beam Pull Box 870087 WK 933073 000 Protective Cap Vented WK 290001 000 Upper Body Type L Nozzle WK 290002 000 Lower Body Type L Nozzle 81 982505 000 Weigh Scale WK 933537 000 Recharge Adapter 81 930117 000 Blow off Fixture WK 840041 000 Manometer Test Set Table 8 14 Carbon Dioxid
149. Cartridge P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 11 September 2013 Odorizer Installation When used odorizers should be located immediately downstream of each selector valve For systems protecting a single hazard a single odorizer can be located immediately downstream of the discharge manifold Note An odorizer assembly Part Nos 81 897637 000 and 10030080 shall be installed upstream of the lock out valve In the event a safety outlet ruptures in a locked out system the scent from the odorizer will provide a warning that carbon dioxide has vented into the area by the safety outlet Odorizers must be attached to the discharge piping in the upright position using a 1 1 2 inch standard galvanized close nipple When a welded connection is required use a 1 1 2 inch standard pipe 1 3 4 inches long threaded on one end Install odorizer assembly after welding 1 2 CAUTI ON September 2013 Attach the odorizer assembly to the piping Remove the union nut and cylinder body from the odorizer assembly leaving just the union headpiece attached to the piping Use a small pick or slotted screwdriver to remove the spiral retaining ring and the circular screen Carefully insert the odorizing cartridge into the cylinder body This is most easily done by holding the cylinder body on its side The narrow tip end of the odorizing cartridge should go into the cylinder body first DO NOT drop the odorizing cartridge into the cylinder body as this will most
150. Cylinder Valve Table 2 1 Safety Disc Information Description Part Number Cylinder Size Identification Burst Pressure Safety Disc and Washer 81 902048 000 25 35 and 50 Ib White 2650 to 3000 psi 160 F Safety Disc and Washer 81 903684 000 75 and 100 Ib Red 3150 to 3500 psi 160 F 2 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 2 2 1 2 Component Descriptions VALVE SEAT VALVE BODY MAIN CHECK 2 1 2 in 14 NS 3 Z FOR DISCHARGE Wf HEAD CONNECTION SLEEVE GZ 2 RETAINER N NZ 2 524 SPRING AN DISC RETAINER Wain 5 44 in SN BS 138 iam A SAFETY DISC PILOT CHECK AS WASHER 1 in NPT zu TYPICAL CYLINDER 1 1 4 in 18 NS 3 FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION SLEEVE TYPICAL pe SIPHON TUBE SIPHON TUBE STAKED IN PLACE Figure 2 4 5 8 inch Type I Cylinder Valve CYLI NDER FILLING The relationship of cylinder pressure as a function of temperature and fill density is shown in Figure 2 5 In high pressure CO systems the cylinder pressure is directly related to the ambient temperature at the storage location The pressure is also affected by the fill density or percent fill This is the ratio expressed in percent of the weight of carbon dioxide to the water capacity of the cylinder expressed in pounds as shown in Table 2 2 The fill density commonly used is between 60 and 68 percent The US Department of Transportation DOT and
151. E SIPHON TUBE STAKED IN PLACE MATERIALS VALVE BODY BRASS VALVE SEAT BRASS SLEEVE BRASS SLEEVE RETAINER BRASS MAIN CHECK BRASS WITH RUBBER SEAT PILOT CHECK STAINLESS STEEL WITH RUBBER SEAT Figure 7 2 5 8 inch Type I Cylinder Valve 7 4 NITROGEN PI LOT CYLINDER 108 CU IN SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored must be properly ventilated A person working in an area where air has become enriched with nitrogen can become unconscious without sensing the lack of oxygen Remove the victim to WARNING fresh air Administer artificial respiration if necessary and summon a physician Never dispose of liquefied nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area 7 4 1 Nitrogen Cylinder Replacement When removing a pressurized cylinder due to pressure loss the control head must be in the SET position with the safety pull pin installed A control head in WARNI NG the released position will cause the remaining contents of cylinder to discharge resulting in a system activation which may damage property and cause bodily injury Replace the nitrogen cylinder when expended or when loss of pressure occurs as follows 1 2 3 4 September 2013 Remove the control head from the nitrogen cylinder valve Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen cylinder actuation port Remove the flexible actuation hose or tubing and adapter P N WK 699205 010 from the cylinder valve outlet Remo
152. ECTRIC CONDUIT 3 4 in NPT FEMALE LOCKING PIN LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER INDICATOR AND RESET STEM SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD 1 2 in EMT CONNECTION COMPRESSION TYPE TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED STANDARD OPERATING SOLENOID UL LISTED FOR CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE USE IN THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1 2 in NPT LOCATIONS FEMALE CLASS GROUP OPERATING TEMPERATURE 13TO 150 25 65C D 40 TO 150 40 TO 65C CONNECTING WIRES E F G 40 150F 40 TO 65C 36 in 914 mm LONG LOCKING PIN SEAL WIRE INDICATOR AND RESET SYSTEM CONNECTION FOR REMOTE PULL BOX PIPE OR CONDUIT 3 8 in NPS MALE LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER CONNECTION FOR CABLE HOUSING TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED 3 8 in 5 FEMALE USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX SABLE HOUSINGS 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD EXPLOSION PROOF Figure 4 27 Electric and Cable Operated Control Heads September 2013 4 34 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 4 9 4 4 9 1 Installation Pneumatic Heat Actuated Detection HAD System Components HAD HADs Figure 4 28 are to be installed in an anticipated path of convective heat flow from the fire and spaced at a maximum on center distance of 20 feet 15 feet 10 inches for FM applications for ceiling heights up to 12 feet Consult NFPA 72 for reduction in spacing for ceiling heights greater than 12 feet and f
153. EN WITH 3 3 8 in X1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 GUSSET 2 WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR 4 19 7 8 in 21 5 8 in 50 LB CAP CYL 75 LB CAP CYL CHANNEL SUPPORT 207281 FASTEN WITH 4 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS 21 22 CYL TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH CYLS LENGTH P N BAR P N WK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 2 WK 241214 000 4 81 207284 000 NOTES WK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE WK 241215 000 2 WK 207285 000 19 20 8 ft 9 in 2 WK 241215 000 4 WK 207285 000 WK 241215 000 2 WK 207285 000 9ft7in wxK 241216 000 2 81 207286 000 23 24 10 ft 5 in 2 WK 241216 000 4 81 207286 000 THIS FRAMEWORK IS A FREE STANDING ARRANGEMENT BY FASTENING GUSSETS TO FLOOR ONE ROW OF CYLINDERS CAN BE REMOVED FROM EACH SIDE FOR SERVICING ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm AISLE ON EACH SIDE OF CYLINDERS IS REQUIRED Figure 4 11 Rack Framing 13 to 24 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side September 2013 4 14 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 1 2 in 13 NUTS WK 151932 000 UNDER CHANNEL TO SECURE RODS AND BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL VARIOUS LENGTHS POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 121 CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 0001 O X Ilo Lo CYLINDER CRADLE
154. ER STAMPED HERE ON ARROW SHOWS DIRECTION OF FLOW 1 11 16 in pamm PM INCLUDED IN TYPE V NOZZLES WITH A NOZZLE CODE NOS FROM a 1 TO 4 MALE Figure 2 65 Vent Nozzle V ORIFICE 1 The sizes are summarized in Table 2 30 Table 2 30 Type V Vent Nozzles Orifice Code v V Stainless No 1 930066 81098656 1 930067 81098657 2 919309 81098658 2 803327 81098659 3 929242 81098660 3 803328 81098661 4 915876 81098662 4 803329 81098663 5 214721 81098664 5 214722 81098665 6 214723 81098666 6 214724 81098667 7 214725 81098668 7 214726 81098669 8 214727 81098670 8 214728 81098671 9 214729 81098672 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 61 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 7 3 1 FLANGE AND COVER ASSEMBLY TYPE V NOZZLE The flange and cover assembly Part No 81 844492 000 Figure 2 66 contains a flanged adapter a washer and a frangible disc for the installation of a vent nozzle to a duct or an enclosure The aluminum frangible disc is designed to prevent the entry of particulate matter into the vent nozzle s orifice Both the frangible disc Part No WK 260885 000 and the washer Part No WK 260884 000 can be purchased separately 3 in 76 mm FLANGE WASHER ADAPTER FRANGIBLE DISC TYPICAL TYPE V NOZZLE lt 3 7 32 in 6 mm 1 11 16 in HOLES EQUALLY 43 mm SPACED H
155. H ARROW POINTING IN DIRECTION OF FLOW Figure 2 49 Check Valves 1 1 2 inch to 2 inch Table 2 19 Check Valve Dimensions 1 1 2 inch through 2 inch A B C Part Number Valve Size 81 870152 000 1 1 2 1 1 2 in 11 5 NPT 7 50 151 6 28 160 4 75 121 81 870151 000 2 in 2 in 11 5 NPT 7 50 151 6 28 160 4 75 121 2 4 3 Check Valves 2 1 2 inch through 3 inch The 3 inch check valve Part No 81 870100 000 Figure 2 50 is similar in construction and operation to the 1 1 2 inch and 2 inch check valves This valve has flanged inlet and outlet ports and requires two appropriately sized welding neck flanges and gaskets for connection to either 2 1 2 inch or 3 inch distribution piping September 2013 2 44 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 2 2 4 3 3 2 4 3 4 Component Descriptions 3 4 in X 4 1 2 in 114 mm LG HEX BOLT P N WK 196648 720 16 REQUIRED 10 1 2 in 267 mm SIDE VIEW 3 4 in HEX NUT WITHOUT P N WK 152348 000 ASSEMBLED FLANGE 16 REQUIRED 8 1 4 in 210 mm DIAMETER FLANGE 6 5 8 in 168 mm BOLT CIRCLE OUTLET GASKET P N WK 200973 000 2 REQUIRED 2 1 2 in WELDING NECK FLANGE P N WK 263716 000 2 REQUIRED OR 3 in WELDING NECK FLANGE P N WK 681012 000 2 REQUIRED Figure 2 50 Check Valves 2 1 2 inch to 3 inch 2 1 2 INCH WELDING NECK FLANGE The 2 1 2 inch wel
156. IPE CLAMP CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 100 LB CAP CYLS WK 271568 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS POST CHANNEL WK 241566 000 CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 20728 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE 6 ft 2 in GUSSET WK 241211 000 lt lt FASTEN TO FLOOR 13 5 16 ipfam in 32 12 in 11 5 8 in CENTERS 100 LB CAP CYL ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH cyLs LENGTH P N BAR P N 34in WK 271563 000 2 wK 243796 000 7 8 44in WK 271564 000 2 243797 000 9 10 54 WK 271565 000 2 WK 243798 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE THIS FRAMEWORK CYLINDER ASSEMBLIES CAN BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL OR CAN BE FREE STANDING BY FASTENING GUSSETS TO FLOOR Figure 4 17 Rack Framing 5 to 10 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side September 2013 4 20 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 11 12 CYL 13 14 CYL P 6ft 2in e 11 5 8 in CENTERS 8986998 ZA lt gt O CHANNEL SUPPORT SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP CHANNEL SUPPORT 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 4 3 8 in X
157. L SUPPORT 11 5 8 in CENTERS AND NUTS TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL ICYLS LENGTH P N 2 WK 271564 000 11 ft 4 7 8 in 1 WK 271563 000 WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 4 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS 12 ft 4 1 2 in 3 WK 271564 000 2 WK 271565 000 13 ft 4 1 8 in 1 WK 271563 000 2 WK 271565 000 14 ft 4 3 4 in 1 WK 271654 000 WEIGH BAR P N 4 WK 243797 000 2 WK 243796 000 6 WK 243797 000 4 WK 243798 000 2 WK 243797 000 4 WK 243798 000 2 WK 243797 000 SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS MANIFOLD AND WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 100 LB CAP CYLS WK 271568 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR 21 22CYL 3 5 16 in 16 5 16 32 1 2 in gt 100 LB CAP CYL 15 ft 4 3 8 in 3 WK 271565 000 6 WK 243798 000 Figure 4 19 Rack Framing 21 to 30 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side September 2013 4 22 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 1 2 in 13 NUT WK 151932 000 CYLINDER CHANNEL VARIOUS LENGTHS CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 UNDER CH
158. LAME FOLLOW FLAME SLOWLY DON T HURRY MAINTENANCE WEIGH CYLINDERS EVERY 6 MONTHS RECHARGE IF WEIGHT HAS DECREASED BY MORE THAN 10 OF RATED GAS CHARGE EMPTY WEIGHT OF EACH CYLINDER IS STAMPED ON CYLINDER VALVE RECHARGE IMMEDIATELY AFTER USE SEE INSTRUCTION BOOK THIS SYSTEM CONSISTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING LISTED COMPONENTS COMPONENT KIDDE P N COMPONENT KIDDE P N 235 LB CO CYL 982547 HORN VALVE 980564 LJ50 LB CO CYL 982528 HANDLE SUPPORT 960099 75 L8 CO CYL 870287 HANDLE CLIP 939 J 100 LB CO CYL 870269 DISCHARGE HEAD 872450 BRACKET 270014 DISCHARGE HEAD 872442 BRACKET 62669 Y FITTING 207877 BRACKET 270157 LEVER CONTROL HEAD 870652 HOSE 961966 SWIVEL ADAPTER 934208 HOSE 907757 DISCHARGE LOOP 251821 HOSE REEL 994058 HOSE RACK 919842 AEN USTED Up MARINE TYPE CARBON DIOXIDE SEMI PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER MARINE TYPE U S C G TYPE B C SIZE 162 039 EX3285 KIDDE KIDDE FENWAL INC 400 MAIN STREET t2mFENWAL Asaan move PATENTED UNDER ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING 2492165 2499402 2466750 2563868 OTHERS PENDING 282386 Figure 2 94 Model HR 1 Instruction Plate September 2013 2 84 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design CHAPTER 3 DESIGN 3 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides the information and procedures required to properly design the Kidde Fire Systems fire suppression system The information is arranged in the following
159. LOCKING PIN DIRECTION OF PULL THREADED NUT 3 8 in NPS FOR PIPE 1 16 in CABLE 4 1 4 in 108 mm CONDUIT SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm 5 1 4 in 133 mm A 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 FEMALE CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY Figure 2 21 Cable Operated Control Head CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY 3 8 in PIPE OR ADAPTER P N 843837 CABLE HOUSING a CYLINDER CENTERS FLARE ON CABLE HOUSING FITS INTO SLOT IN CONTROL HEAD CLOSURE DISC REMOVED Figure 2 22 Cable Operated Control Heads in Tandem 2 3 3 Manual Control Equipment All carbon dioxide fire suppression systems are equipped with one or more manually operated release stations These stations are located in easily accessible positions around the protected area or equipment and activation of any station should permit full operation of the system P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 21 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 3 3 1 MECHANI CAL PULL BOX The mechanical pull box Part No 81 871403 000 Figure 2 23 is a cable connected pull handle type remote release station used for actuating carbon dioxide cylinders and associated directional stop valves The pull box is designed to transmit a force via a 1 16 inch cable to the cable operated control heads attached to the pilot cylinders and the appropriate flow control valves A hammer is attached to the pull box and operation is accomplished by breaking the glass fr
160. LS 81 241220 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS POST CHANNEL WK 241217 000 CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE 6 ft 2 in GUSSET WK 241211 000 gt lt lt FASTEN TO FLOOR 9 1 8 in 7 112 in 40 1 2 in lt 20 7 8 in gt 22 314 10 CENTERS 50 LB CYL 75 LB CAP CYL ALLOW 2 ft AISLE INFRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH CYLS LENGTH P N BAR P N 4 WK 241213 000 2 WK 207283 000 Ain wK 241214 000 2 81 207284 000 54 WK 241215 000 2 WK 207285 000 S4in WK 241216 000 2 81 207286 000 NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE 1 THIS FRAMEWORK CYLINDER ASSEMBLIES CAN BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL OR CAN BE FREE STANDING BY FASTENING GUSSETS TO FLOOR Figure 4 7 Rack Framing 5 to 12 Cylinders 50 and 75 Ib Capacity Double Row One Side September 2013 4 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE SECURE 13 14 CYL gt FASTEN WITH 3 8in X MANIFOLD WITH V A 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS 1 P lt LA MANIFOLD AND WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 75 LB CAP CYLS 81 241220 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS CHANNEL SUPPORT
161. MATIC CONTROL HEAD TO RESET FOR USE SCREWDRIVER MAINTENANCE SEE INSTRUCTIONS 7 SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD WALTER KIDDE PATENT 246675 INDICATOR AND RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR CABLE HOUSING TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED 3 8 in NPS FEMALE Figure 4 31 Pneumatic Control Head Installation P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 41 September 2013 Installation 3 16 in X 17 in 432 mm LONG COPPER TUBING P N 802366 4 4 11 4 4 11 1 CABLE BLOCK 3 16 in COPPER TUBING CONNECTION 3 16 in TUBING TEE SUPPLIED WITH TANDEM CONTROL HEAD 3 8 in PIPE OR ALTERNATE a CYLINDER CENTERS ASSEMBLY PRIMARY PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD VENTED TANDEM PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD NO VENT Figure 4 32 Tandem Pneumatic Control Head Nitrogen Actuation Station INSTALLATION OF NITROGEN CYLINDER P N WK 877940 000 AND MOUNTING BRACKET P N WK 877845 000 1 Locate the nitrogen cylinder mounting bracket in an area where the cylinder valve assembly and control head will be protected from inclement weather by a suitable total or partial enclosure 2 Install the mounting bracket clamps and hardware Install the nitrogen cylinder in position in a mounting bracket tighten sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place while allowing the cylinder enough free play to be rotated 3 Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the
162. N x TOGGLE LEVER COVER OPEN Figure B 5 Pneumatic Main to Reserve Valve P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 7 September 2013 B 7 LOCKOUT VALVES 5 17 64 in 134 mm amp 1 BALL VALVE PRESSURE RATING 2 500 PSIG 127 BAR DOUBLE UNION END WITH NPT FEMALE PIPE CONNECTIONS LOCKING HANDLE AND BRACKET FOR BOTH OPEN PARALLEL WITH VALVE BODY 5 3 64 in AND CLOSED PERPENDICULAR TO 148 mm VALVE BODY 2 LIMIT SWITCH TWO 2 SPDT SWITCHES NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE 3 LOCK NOT INCLUDED SWITCH ENCLOSURE Em HANDLE SHOWN IN THE OPEN POSITION s LOCKING HASP lt gt gt Figure B 6 Lockout Valve with Limit Switch A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the carbon dioxide manifold and the discharge pipe to the protected area The lockout valve can be locked in the closed position to prevent carbon dioxide from discharging into the protected area The lockout valve shall be installed at the end of the carbon dioxide manifold or if a common manifold protects multiple hazards after each directional stop valve The lockout valve consists of a stainless steel ball valve with union ends The ball valve has a 2 500 PSIG pressure rating A NEMA4 enclosure housing two SPDT limit switches with a 15A rating sits atop the valve Limit Switch No 2 shall be wired in series with the electric control head in the releasing circuit Limit Switch No 1 may be wired to provide p
163. N STREET ASHLAND MA 01721 UNION CONNECTION 2 13 32 in MOUNTING HOLES 4 3 16 in X PRESSURE INLET 1 2 in NPT FEMALE 106 mm EXPLOSION PROOF MACHINED JOINT DO NOT USE GASKET OR MAR SURFACES Figure 2 69 Pressure Operated Switch Explosion Proof 2 8 2 Pressure Operated Trip The pressure operated trip Part No 81 874290 000 Figure 2 70 is connected to the distribution piping and utilizes carbon dioxide pressure for actuation The carbon dioxide pressure displaces a spring loaded piston to disengage a holding ring from the stem connected to the piston Typical applications of the pressure operated trip are addressed in Paragraph 3 15 2 GUARD BRACKET WITH 3 8 in 10 mm DIA MOUNTING HOLE RING PISTON lt SS SS 1 SPRING Fam 2 1 2 in 64 mm mm 5 1 3 8 in 41 mm HEX gt gt 1 2 in NPT FEMALE PRESSURE INLET 41 mm Figure 2 70 Pressure Operated Trip P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 65 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 8 3 Pneumatic Discharge Delay This pneumatic discharge delay Figure 2 71 through Figure 2 73 uses system pressure or N gt actuation pressure to provide a pneumatic automatic mechanical means to delay the discharge for a pre determined period The pneumatic discharge delay consists of a metering tube a cylinder and a differential pressure operated valve with a control port for
164. NG CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER Figure 2 79 Weigh Scale 2 8 10 Recharge Adapter The recharge adapter Part No WK 933537 000 Figure 2 80 is used to fill the cylinder assemblies The adapter is attached to the cylinder valve pilot port connection during cylinder charging KNURLED SWIVEL NUT 7 8 14 NS 3 THREAD WITH VENT HOLES FOR ATTACHMENT TO O RING RECHARGE SYSTEM oe ORS D PRR O 59994006 LX 65595959594 0D 64 525 ak 1 1 2 in d o 09 Meister 54 Q 38 oq TE q WwW lt gt in _ 1 1 4 48 NS 3 THREAD 64 mm FOR ATTACHMENT TO VALVE PILOT PORT Figure 2 80 Charging Adapter P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 73 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 8 11 2 9 2 9 1 Blow Off Fixture The blow off fixture Part No 81 930117 000 Figure 2 81 is used to relieve the cylinder assemblies of pressure The blow off fixture threads onto the cylinder valve pilot port and opens the pilot check for controlled discharge 4 VENT HOLES N E DIAMOND KNURL 1 1 2 in 38 mm 1 1 4 18 NS 3 THREAD FOR ATTACHMENT TO VALVE PILOT PORT Figure 2 81 Blow Off Fixture INSTRUCTI ON AND WARNING PLATES Instruction and warning plates are available for installation throughout the protected area and at the cylinder storage area to provide operating instructions and appropriate precautions in the event of an emergency Main and Reserve Namepl
165. NOZZLE CODE NOS FROM 2 TO 5 7 THROAT 5 in 127 mm NOZZLE CODE NUMBER STAMPED HERE 4 1 4 in lt 108 Figure 2 60 Multijet Nozzle Type S Flanged 2 7 1 1 FLANGED NOZZLE MOUNTING KIT TYPE S NOZZLE The flanged mounting kit Part No 81 803330 000 Figure 2 61 Figure 2 62 and Figure 2 63 contains two holding rings and a gasket Part No WK 201004 000 required to install a frangible disc on the S nozzle outlet or for installation of this nozzle to a duct or an enclosure Table 2 28 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit BOM Description Quantity Disc Aluminum Part Number WK 310020 000 2 Gasket Part Number WK 201004 000 Ring Tapped Ring Holding Bolt 5 16 in 18 x 1 2 in Flat Head Screw 5 16 in 18 x 7 8 in Lockwasher 5 16 in Nut Hex 5 16 in 18 w oO w w N ej P September 2013 2 56 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions M L 3 BOLTS I HOLDING RING TYPICAL TYPE S FLANGED NOZZLE 3 LOCKWASHERS 3 HEX NUTS BOLTS 5 16 18 x 1 2 in LOCKWASHERS 5 16 HEX NUTS 5 16 18 Figure 2 61 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit Orifice Protection Only P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 57 September 2013 Component Descriptions HOLDING RING FRANGIBLE DISC OPTIONAL 3 FLAT HEAD SCREWS TAPPED RING HOLDING RING Figure 2 62 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit Duct or Enclosure Mounting F i L m 3 BOL
166. O2MAN 001 2 31 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 3 6 2 3 6 1 CABLE BLOCK regular pneumatic control head except that its detection chamber has no vent Thus all the compensation for normal environmental pressure changes is performed by the vented pneumatic control head The diaphragm pressure setting of the tandem control head is chosen to match that of its corresponding vented pneumatic control head The two diaphragm chambers are interconnected via 3 16 inch copper tubing If the system is to be actuated remotely via a pull box and cable the manual cable control is connected to both the pneumatic and tandem control heads 3 16 in x 17 in LONG COPPER TUBING P N WK 802366 000 3 16 in COPPER TUBING CONNECTION 3 16 in TUBING TEE SUPPLIED WITH TANDEM CONTROL HEAD PRIMARY PNEUMATIC TANDEM PNEUMATIC 3 8 in PIPE OR CONTROL HEAD VENTED CONTROL HEAD ALTERNATE ASSEMBLY Figure 2 36 Tandem Pneumatic Control Head Components for Pneumatic Actuation Systems Pneumatic rate of rise systems utilize a variety of specialized components to control the actuation of a carbon dioxide suppression system PNEUMATIC CABLE HOUSING A pneumatic cable housing Figure 2 37 is required when a pneumatic control head and a tandem control head are installed for simultaneous actuation by a remote pull box and cable The housing protects the interconnecting cable between the two pneumatically operated control heads and to secure t
167. OLE FOR AGENT DISCHARGE 1 in 25 mm MINIMUM 2 in 51 mm MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING 3 16 in NUTS AND BOLTS 3 7 32 in HOLES EQUALLY SPACED 2 1 2 in 63 5 mm BOLT CIRCLE DRILLING PATTERN NOTE A FULL SIZE TEMPLATE IS AVAILABLE ONLINE FROM KIDDE REFERENCE DATASHEET K 81 1141 Figure 2 66 Flange and Cover Assembly Type V Nozzle 2 7 4 Multijet Nozzle Type L The type L multijet nozzle Figure 2 67 has a 1 2 inch NPT female connection for attaching to the distribution piping Strainers are provided with nozzles having orifice code numbers from 3 to 5 The discharge produces a 180 flat fan pattern that is highly effective for protection of dip tanks drain boards and similar two dimensional hazards The nozzle is attached to the side of a tank and offers no obstruction to overhead trolleys or dipping operations The type L nozzles are only used for local application systems September 2013 2 62 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 8 Component Descriptions 11 mm DIAMETER 2 HOLES 7 1 46 in ____ 179 4 mm 1 152 4 6 in 152 4 mm NOZZLE CODE NUMBER STAMPED HERE THROAT ORIFICES 1 1 4 in 31 7 mm HEX IN TYPE L NOZZLES WITH NOZZLE CODE NOS FROM 2 TO 5 3 5 8 in 92 1 mm 1 2 in NPT FEMALE Figure 2 67 Multijet Nozzle Type L The sizes are summarized in Table 2 31 Table
168. P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 Engineered Carbon Dioxide CO Fire Suppression Systems Design Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual LISTED APPROVED UL Listing File No EX 4674 e Kidde Fire Systems FOREWORD Note This Kidde Fire Systems Engineered Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System Design Installation Operation and Maintenance manual P N 81 CO2MAN 001 is for use only by qualified and factory trained personnel with working knowledge of applicable standards such as NFPA as well as a working knowledge of Kidde Fire Systems Engineered Carbon Dioxide CO gt Fire Suppression System Kidde Fire Systems does not authorize or recommend use of this Manual by others The data contained herein is provided by Kidde Fire Systems as a guide only It is not intended to be all inclusive and should not be substituted for professional judgement Kidde Fire Systems believes the data to be accurate but this data is provided without guarantee or warranty to its accuracy or completeness Any questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to Kidde Fire Systems 400 Main Street Ashland MA 01721 Phone 508 881 2000 Toll Free 800 872 6527 Fax 508 881 8920 TERMS AND ABBREVI ATI ONS ABS Absolute N C Normally Closed ADA Americans with Disabilities Act NFPA National Fire Protection Association AH Ampere Hour N O Normally Open AWG American Wire Gauge N5 Nitroge
169. QUANTITY The discharge of carbon dioxide into an enclosure will displace a portion of the atmosphere in the enclosure The displaced atmosphere is exhausted freely from the enclosure through openings or vents as the carbon dioxide is discharged Since some suppression agent is lost with the vented atmosphere the volume of carbon dioxide required to develop a given concentration will be greater than the volume that actually remains in the enclosure This method of application is called free efflux flooding A small volume has proportionally more surface or boundary area per unit of enclosed volume than a larger volume and has a proportionally greater leakage rate Accordingly larger quantities of carbon dioxide per unit of enclosed volume are injected into smaller volumes to account for the higher leakage rates anticipated upon discharge The quantity of carbon dioxide per unit volume is called the Volume Factor and is shown in Table 3 2 Also note that the minimum quantity of is specified for the smallest volume in each group to avoid a possible overlap of requirements Equation 1 W V f or Where Wg Basic quantity of agent Ib kg V Enclosure volume ft m f Volume factor from Table 3 2 ft 3 Ib m kg f Volume factor from Table 3 2 Ib ft kg m Table 3 2A Volume Factors Surface Fires For 34 CO Concentration US Units Volume Factor Calculated Quantity Enclosure Volume ft 3 fi h ft 3 Ib Ib
170. RIPTIONS FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS This chapter provides detailed descriptions of the components comprising the Kidde Fire Systems fire suppression system The information is arranged in the following categories storage e Actuation components e Check valves Directional Stop valves e Lockout valves Discharge nozzles Auxiliary equipment e Instruction and warning plates e Hose reel and rack systems STORAGE Kidde Fire Systems high pressure carbon dioxide fire suppression systems use liquid carbon dioxide agent stored under its own vapor pressure in seamless steel cylinders at ambient temperature Each cylinder is equipped with a valve having a connection for attachment of a discharge head The discharge heads attach to the distribution piping by means of flexible hoses or a swivel adapter Actuation of the suppression system is initiated by one or more control heads which are attached to the control ports on the valve s of the pilot cylinder s Actuation of the pilot cylinders creates sufficient pressure in the discharge manifold to operate the remaining cylinders in the system Single or dual cylinder suppression systems utilize cylinder straps to secure the storage cylinders to walls or other rigid structural members Specially designed racks are utilized for multiple cylinder systems to secure the cylinders absorb the discharge reactions and to facilitate system servicing and maintena
171. SERVICE THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL BUT CAN ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING Figure 4 14 Rack Framing 6 to 10 Cylinders 100 Ib Capacity Single Row P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 17 September 2013 Installation NOTES ALLOW 2 ft 610 mm CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICE THIS FRAMEWORK TO BE PLACED AGAINST A WALL BUT CAN ALSO BE INSTALLED FREE STANDING 6 ft 2 in CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 4 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS SLOT FOR PIPE CLAMP WEIGHING BAR SEE TABLE FASTEN WITH 3 8in X 1 in LG BOLTS AND NUTS WEIGHING BAR BRACKET SHOWN IN POSITION FOR 100 LB CAP CYLS WK 271567 000 FASTEN WITH 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS amp NUTS CHANNEL SUPPORT WK 207281 000 FASTEN WITH 3 3 8 in X 1 in LG BOLTS CYLINDER CHANNEL SEE TABLE GUSSET WK 241211 000 FASTEN TO FLOOR gt 11 5 8 in CENTERS AND NUTS TABLE CYL NO CHANNEL WEIGH P N BAR P N SECURE MANIFOLD WITH PIPE CLAMP ALLOW 2 ft AISLE IN FRONT OF CYLINDERS FOR SERVICING l 13 5 16 in 4 100LB CAP CYL 2 WK 271564 000 1 WK 271563 000 3 WK 271564 000 1 WK 243796 000 2 WK 243797 000 3 WK 243797 000 CYLS LENGTH n 11 ft 47 8 in 12 12 ft 4 1 2 in 13 2 WK 271565 000 13 ft 4 1 8 in 1 WK 271563 000 2 WK 271565 000 14 14 ft 4 3 4 in 15 ft 4 3 8 in 1 WK 243796 000 2 WK 243798 000
172. Surfaces1 US Units Area Min Rate Max Rate ft 2 Ib min ft 2 Ib min ft 2 1 4 14 37 7 2 4 14 19 7 3 4 14 13 7 4 4 14 11 0 5 4 14 8 9 6 4 14 7 8 7 4 14 6 8 8 4 14 6 2 9 4 14 5 7 10 4 14 5 3 11 4 32 5 0 11 75 4 77 4 8 1 required is approximately 3 Ib ft September 2013 3 36 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Table 3 7B Liquid Surfaces Metric Units Area Min Rate Max Rate m kg min m kg min m 0 093 20 2 184 1 0 186 20 2 96 2 0 279 20 2 66 9 0 372 20 2 53 7 0 465 20 2 43 5 0 557 20 2 38 1 0 650 20 2 33 2 0 743 20 2 30 3 0 836 20 2 27 8 0 929 20 2 25 9 1 022 21 1 24 4 1 092 23 3 23 4 1 required is approximately Ib ft P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 37 September 2013 Design 3 6 2 2 2 Rate for Coated Surface The minimum flow rate per coverage area per nozzle for tankside protection of coated surfaces shall be selected from Table 3 8 Table 3 8A Coated Surfaces US Units Area Min Rate Max Rate ft Ib min ft Ib min ft 1 2 96 37 2 2 2 96 19 4 3 2 96 13 2 4 2 96 10 2 5 2 96 8 4 6 2 96 7 2 7 2 96 6 3 8 2 96 5 7 9 2 96 5 2 10 2 96 4 8 11 2 96 4 5 12 2 96 4 2 13 2 96 4 0 14 2 96 3 8 15 3 09 3 6 16 3 19 3 5 16 5 3 39 3 4 1 required is approximately 2 Ib ft September 2013 3 38 P N 81 CO2MAN 0
173. TION FOR FLEXIBLE ELECTRIC CONDUIT 3 4 in NPT FEMALE LOCKING PIN LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER ELECTRIC CONTROL HEAD INDICATOR AND RESET STEM SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD 7 9 16 in 192 mm USE SCREWDRIVER 5 7 16 138 mm 1 2 in EMT CONNECTION COMPRESSION TYPE TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED Figure 2 33 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Table 2 9 Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Control Head Part Number Voltage Amps 81 895630 000 24 Vdc 2 0 momentary 2 3 4 3 EXPLOSION PROOF ELECTRIC AND CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEADS The explosion proof electric and cable operated control heads Figure 2 34 are designed for use in hazardous areas The electric solenoid housing is rated for use in Class Groups C and D and Class 11 Groups E F G hazardous locations These control heads provide for electric local manual and remote manual actuation of the CO cylinder valve or directional stop valve The control head is operated electrically by a suppression control panel or mechanically by a cable pull box It is also equipped with a lever for local manual operation A suitable suppression control panel specifically listed and or approved for use with the following control heads shall be provided for supervision of the releasing circuits per NFPA requirements In addition a 24 hour back up power source shall be provided
174. TS I 3 LOCKWASHERS TYPICAL TYPE S FLANGED NOZZLE 3 TAPPED HOLES 120 DEGREES 3 DRILLED HOLES 120 DEGREES APART 1 s DRILLED HOLES 120 DEGREES APART i T 3 LOCKWASHERS e 3 HEX NUTS BOLTS 5 16 18 x 1 2 in FLAT HEAD SCREWS 5 16 18 x 7 8 in LOCKWASHERS 5 16 HEX NUTS 5 16 18 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 2 58 Component Descriptions 3 3 8 in 86 mm DIAMETER HOLE F FOR AGENT DISCHARGE 4 5 8 in 118 mm DIAMETER BOLT CIRCLE 3 3 8 in 9 6 mm HOLES EQUALLY SPACED FOR FLAT HEAD SCREWS NOTE A FULL SIZE TEMPLATE IS AVAILABLE ONLINE FROM KIDDE FIRE SYSTEMS Figure 2 63 Flange Mounting Hole Pattern 2 7 1 2 ALUMINUM DISC A frangible aluminum disc Part No WK 310020 000 Figure 2 61 and Figure 2 62 is available to prevent the entry of particulate matter into a type S nozzle This disk is included with the Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit Part No 81 803330 000 2 7 1 3 STAINLESS STEEL DISC A frangible stainless steel disc Part No 81 220299 000 Figure 2 61 and Figure 2 62 is available to prevent the entry of particulate matter into a type S nozzle 2 7 2 Multijet Nozzle Type M The type M multijet nozzle Figure 2 64 is similar in design and operation to the type S nozzle and is used for applications requiring higher flow rates than those attainable with the type S nozzle Strainers are prov
175. Transport Canada TC limits the maximum fill density to 6896 for carbon dioxide Care must be taken not to over fill the cylinders above their rated capacity Over filling is an unsafe practice is in violation of DOT TC regulations and will create rapid increases in pressure for small increases in temperature Over filling will cause premature actuation of the pressure relief device and result in the loss of the cylinder contents P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 5 September 2013 Component Descriptions PERCENT OF WATER CAPACITY 180 60 64 68 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 LL 88 80 E 70 gt 60 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 200 600 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000 3400 3800 PRESSURE PSIA Rated CO capacity of cylinders Ibs of H O ty 2 x 100 fof HO capacity H O capacity of cylinders in Ibs at 60 F Critical temperature of CO 88 F Figure 2 5 Pressure vs Temperature for Cylinders Table 2 2 and H20 Capacity Correlation Rated CO Capacity of Cylinder Ib H20 Capacity 25 67 35 64 50 60 75 100 68 September 2013 2 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 2 2 Discharge Heads Each cylinder and valve assembly must be equipped with a discharge hea
176. Type M red TIE EE 2 60 Type V Vent Nozzles 2 susu aaa en Mask ek cer ae ted 2 61 Type NOZZIOS Mam 2 63 Pneumatic Discharge Delay Part Numbers 0 2 66 Hose Reel and Rack System Part Numbers mme 2 78 Minimum Carbon Dioxide Concentrations for Extinguishment 3 4 Volume Factors Surface Fires For 34 CO2 Concentration US Units 3 6 Volume Factors Surface Fires For 34 CO2 Concentration Metric Units 3 7 Volume Factors for Deep Seated 3 20 Type M Multijet Nozzle US Units r nete 3 29 Type M Multijet Nozzle Metric Units IH 3 30 Type S Multijet Nozzle US Units 0 HH ehe 3 31 Type S Multijet Nozzle Metric 3 32 Aiming Factors for Angular Placement of 22 1 3 35 Liquid Surfaces1 US Units a e mme hme mm he me 3 36 Liquid Surfaces1 Metric Units 2 2 2 0 0 enn 3 37 Coated Surfaces1 US 2 4442222222242 3 38 Coated Surfaces1 Metric
177. UTRAL OR GROUND CONNECTION TERMINAL STRIP TERMINAL 1 MICROSWITCH MICROSWITCH LEVER SWIVEL NUT INDICATOR AND RESET STEM CAM Figure 2 32 Electric Control Head Cover Removed Table 2 8 Electric Control Head Control Head Part Number Voltage Amps WK 890181 000 24 Vdc 2 0 momentary 2 3 4 2 ELECTRIC AND CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEADS These control heads Figure 2 33 provide for electric local manual and remote manual actuation of the cylinder valve or directional stop valve The control head is operated electrically by a suppression control panel or mechanically by a cable pull box it is also equipped with a lever for local manual operation These heads contain a microswitch whose contacts are used to break the electrical circuit to the solenoid when the head is actuated This reduces the overall power consumption of the fire suppression system The actuating pin latches in the released position and must be mechanically reset A suitable suppression control panel specifically listed and or approved for use with the following control heads shall be provided for supervision of the releasing circuits per NFPA requirements In addition a 24 hour back up power source shall be provided per NFPA requirements Electrical data is contained in Table 2 9 September 2013 2 28 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 1 2 in EMT CONNECTION COMPRESSION TYPE FOR REMOTE CABLE CONNEC
178. WK 271566 000 Post 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 WK 241211 000 Gusset 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 WK 207281 000 Channel Support 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 WK 271563 000 3 Cylinder 1 1 1 Channel WK 271564 000 4 Cylinder 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 Channel WK 271565 000 5 Cylinder 1 1 2 1 2 3 Channel WK 271561 000 CRADLE 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 WK 271567 000 1 Row Weigh Bar 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Bracket WK 243796 000 3 Cylinder Weigh 1 1 1 Bar WK 243797 000 4 Cylinder Weigh 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 Bar WK 243798 000 5 Cylinder Weigh 1 1 2 1 2 3 Bar WK 241105 000 Front Clamp 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 ADDITIONAL PARTS TO ORDER FOR MAIN amp RESERVE NOT INCLUDED IN KITS WK 241105 000 Front Clamp 2 4 6 6 8 WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row 2 4 6 6 8 HARDWARE NOT SUPPLIED BY KIDDE FIRE SYSTEMS 3 8 inch 16 x 1 16 16 16 26 26 26 26 36 36 36 36 36 inch Long Bolt 3 8 inch 16 Nut 16 16 16 26 26 26 26 36 36 36 36 36 Main 1 2 inch 13 x 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 inch Long Bolt M amp R 1 2 inch 13 x 1 3 5 5 7 7 inch Long Bolt Main 1 2 inch 13 Nut 8 9 12 16 17 20 21 24 25 28 29 32 M amp R 1 2 inch 13 Nut 9 17 23 25 31 1 2 inch Washer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
179. a uya see e seen ens 2 63 2 68 Pressure Operated Switch ne nena ese hiemes sensns nens 2 64 2 69 Pressure Operated Switch Explosion 1 1 12 2 65 2 70 Pressure Operated Trip oct tenes selena ant C Ste nece e ER Rte necne ehe ta 2 65 2 71 Pneumatic Discharge Delay 0 ee essen nnne nens 2 66 2 72 Pneumatic Discharge Delay Detail r see nennen 2 67 2 73 Pneumatic Discharge Delay with Manual Control Head 2 68 2 74 Pressure Operated Siren ua reete re Sau to eto uude EU aper be ue hd 2 69 2 75 Safety Outlet c sc asa aeter mur 2 70 2 76 pIETeat ee utarei oz uo meter 2 70 2 77 Odorizer Assembly i pneu ule de 2 71 2 78 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 2 72 2 79 Weigh Scale u sus LE 2 73 2 80 Charging Adapters sua ma m Dese SR uk bhi askhas 2 73 2 81 Bow 2 Arey lbi RR Dei iaia aa sau us 2 74 2 82 Main and Reserve Nameplates 2 75 2 83 Sign in Every Protected SpaceW 1
180. ails to occur have it repaired modified or reprogrammed Reset the control heads after each activation Repeat steps 4 through 7 until all operating devices have been tested and the approved operating sequence has been confirmed Verify the operability of all pre discharge notification appliances and discharge time delay devices For all occupiable enclosures verify that the following safety features have been installed and operate properly where applicable Signage per Standard NFPA 12 Pneumatic pre discharge alarm Pneumatic Discharge delay Odor additive to the carbon dioxide discharge or carbon dioxide detector or establishment and enforcement of confined space entry procedures onco Note The operation of all pneumatic devices will be verified during the full system discharge 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 test Operate the electrical output from the control unit to the electrical control heads ensuring that the actuation pin is released Verify Check that all electrical signaling devices operate Verify Check that all auxiliary equipment responds as specified Verify Check pressure operated control heads manually during the full discharge test Test the control panel and its circuitry to assure compliance with NFPA 72 Verify that all control panel circuits are electrically supervised for open circuit short circuit and ground fault conditions to within 3 feet 9 m of any equipment being contro
181. al flooding systems is 34 However the required concentration may be increased when flammable liquids and gases are involved A list of design concentrations for several known fuels can be found in Table 3 1 Table 3 1 Minimum Carbon Dioxide Concentrations for Extinguishment Acetylene Minimum Design Material CO Concentration 66 Acetone 34 Aviation Gas Grades 115 145 36 Benzol Benzene 37 Butadiene 41 Butane 34 September 2013 3 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 3 1 Minimum Carbon Dioxide Concentrations for Extinguishment Design Minimum Design Material Concentration Butane l 37 Carbon Disulfide 72 Carbon Monoxide 64 Coal or Natural Gas 37 Cyclopropane 37 Diethyl Ether 40 Dimethyl Ether 40 Dowtherm 46 Ethane 40 Ethyl Alcohol 43 Ethyl Ether 46 Ethlylene 49 Ethylene Dichloride 34 Ethylene Oxide 53 Gasoline 34 Hexane 35 Higher Paraffin Hydrocarbons 2 2m 5 34 Hydrogen 75 Hydrogen Sulfide 36 Isobutane 36 Isobutylene 34 Isobutyl Formate 34 JP 4 36 Kerosene 34 Methane 34 Methyl Acetate 35 Methyl Alcohol 40 Methyl Butene 36 Methly Ethyl Ketone 40 Methyl Formate 39 Pentane 35 Propane 36 Propylene 36 Quench Lube Oils 34 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 5 September 2013 Design 3 5 2 2 BASIC TOTAL FLOODING
182. ards in 50 10 0 62 0 100 1 60 general spaces lt 2000 ft 3 56 6 m Dry electrical hazards in 50 12 75 0 083 1 33 general spaces gt 2000 1 3 56 6 m Record bulk paper storage 65 8 0 50 0 125 2 00 ducts and covered trenches Fur storage vaults dust 75 6 0 38 0 166 2 66 collectors Note that the Volume Factors given in the table will result in the specified concentration No Material Conversion Factor is required as used for Surface Fire protection EXAMPLE 7 TOTAL FLOODI NG FOR DEEP SEATED FIRES Basic Carbon Dioxide Quantity Determine the carbon dioxide quantity required in a bulk paper storage room having dimensions of 20 ft L by 20 ft W by 10 ft H bulk paper storage room From Equation 12 We V fi Where W is the Basic Quantity of Agent V is the Volume of the Enclosure and f is the Volume Factor V 20 ft x 20 ft x 10 ft V 4 000 ft 8 ft Ib from Table 3 3 for Record bulk paper storage Wc 500 Ib 3 5 3 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS As with suppression systems for surface fires suppression systems protecting potential deep seated hazards require additional quantities of carbon dioxide to compensate for openings in the enclosure forced air ventilating systems and abnormally low or high ambient temperatures The compensating agent quantities are added to the minimum system agent quantity in accordance with Paragraph 3 5 2 4 Septemb
183. as shown in Figure 4 36 and Figure 4 37 The preferred mounting position is upright Both the standard and explosion proof pressure switches have 1 2 inch NPT pressure inlets to connect to the piping The electrical connections are either 1 2 inch conduit knockouts or 1 inch NPT fittings The minimum operating pressure required is 50 PSI September 2013 Installation 4 1 4 in OPERATED MOUNTING HOLES OPERATED Kidde WIRING PRESSURE pis SWITCH 8 COVER SCREWS SCREW TERMINALS FRONT VIEW COVER REMOVED UM I I L 1 2 in SUPPLY PIPE FRONT VIEW WITH UNION BOX 3 1 2 in CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS EACH SIDE SWITCH 3PDT COVER i k 1 2 in FEMALE CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING SIDE SECTION Figure 4 36 Pressure Operated Switches September 2013 4 46 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 1 in NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH 2 1 in NPT PIPE PLUGS N S A NI 5553 7772 Ge NY 6 COVER SCREWS ZL ra 2 HEAD 22 EXPLOSION PROOF MACHINED JOINT DO NOT USE GASKET OR MAR SURFACES PRESSURE INLET 1 2 in NPT FEMALE UNION CONNECTION 2 13 32 in MOUNTING HOLES Figure 4 37 Pressure Operated Switches Explosion Proof 4 5 2 Pressure Operated Trip Install the pressure operated trip as shown in Figure 4 38 Connect the trip to the discharge pip
184. ate the control head mounted on the nitrogen actuation cylinder 4 Move the ball valve installed in the actuation piping downstream of the nitrogen cylinder to the OPEN position If the pressure operated time delay fails to operate operate the manual bypass WARNI NG installed on the time delay to immediately discharge the system 5 Call the fire department immediately 6 If the system is provided with a reserve cylinder s see Paragraph 5 6 7 Contact a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for service 5 4 EMERGENCY OPERATION 5 4 1 Local Manual Operation All Systems This manual control is not part of the normal system actuation mode and should CAUTION only be used in a last resort emergency condition 1 Immediately evacuate the hazard area Close all doors 2 Proceed to the cylinder s for the hazard 3 Remove the locking pin from the cylinder control head s 4 Rotate the local manual release lever to the released or open position 5 Proceed to hazard area stop directional valve if one is installed Remove the locking pin from the stop directional valve control head Rotate the local manual release lever to the released or open position If the pressure operated time delay fails to operate operate the manual bypass WARNING installed on the time delay to immediately discharge the system September 2013 5 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Operation 5 5 HOSE REEL OR RACK SYSTEMS Hose line systems must be used by trained
185. ate up to a pair of additional nitrogen cylinders which will be used to drive the nitrogen pressure operated siren When actuating siren driver cylinders a maximum actuation line length of 20 ft is allowed This length is in addition to the 4 ft maximum allowed length between the pilot cylinder and the discharge delay When the length between the pilot cylinder and discharge delay is less than 4 ft the resulting difference may be added to the 20 ft actuation line length to the siren driver cylinders Refer to Figure 3 12 for a typical acuation arrangement utilizing an in line discharge delay P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 73 September 2013 Design NO EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION CONTROL HEAD PRESSURE OPERATED 2 ACTUATION HOSE 1 4 5 MALE BRANCH TEE 5 16 FLARE X 1 8 NPT 8 CONTROL HEAD LEVER OPERATED 5 TIME DELAY 2 OPERATED 6 NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER 108 CUIN 1 77 L 7 MOUNTING BRACKET NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER 8 SAFETY OUTLET 3 4 20 MM 4 Ft 1219 mm MAX 225 Ft 68580 mm MAX g oH n 7 Optional 6096 Nitrogen Siren 3 Circuit 1 To Optional Kidde Fire Systems HPCO2 System Nitrogen Siren Circuit 2 Figure 3 12 Typical Actuation Arrangement Using In line Discharge Delay 3 14 DETECTI ON DEVI CES ALARM DEVICES AND CONTROL PANELS The majority of carbon dioxide suppression systems will include electrical detection notification and act
186. ates The main and reserve nameplates Part Nos WK 310330 000 and WK 310340 000 respectively Figure 2 82 are used to identify the primary and backup carbon dioxide suppression September 2013 2 74 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions gt 127 mm TNI db MAIN C 41 mm 2 9 32 in 7 mm DIA MOUNTING HOLES 5in 127 rsen O RESERVE O 41 mm 2 9 32 in 7 mm DIA MOUNTING HOLES Figure 2 82 Main and Reserve Nameplates 2 9 2 Warning Signs There are six different safety warning signs with wording specific to each application 2 9 2 1 VACATE WARNING SIGN P N 06 231866 851 The sign shown in Figure 2 83 shall be used in every protected space Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or death When alarm operates vacate immediately Figure 2 83 Sign in Every Protected Space P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 75 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 9 2 2 DO NOT ENTER WARNING SIGN P N 06 231866 852 The sign shown in Figure 2 84 shall be used at every entrance to protected space Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or death When alarm operates do not enter until ventilated Figure 2 84 Sign at Every Entrance to Protected Space 2 9 2 3 ODORIZER WARNING SIGN P N 06 231866 853 The sign shown in Figure 2 85 shall be used at every entrance to protected space for systems provided
187. available to provide flexibility of installation for installation of three or more cylinders Arrangement A This style Figure 2 16 is used for a single row of cylinders that can be either wall mounted or free standing J 1 50 75 100 Ib SERVICING AISLE 1 Figure 2 16 Multiple Cylinder Mounting Arrangement A Arrangement B This style Figure 2 17 provides for one row of cylinders on each side of the framing This arrangement is free standing and requires two aisles It has the advantage of permitting free access to any cylinder without disturbing any other cylinder OMIT CYLINDER HERE FOR ODD NUMBER SERVICING AISLE CO 50 75 or 100 Ib Y SERVICING AISLE 1 Figure 2 17 Multiple Cylinder Mounting Arrangement B P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 15 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 2 6 2 1 Arrangement C This style Figure 2 18 provides for a double row of cylinders on the same side of the framing This arrangement can be free standing or wall mounted It is generally used when the cylinders are to be wall mounted and sufficient space is not available to arrange them in a single row C J eX eX 50 75 or 100 Ib a eXeX SERVICING AISLE OMIT CYLINDER HERE FOR ODD NUMBER 1 Figure 2 18 Multiple Cylinder Mounting Arrangement C Larger quantitie
188. ber bulb to its normal shape This will cause the water level in the two tubes to change and a maximum vacuum will develop Hold a minimum of 8 inches vacuum the difference between the two sides of the U tube or 4 inches on each side of the U tube If all connections are absolutely tight the water level will remain in the position taken in paragraph 2 above and will not change as long as the rubber tube A is held closed Observe the level of the water for at least one minute and then release the rubber tube A t is absolutely essential the water level remain the same as long as the rubber tube is held closed Even a slow steady fall of the water level is serious for it indicates a leak which may prevent automatic operation of the system Disconnect the test set from the detector tubing After tests have been completed reset the control heads P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 9 September 2013 Maintenance When using hot or boiling water exercise care when immersing the Pneumatic WARNING Detector Actuating Chamber Do not stand directly beneath the water container 6 5 4 4 6 6 1 4 Functional Test of the Detection System Hold a container of hot or boiling water under the heat detector immersing the actuating chamber in the water At least 50 of the detector should be immersed The water must be at least 100 F above the ambient temperature Note the time between the application of the hot water to the detector and the operation of the
189. bing must be routed in the most direct manner with a minimum of fittings Tubing fittings can be flared or compression type The pipe tubing and fittings must have a minimum allowable pressure rating of 1800 psig The pressure temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be exceeded Piping and tubing must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting threading or flaring Upon assembly pipe or tubing must be blown out with nitrogen carbon dioxide or dry compressed air and must be securely supported braced and isolated from vibration mechanical or chemical damage Reprinted with permission from NFPA 12 2005 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems Copyright 2005 National Fire Prevention Association Quincy MA 02169 This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety September 2013 4 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 4 1 Maximum Horizontal Pipe Hanger and Support Bracing Installation Pipe Size Distance Between Supports Rod Diameter 1 4 in DN06 7 ft 2 1 m 3 8 in 1 2 in DN15 7 ft 2 1 m 3 8 in 3 4 in DN20 7 ft 2 1 m 3 8 in 1 in DN25 7 ft 2 1 m 3 8 in 1 1 4 in DN32 7 ft 2 1 m 3 8 in 1 1 2 in DN40 9 ft 2 7 m 3 8 in 2 in DN50 10 ft 3 m 3 8 in 2 1 2 in DN65 11 ft 3 4 m 1 2 in 3 in DN80 12 ft 3 7 m 1 2 in
190. burned material is coated with carbon dioxide snow This will prevent any incandescent material from re igniting While it is not necessary to de energize equipment before discharging carbon dioxide onto electrical fires equipment must be de energized as soon as CAUTI ON possible after system discharge to prevent the fire from spreading 6 After the fire has been extinguished leave the horn valve open to relieve all pressure from the hose Except when in use pressure shall not be permitted to remain in the hose line WARNING 7 Perform post fire maintenance Refer to Chapter 7 for details P N 81 CO2MAN 001 5 3 September 2013 Operation 5 5 2 Local Manual Operation 1 Unwind hose from reel or rack Verify that the horn valve is in the closed position Note If a reel is used it is not necessary to remove or unwind the entire length of hose However if a rack is used the hose must be completely removed before charging the line 2 Proceed to carbon dioxide cylinder s 3 Remove the locking pin from the cylinder control head and rotate the local manual release lever to the released or open position Except when in use pressure shall not be permitted to remain in the hose line WARNI NG 4 Approach fire carefully Do not allow hose to lie in the path of the flames Point horn at hazard Open horn valve by pushing stirrup handle forward 5 Direct carbon dioxide discharge at base of the flames As flames recede
191. c 3 in Tandem X X X 81 872360 000 Pneumatic 6 in Tandem X X X 82 878737 000 Pressure Operated X 82 878751 000 Lever and Pressure X Operated 82 878750 000 Stackable Pressure X X Operated 3 13 4 1 LEVER OPERATED ACTUATION Lever operated actuation uses a lever located directly on the control head to provide normal manual and emergency manual actuation at a valve 3 13 4 2 CABLE OPERATED ACTUATI ON both Cable operated systems provide normal manual actuation by using a stainless steel cable to transmit an actuating force from a pull station to a control head September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design The actuating cable shall be housed in a protective casing such as EMT or pipe and corner pulleys Part No 81 803808 000 for watertight applications or WK 844648 000 for industrial applications shall be used at each change in direction It is not accept to bend the EMT See Table 3 12 for corner pulley quantity and cable length limitations Table 3 12 Corner Pulley Quantity and Cable Length Limits Maximum Corner Pulleys esas Control Head eng Part Number Type P N P N ft m 81 803808 000 81 844648 000 Cable Operated 81 979469 000 15 30 100 ft 30m Electric Cable ALL 30 100 ft 30m Pneumatic ALL 30 100 ft 30m 3 13 4 2 1 3 13 4 2 2 3 13 4 2 3 3 13 4 3
192. cap only from the cylinder valve s to be equipped with control head s Return all caps to the storeroom 4 Turn cylinder so that the cylinder valve control head port points in the proper direction tighten bolts of the cylinder rack securely 5 Makecertain that all control head s are in the set or closed position actuator plunger should fully recede into the control head body Ensure that the locking pin and seal wire are intact Control heads must be in the set or closed position before attaching to the WARNING cylinder valves to prevent accidental carbon dioxide discharge 6 Install control head s onto cylinder valve s Tighten securely 7 Assemble discharge head s to cylinder valve s and tighten mounting nut 6 9 2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 1 Installnitrogen cylinder in mounting bracket Rotate cylinder until valve outlet is in desired position 2 Tighten mounting bracket strap 3 Remove pipe plug and connect adapter Part No WK 699205 010 to cylinder valve outlet port Attach flexible actuation hose to outlet port adapter 4 Remove protection cap from cylinder valve control head port Control head must be in the set or closed position before attaching to the cylinder valve which will prevent accidental discharge of the nitrogen cylinder and any corresponding suppression agent WARNING anitrogen leake during actuation Failure to properly set the control head may cause damage to the unit and c
193. ce of a storage container In any use of carbon dioxide consideration shall be given to the possibility that personnel could be trapped in or enter into an atmosphere made hazardous by a carbon dioxide discharge Safeguards shall be provided to ensure prompt evacuation to prevent entry into such atmospheres and to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped personnel Safety training shall be provided to all personnel that work near or in a protected space The provisions detailed in Paragraph 1 6 1 shall apply to hand hose line systems P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 79 September 2013 Design 3 16 3 3 16 4 3 16 4 1 Location Hand hose line systems shall be placed such that they are easily accessible and that the hose length is adequate to reach the most distant hazard In general they should not be located where they will be exposed to the hazard nor shall they be located inside any hazard area protected by a total flooding system The hose shall be coiled on a Hose Reel P N WK 994058 000 or Rack P N 81 919842 000 such that it will be ready for immediate use without the necessity of coupling and that it can be uncoiled with a minimum of delay If installed outdoors it shall be protected against the weather The carbon dioxide supply shall be located as close to the hose reel or rack as possible so that liquid carbon dioxide will be supplied to the hose line with a minimum of delay after actuation If multiple hose stations are use
194. cks that occur at system actuation Such interlocks may include electrical connections such as fan or process shutdown and or mechanical operations such as door or vent closure Where the continuing operation of equipment associated with a hazard being protected could contribute to sustaining the fire in that hazard the source of power or fuel shall be automatically shut off NOTE This does not apply to lubricating oil systems associated with large rotating equipment where an extended discharge system is provided and that is designed to operate for the deceleration cooldown period All shutdown devices shall be considered integral parts of the system and shall function with the system operation 3 15 1 Pressure Operated Switches One or more Pressure Operated Switches Part No 81 486536 000 or 81 981332 000 may be used for auxiliary electrical functions such as HVAC shut down closing motorized dampers or providing a release signal to the building alarm system Refer to Paragraph 2 8 1 for additional information 3 15 2 Pressure Operated Trips One or more Pressure Operated Trips Part No 81 874290 000 may be used for auxiliary mechanical functions such as damper closure door closure or mechanical gas valve shutdown Typical applications of the pressure operated trip are shown in Figure 3 13 Reference Paragraph 2 8 2 for additional information September 2013 3 76 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 HORIZONTAL DUCT DAMPER
195. control head The control head should operate in approximately 15 seconds Do not apply heat for more than 15 seconds The detector is not functioning if the control head has not operated within this time When testing two control heads connected in tandem both may not operate simultaneously Both control heads should operate within 30 seconds if the heat is sustained 5 The heat test should be performed on each heat detector Between each test wait about ten minutes for the system to return to normal and then reset the control head s To reset insert screwdriver in reset stem and turn clockwise until the stem locks in position with the arrow on reset stem lining up with the Set arrow on the nameplate Slight resistance will be met just before the stem locks 6 If the application of heat does not cause the control head to operate within 15 seconds remove the container of water and investigate the cause TROUBLESHOOTING OF PNEUMATIC DETECTION SYSTEM Failure of the pneumatic detection system to operate when applying heat to the detectors may be caused by Insufficient heat applied to the detector e Leakage in the tubing system tubing connections not tight Obstruction in the tubing The manometer can be used to assist in trouble shooting the system as follows 1 Install manometer in system tubing at pneumatic control head connection Replace union connection with a control head T Connect manometer tube B to the T fi
196. controlled by the pressure switch shut down Return pressure switch to SET position Reactivate all systems shut down by pressure switch this includes power and ventilation systems compressors etc Re connect any circuits that were disconnected 6 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Maintenance 6 4 5 Verify Odorizer Cartridge Verify the odorizer assembly as follows 1 Remove the odorizer assembly 2 Check to make sure the burst disc is intact 3 Reattach the odorizer assembly If the burst disc has ruptured replace the odorizer assembly 6 5 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE 6 5 1 Equipment Inspection Perform the procedures described in Paragraph 6 3 Paragraph 6 4 6 5 2 Distribution Piping Blow Out Before blowing out system remove pipe caps from the ends of the distribution piping to allow any foreign matter to blow clear In addition remove any frangible discs from vent or flanged nozzles if installed Blow out all distribution piping with dry air or to make sure there no obstructions Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines The use of oxygen is especially dangerous as the possible presence of even a minute quantity of oil WARNING may cause an explosion 1 Remove all discharge heads from the carbon dioxide cylinders 2 Remove all pipe caps on dirt traps from distribution piping to allow any foreign matter to blow clear 3 Remove all frangible discs if installed Do not disconnect discharge head s from flex
197. ction September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions ME 20 SWAGED 3 4 in MALE 1 2 in OR 3 4 in HOSE SEE TABLE 1 in 5 MALE LEFT er SWAGED 2090 lt Z WK 834900 000 HOSE TO HOSE THREAD PROTECTOR 1 in LEFT HAND FEMALE FERRULE 3 4 in FEMALE WK 5556 sS ani GROUND SPRING TO ESTABLISH ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY THROUGH BRAID OF HOSE Figure 2 91 Hose Assembly P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 81 September 2013 Component Descriptions CLOSED POSITION OF OPEN POSITION OF HANDLE WHEN SYSTEM HANDLE TO J IS NOT IN USE DISCHARGE AGENT 5 in 1321 E HORN HANDLE GRIP 3 3 4 in x u 94 mm DIA THROAT d 21 in gt 534 mm SY ZA MALE FEMALE Figure 2 92 Horn and Valve Assembly September 2013 2 82 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions PULL OUT PIN 2 5 16 in 8 mm DIA HOLES FOR MOUNTING 9 32 in 7mm DIA HOLE FOR MOUNTING 4 1 1 4 Le 32 mm 1 8 in 3 mm Figure 2 93 Handle and Horn Clips P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 83 September 2013 Component Descriptions LBS CAPACITY MODEL HR MARINE TYPE CARBON DIOXIDE SEMI PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER HOSE APPLICATION TO OPERATE OPERATE CYLINDER CONTROL BRING HORN WITHIN TEN FEET OF FIRE OPEN HORN VALVE DIRECTING GAS AT BASE OF F
198. cylinders shall be qualified for use over public ways in accordance with CFR49 TDG as applicable Per CFR49 TDG qualified cylinders shall not have a hydrostatic test date stamp that is more than five 5 years old Cylinders with a date stamp more than 5 years old shall be re qualified in accordance with CFR49 TDG prior to shipment While installed NPFA 12 allows CO2 cylinders to remain in service for a maximum of twelve 12 years from the last stamped hydrostatic test date At the end of the 12 year period cylinders shall be removed from service vented emptied and re qualified in accordance with CFR49 TDG before returning to service The applicable sections of this manual shall be followed when removing venting or reconnecting cylinders to service NITROGEN CYLINDERS Kidde N2 cylinders shall comply with CFR49 TDG requirements while in transit and shall comply with NPFA 12 requirements while installed All Kidde N2 cylinders shall be qualified for use over public ways in accordance with CFR49 TDG as applicable Per CFR49 TDG qualified cylinders shall not have a hydrostatic test date stamp that is more than allowed period of time CFR49 TDG define the allowed period of time as ten 10 years for 3AA cylinders with a water capacity of 125 Ibm 3 467 cu in or less CFR49 TDG define the allowed period of time as five 5 years for cylinders with a water capacity greater than 125 Ibm 3 467 cu in Cylinders with a date stamp older tha
199. d install the electric control head as follows refer to Figure 4 26 1 Remove protective cap from cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port Ensure control head is in SET position 2 Make all electrical connections 3 Install electric control head on pilot control port Tighten swivel nut CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE ELECTRIC CONDUIT 3 4 in FEMALE LOCKING PIN SEAL WIRE LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER VotTs AMPS PARTNO SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX INDICATOR AND _ 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD RESET SYSTEM 3 4 in NPT TO FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ADAPTER FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION TERMINAL 3 OPTIONAL CONNECTION FOR MICROSWITCH TERMINAL 2 MINUS NEUTRAL OR GROUND CONNECTION TERMINAL STRIP TERMINAL 1 COVER REMOVED Figure 4 26 Electric Control Heads September 2013 4 32 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 4 8 Electric and Cable Operated Control Heads WARNING Before installing control head on the carbon dioxide cylinder valve ensure that the control head is in the SET position actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position Failure to position control head in the SET position will result in accidental carbon dioxide cylinder discharge when the control head is installed on the cylinder The following procedures are to be performed before attaching control head to the cylinder valve or stop valve refer to
200. d they shall be spaced so that one or more hose lines can cover any area within the hazard System Design The rate and duration of discharge shall be determined by the type and potential size of the hazard A hand hose line shall have a quantity of carbon dioxide to permit its use for at least 1 minute The possibility of these hose lines being used by inexperienced personnel shall be considered and a provision shall be made so that there will be a supply of carbon dioxide to enable personnel to effect extinguishment of the hazards that they are likely to encounter FLOW RATE Once a convenient cylinder location hose location and pipe routing have been determined a hydraulic calculation shall be performed to determine the nominal flow rate of the system The equivalent lengths in Table 3 14 and Table 3 15 may be used to calculate pressure loss through the various components Each equivalent length is given in multiple pipe sizes for convenience The Horn Valve Assembly may be modeled as a Code 8 5 Type V nozzle Table 3 14 Equivalent Lengths of Hand Hose Line Components US Units P N Equivalent Length Nominal Pipe Size 1 2 in 3 4 in WK 994058 000 81 961966 000 Description Hose Reel Swivel Joint Hose 1 2 in x 50 ft 1 in Sch 80 10 63 Sch 40 20 124 Sch 80 7 312 Sch 40 12 541 Sch 80 81 918435 000 Hose 3 4 in x 50 ft 37 5 65 143 81 980564 000 Horn
201. d Carbon Dioxide Requirements Nozzles are selected for their coverage and flow rate to minimize the amount of carbon dioxide required Occasionally hazard conditions may restrict nozzle placements Refer to Table 3 4 and Table 3 5 for the height area coverage flow rate data for the Type S and Type M nozzles Extrapolations above or below nozzle approval listings are not permitted The portion of a hazard protected by a single nozzle is based on its side of square coverage and the distance to the protected surface Generally the farther the nozzle is from the protected surface the larger the area covered and the greater the required discharge rate to sufficiently penetrate the fire However the discharge must also be tempered to prevent splashing of burning liquid fuels The quantity of overhead nozzles needed to protect a hazard may be calculated using Equations 17 through 19 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 27 September 2013 Design Equation 17 N w s Where N Number of nozzle columns w Width of protected area ft m 5 Side of square from Table 3 4 Table 3 5 ft Equation 18 1 5 Where N Number of nozzle rows l Length of protected area ft m Side of square from Table 3 4 or Table 3 5 ft m Equation 19 N Ny x Where Quantity of nozzles N from Equation 17 rounded to the next whole number Njfrom Equation 18 rounded to the next whole number T
202. d Reserve System 2 72 7 7 7 2 2 2 3 75 3 15 Auxiliary Equipment and Systems 3 76 3 15 1 Pressure Operated Switches 3 76 3 15 2 Pressure Operated Trips 3 76 3 16 Hand Hose Line Systems 3 77 3 16 1 MM 3 79 3 16 2 Safety 2 1 2 enne 3 79 3 16 3 Location TER 3 80 3 16 4 System Design reete a dese pase andy chia a aA iai 3 80 3 16 4 1 5 3 80 3 16 4 2 Minimum Agent Quantity 3 81 3 16 4 3 Multiple Statio nS ete exe code e ize ni ey VR UR ROM TERRE des 3 82 September 2013 xii P N 81 CO2MAN 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 3 16 4 4 Carbon Dioxide Supply 2 meme semen nentes 3 82 3 16 4 5 Actuation k ma yuna pague eee sada A e us les coats 3 82 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION 4 1 4 1 4 2 General Installation Requirements 4 1 4 3 Installation of Suppression
203. d at installation to actuate the cylinder valve The discharge head is assembled to the top of the cylinder valve and contains a spring loaded piston which when actuated by carbon dioxide pressure is designed to depress the main check in the valve and discharge the contents of the cylinder The piston provides the necessary mechanical advantage to open the valve s main check The discharge outlet is designed to mate with a flexible hose or swivel adapter for connection to the distribution piping The discharge head also contains an integral stop check whose function is to automatically prevent the loss of carbon dioxide during system discharge in the event that a cylinder is removed from the distribution piping Two different style discharge heads are available Plain nut discharge head Grooved nut discharge head 2 2 2 1 PLAI N NUT DISCHARGE HEAD The plain nut discharge head Part No WK 872450 000 Figure 2 6 discharges the contents of the cylinder upon activation of its associated control head or upon application of pressure entering through the outlet The plain nut discharge head is used on each cylinder Figure 2 7 of a multiple cylinder system 3 13 16 in PISTON BALL RETAINER STOP CHECK SS BALL CHECK SPRING 3 15 16 in lt Z 100 mm DISCHARGE OUTLET N 3 4 in NPS SET N POSITION a i OPERATED N 2 1 2 14N3 mE L U NY N AS OUTER O RING SWIVELNUT P N WF 242466 000 FOR
204. d at the pilot or discharge port a Empty the cylinder and valve assembly of CO b Replace the main check and the pilot check assemblies if not already replaced from step 7 c Repeat steps 8 through 12 If leakage is detected at the safety outlet check torque on nut 350 in Ib maximum If leakage persists at safety outlet a Empty cylinder and valve assembly of b Remove safety outlet nut c Replace safety disc and washer white disc Part No 81 902048 000 for 1 2 inch valve and red disc Part No 81 903684 000 for 5 8 inch valve d Install safety outlet nut and tighten to maximum torque of 350 in Ib e Repeat steps 9 through 12 Note The Compressed Gas Association recommends that the safety disc and washer be WARNI NG replaced when the cylinder is hydrotested The red safety disc is set to rupture at a higher pressure than the white disc The red disc is designed for use on the 75 Ib and 100 Ib cylinders only Use of the red disc on the 25 35 or 50 Ib CO cylinders will pose a safety hazard to personnel and property If leakage is discovered at the valve threads make sure the valve is tightened into cylinder If leakage continues from the threads a Empty cylinder and valve assembly of Remove valve Examine threads of valve and cylinder if threads are damaged replace valve Clean threads of valve and cylinder and re tape valve threads with Teflon tape Install valve into cylinder f Re
205. d to complete the agent discharge within 7 minutes From Equation 3 W Wc Wy W Wr Where Wc is the Quantity of Agent for the Design Concentration W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Leakage Wy is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Ventilation and is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Extreme Temperatures From Equation 12 We V fi Where Wc is the Quantity of Agent for the Design Concentration V is the Volume of the Enclosure and f is the Volume Factor V 20 ft x 20 ft x 10 ft V 4 000 3 8 ft Ib from Table 3 3 for Record bulk paper storage Wc 4000 8 Wc 500 Ib W 0 lb Wy 0 lb Wy 0 Ib Wmin 500 0 0 0 Wmin 500 16 September 2013 3 22 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 From Equation 13 4 0 0 0214 x V Where 43 is the Minimum Flow Rate to Achieve 30 Within 2 Minutes 939 0 0214 x V 0 0214 x 4 000 939 85 6 Ib min From Equation 14 t4 W i 430 Where 1 is the Discharge Time ty Wmin 430 ta 500 85 6 tj 5 8 min Since f lt 7 min amin 430 Amin 86 Ib min Design EXAMPLE 8 TOTAL FLOODING FOR DEEP SEATED FIRES Discharge Rate 2 Consider a dust collector having a volume of 3 000 ft 3 Determine the discharge rate required to achieve a 30 concentration within 2 minutes and to complete agent discharge within 7 minutes From Equation 3 W Wc Wy W Wr Where Wc is the Quantity of
206. d with a protection cap threaded securely over the valve assembly This device is a safety feature and provides protection during shipment and handling This cap must be installed at all times except WARNING when the cylinders are connected into the system piping or being filled Do not move or handle a carbon dioxide cylinder unless the protection cap is installed TYPE I CYLINDER CONTROL VALVE PORT THREAD FOR D DISCHARGE HEAD SAFETY DISC ASSEMBLY NAMEPLATE THREAD FOR PROTECTION CAP Ksa A CYLINDER 5 E 0 x BENT SIPHON 50 8 TUBE z gt of x 2 el Y MATERIALS CYLINDER STEEL VALVE BODY BRASS VALVE SEAT BRASS SLEEVE BRASS SLEEVE RETAINER BRASS MAIN CHECK BRASS WITH RUBBER SEAT PILOT CHECK STAINLESS STEEL WITH RUBBER SEAT SIPHON TUBE ALUMINUM PART CYLINDER CO VALVE SAFETY SIPHON DIM A DIM B CYLINDER NOMINAL CHGD NUMBER CAPACITY DISC TUBE HEIGHT DIAMETER in mm in mm 81 982548 000 WHITE BENT 55 25 1396 8 50 215 3AA 2015 81 982547 000 WHITE BENT 39 25 997 8 50 3AA 2015 81 870486 000 WHITE BENT 29 63 750 8 50 215 3AA 2015 Figure 2 1 25 through 50 Ib Carbon Dioxide Cylinders Bent Siphon Tube Note Horizontal or Vertical Installation September 2013 2 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 CONTROL PORT PART CYLINDER CO NUMBER CAPACITY 81 870269 000 81 870287 000 Component D
207. dequate response to a fire the tubing system must be limited to a total length of 200 ft 61 m or less Tandem Control Heads For actuation of two or more adjacent pilot cylinders pneumatic operated control heads may be connected in tandem to a single set of HAD s and actuation cable The tandem control head shall have the same actuation pressure as the primary control head See Paragraph 2 3 5 A cable housing See Paragraph 2 3 6 1 shall be installed between each control head to protect the cable if used Main and Reserve System Actuation For systems with a connected reserve agent supply a single set of HAD s is connected to the Pneumatic Main to Reserve Valve Part No 81 871364 000 The two valve outlets are connected to the pneumatic control heads on either the main or reserve supply providing a means of manually selecting either supply NOTE There is no means of providing main reserve selection for a connected cable operation ELECTRI CALLY OPERATED ACTUATION Electrical actuation uses an electrically operated control head and a suppression releasing panel which is alarmed by automatic detectors and manual pull stations See Paragraph 3 14 for additional information NITROGEN PRESSURE OPERATED ACTUATI ON Nitrogen pressure actuated systems provide a means of actuating multiple components from a single control Pressure from a nitrogen cylinder actuates one or more pressure operated control heads attached to carbon dioxide c
208. der valve refer to Figure 4 25 1 Remove protection cap from CO cylinder valve pilot control port 2 Remove cover from control head and take out wheel assembly cable pipe locknut and closure disc 3 Ensure plunger is below surface of control head body Position control head at valve pilot control port with arrow pointing in direction of pull 4 Assemble cable pipe locknut to cable pipe and place locknut in position in the control head body 5 Slide wheel assembly on control cable to proper SET position Tighten set screws securely Ensure wheel assembly is at start of stroke 6 Cut off excess cable close to wheel assembly 7 Insert closure disc and replace cover on control head Control head is now armed To ensure that the manual lever does not snag or trap the pull cable make sure the local manual release lever is in the SET position with locking pin and seal CAUTI ON wire installed before assembling control head cover to body 8 Assemble control head to cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port Tighten swivel nut securely 4 4 4 Pull Boxes Install the Kidde cable pull boxes following the steps listed below 1 If mounting the pull box directly to the mounting surface use the pull box as a template to drill the necessary bolt holes at the appropriate height and location per the installation plan If mounting the break glass P N 81 871403 000 pull station to the Z bracket P N 81 60532 000 use the Z bracket a
209. ding neck flange Part No WK 263716 000 Figure 2 50 is required to attach the 3 inch check valve to 2 1 2 inch distribution piping Two flanges are required per valve 3 INCH WELDING NECK FLANGE The 3 inch welding neck flange Part No WK 681012 000 Figure 2 50 is required to attach the 3 inch check valve to 3 inch distribution piping Two flanges are required per valve 3 INCH FLANGE GASKET The 3 inch flange gasket Part No WK 200973 000 Figure 2 50 is required to seal the connection between the 3 inch check valve and either the 2 1 2 inch or 3 inch welding neck flange Two gaskets are required per valve NUTS AND BOLTS 3 4 inch hex nuts Part No WK 152308 000 Figure 2 50 and 3 4 inch by 4 1 2 inch long bolts Part No WK 196648 720 Figure 2 50 are required to connect the 2 1 2 inch or 3 inch welding neck flanges to the 3 inch check valve A total of 16 nuts and bolts are required per check valve P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 45 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 5 DIRECTIONAL STOP VALVES Directional stop valves find two primary applications in carbon dioxide systems The first application is in multi hazard systems which share a common carbon dioxide suppression system Directional valves are used to route the carbon dioxide from the shared supply to the individual areas or equipment being protected The second application for these valves is as a life safety device to prevent the accidental discharge of carbo
210. ds the horizontal position Free suspension should move the cylinder just free from its supporting surface when the beam is pulled down using the finger grip ring 5 Pull down on finger grip until cylinder is just clear of floor and lever is horizontal 6 Read the weighing scale One division between two lines represents 10 Ib 4 5 kg of weight The weighing scale measures weights between 50 and 300 Ibs 23 and 136 kg The scale is calibrated to compensate for leverage The empty cylinder weight is stamped on the cylinder valve body 7 From the scale reading deduct the empty cylinder weight and deduct the discharge head weight of 3 75 lbs 1 7 kg The resulting weight is the amount of carbon dioxide charge weight within the cylinder 8 The charge weight shall not deviate more than 10 percent 1096 from the net content of the cylinder For example the weight of a cylinder filled with 100 Ib 45 kg of carbon dioxide shall not deviate more than 10 Ib 4 5 kg after subtraction of the weight of the discharge head from the full weight stamped on the valve body 9 If the weight loss exceeds 10 forward charged cylinder with discharge and control heads removed and safety cap and cylinder protection cap installed to a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for recharge 10 After all cylinders have been weighed tighten clamps and reinstall control heads on cylinders Tighten control head coupling nuts securely 6 4 2 Weighing wit
211. e Check cylinder weight Paragraph 6 3 Paragraph 6 4 Test electric control head Paragraph 6 4 3 Test pressure switch Paragraph 6 4 4 Verify odorizer cartridge Paragraph 6 4 5 Annually Check nitrogen cylinder pressure Paragraph 6 5 1 Check cylinder weight Paragraph 6 5 1 Blow out distribution piping Paragraph 6 5 2 Perform complete system function Paragraph 6 5 3 Test pneumatic detection system Paragraph 6 5 4 Every 5 years Every 5 or 12 years cylinder hydrostatic test Hydrostatic test all and nitrogen system hoses and flexible Paragraph 6 6 connectors Paragraph 6 6 1 N gt cylinder hydrostatic test Paragraph 6 6 1 6 3 INSPECTION PROCEDURES MONTHLY 1 September 2013 Make a general inspection survey of all cylinders and equipment for damaged or missing parts If any equipment requires replacement refer to Paragraph 6 7 Ensure that access to hazard areas remote nitrogen or cable pull stations discharge nozzles and cylinders are unobstructed and there are no obstructions to the operation of the equipment or distribution of carbon dioxide Inspect flexible actuation hoses for loose fittings damaged threads cracks distortion cuts dirt and frayed wire braid Tighten loose fittings Replace hoses having stripped threads or other damage If necessary clean parts as directed in Paragraph 6 6 3 Inspect
212. e Nozzles Part No Description T Multijet Type S 1 2 inch NPT Multijet S Zinc plated 1 2 inch Multijet Type S Flanged 1 2 inch NPT Multijet 3 4 Vent Type V 1 2 inch i Multijet Type L 1 2 inch NPT See Table 8 15 for part numbers Table 8 15 Nozzle Identification Size S S Zinc S Flanged M v V Stainless L 1 X X X X 930066 81098656 X 14 X X X X 930067 81098657 X 2 803381 803397 802990 X 919309 81098658 X 2 803365 803881 802974 X 803327 81098659 X 3 803367 803882 802975 X 929242 81098660 842334 3 803367 803883 802976 X 803328 81098661 842335 4 803368 803884 802977 842319 915876 81098662 842336 4 803369 803885 802978 842320 803329 81098663 842337 5 803370 803886 802979 842321 214721 81098664 842338 5 803371 803887 802980 842322 214722 81098665 842339 6 803372 803888 802981 842323 214723 81098666 842340 6 803373 803889 802982 842324 214724 81098667 842341 7 803374 803890 802983 842325 214725 81098668 842342 7 803375 803891 802984 X 214726 81098669 842343 8 803376 803892 802985 842326 214727 81098670 842344 8 803877 803893 802986 X 214728 81098671 842345 September 2013 8 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 8 15 Nozzle Identification Continued Parts List Size s S Zinc S Flanged M v V Stainless L 9 803378
213. e device may be located anywhere within the closed section September 2013 3 64 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design See Paragraph 2 8 5 for additional information 3 12 4 3 2 3 12 4 3 3 3 12 4 3 4 3 12 4 3 5 Discharge Indicators Discharge Indicators Part No 81 967082 000 are used to show that the system has operated and needs recharging The device must be located upstream of any flow controlling valves typically at the capped end of the manifold header Multiple indicators may be necessary if a valve arrangement results in isolated groups of cylinders See Paragraph 2 8 6 for additional information Lockout Valve Lockout Valves are used to manually prevent flow of agent to the distribution piping The valve shall be located downstream of all cylinders and upstream of all nozzles Model the lock out valves within the hydraulic calculation program by adding the corresponding equivalent length to the applicable pipe node Contact the Application Engineering team at Kidde Fire Systems for assistance When providing a lockout valve fitted with a limit switch refer to Figure 3 10 for wiring the release circuit s through the limit switches Switch u Brown o 1 1 5 Purple o2 Upper NOo Yellow o3 Switch m Orange o4 2 5 5 Upper NOO Red o 6 o7 P o8 GND Figure 3 10 Lockout Valve Release Circuit Wiring The Lockout Valve shall be supervised
214. e manufacturer supplying the equipment or material To ensure extinguishment of a smoldering fire the design concentration must be maintained for at least 20 minutes A longer duration of protection may be necessary depending on the cooling rate of the smoldering fuel To accomplish this a separate extended discharge system may be necessary to compensate for uncloseable openings and forced ventilation that cannot be shut off or dampered See Paragraph 3 9 3 5 3 1 FLOODING FACTORS Carbon dioxide concentrations for deep seated fires cannot be determined with the same degree of accuracy as those for surface burning fires Flooding factors for deep seated fires have been determined on the basis of practical testing The design concentrations shown in Table 3 3 must be used for the applications cited Flooding factors for other deep seated hazards must be determined by specific testing and justified to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction before use Equation 12 Wc V f or Wc Where Wc Quantity of agent for design concentration Ib kg V Enclosure volume ft 3 m2 A Volume factor from Table 3 3 3 16 m3 kg fy volume factor from Table 3 3 Ib ft kg m P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 19 September 2013 Design Table 3 3 Volume Factors for Deep Seated Hazards Volume Factor Design Concentration Specific Hazard fi ft 3 Ib 3 kg ft 3 Ib m3 kg Dry electrical haz
215. e nozzle orifice and upon discharge a portion immediately flashes to vapor The remaining liquid undergoes continuous evaporation and cooling and eventually solidifies as finely divided dry ice snow particles The percentage of carbon dioxide converted to dry ice depends upon the temperature of the stored liquid Approximately 25 percent of the liquid stored at 70 F 21 C is converted to dry ice upon discharge The dry ice particles gasify in a short period of time without passing through its liquid phase sublimation and no wetting or residue occurs The discharge of liquid carbon dioxide creates a white cloudy appearance due to the dry ice component Because of the low discharge temperatures some water vapor in the surrounding air will condense creating a temporary period of fog that lasts after the dry ice particles have settled out or sublimed The dry ice helps to reduce the high temperatures created by a fire It is important to avoid direct impingement of carbon dioxide onto people and very temperature sensitive equipment Carbon dioxide vapor is approximately one and one half times as dense as air at the same temperature An actual discharge of carbon dioxide gas is much more dense than the surrounding air This accounts for carbon dioxide s ability to replace the air above burning surfaces and maintain an inert atmosphere for a period of time following its discharge Actuation Methods Kidde Fire Systems recommends that carbon diox
216. e total discharge time i e liquid and vapor calculated from Equation 31 Equation 31 t 1 4 ig Where t Total system discharge time liquid and vapor min Duration of liquid discharge of local application portion min EXAMPLE 13 COMBINATION SYSTEMS Total Flooding Discharge Rate Consider a room with dimensions of 20 ft L by 30 ft W by 10 ft H and containing ordinary combustibles Determine the minimum discharge rate for this hazard if the carbon dioxide system will also include a local application portion From Equation 11 W i ns 14 Where q is the Minimum Discharge Rate of the Total Flooding Portion W in is the Minimum Agent Quantity of the Total Flooding Portion and td is the Total System Discharge Time From Equation 3 W Wc Wy Wr Where Wc is the Quantity of Agent for the Design Concentration W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Leakage Wy is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Ventilation and W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Extreme Temperatures From Equation 2 Wo Wg x fc Where is the Basic Quantity 34 and fc is the Material Conversion Factor P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 51 September 2013 Design From Equation 1 W Where V is Volume Of The Protected Space and f is the Volume Factor V 20 ft x 30 ft x 10 ft V 6 000 ft 20 ft Ib from Table 3 2 for volumes 4 501 ft
217. ecibel sound The audible alarm warns personnel of an impending CO2 discharge and the need to immediately evacuate the protected area prior to the discharge In order to provide a pre discharge warning the siren supply line shall be installed upstream of the discharge delay September 2013 2 68 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions CARBON DIOXIDE 20 4 LBS MIN NOMINAL FLOW RATE AT 70 DEGREES FILTER 1 2 in UNION NOZZLE 2 7 46 in 11 mm MOUNTING HOLES ROTOR 5 in 127 mm 1 2 in PIPE NIPPLE 3 in 76 mm LONG 3 3 4 in 1 9 16 in 40 mm 5 3 4 in 4 5 8 in 146 117 inn Q e mm 6 7 8 in 175 mm PERFORATED HOOD TYPICAL DIRT TRAP PIPE CAP Figure 2 74 Pressure Operated Siren 2 8 5 Safety Outlet The safety outlet Part No 81 803242 000 Figure 2 75 consists of a safety disc housed in a threaded body The safety disc is designed to relieve at a pressure of 2400 to 2800 PSIG 166 to 194 Bar The safety outlet is utilized in systems with directional stop valves and lockout valves where the design of the system creates a closed section of piping The safety outlet is installed in the piping upstream of the stop valve s to prevent over pressurization in the event of entrapment of in the closed pipe segment P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 Component Descriptions RETAINING NUT SAFETY DISC SEAL WIRE BODY 1 3 4
218. ected areas shall be provided Forced ventilation will often be necessary Care should be taken to properly dissipate hazardous atmospheres and not merely move them to another location Careful consideration should be given to low lying areas as carbon dioxide is heavier than air and will settle in such spaces Prompt discovery and rescue of persons rendered unconscious in protected areas can be accomplished by having such areas searched by trained personnel equipped with proper breathing equipment Those persons rendered unconscious by carbon dioxide may be restored without permanent injury by artificial respiration if removed quickly from the hazardous atmosphere Self contained breathing equipment and personnel trained in its use and in rescue practices including artificial respiration should be readily available Storage The Kidde Fire Systems high pressure carbon dioxide system uses seamless steel cylinders to store the carbon dioxide at ambient temperature Each cylinder is equipped with a discharge valve fitted with a siphon tube to discharge liquid carbon dioxide through the distribution piping The number of cylinders required for a given application is determined by the size and nature of the hazard being protected When multiple cylinders are employed the cylinders are connected to a common piping system through a manifold Cylinders with attached releasing devices are defined as pilot cylinders The system uses pilot cylinders to i
219. ed for pneumatic systems having more than five heat actuated detectors or for applications where it is necessary to isolate HADs subject to varying environmental and or process conditions The mercury check can accept a detection signal from up to three separate detector branch lines It consists of three detection chambers manifolded together to a common outlet port and three interconnected wells filled with mercury Each detection chamber is individually vented by an appropriately sized vent and the level of the mercury can be adjusted to provide the degree of sensitivity required for each tubing branch line and its associated HADs The mercury isolates the detection chambers from each other and its level above the manifold outlet determines the pressure setting of the system in inches of water column Refer to Paragraph 2 3 6 4 for detailed vent information P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 1 September 2013 September 2013 K 871346 Kidde MERCURY CHECK MOUNT UPRIGHT AND LEVEL KIDDE FENWAL 400 MAIN ST ASHLAND 01721 2130 CHAIN HASP FOR SEAL WIRE COVER ON 6 7 8 in 3 KNOCKOUTS FOR CONDUIT 175 mm ENTRY ON THIS SURFACE 2 NIPPLES FOR ATTACHMENT COVER 1 8 in X 3 16 in 4 MOUNTING HOLES TUBING UNION BEADS an 1 8 in TUBING UNIONS FOR CONNECTION XE 238 mm LOCATION OF VENT ENCLOSURE CHECK BODY 2 MOUNTING SCREWS FOR CHECK BODY COVER OFF Figure B 1
220. ed to the discharge manifold with a flexible discharge hose or swivel adapter Inspect flexible discharge hoses for loose fittings damaged threads cracks rust kinks distortion dirt and frayed wire braid Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses which have stripped threads If necessary clean as directed in Paragraph 6 6 3 Inspect discharge manifold for physical damage corrosion and dirt Inspect manifold support brackets and clamps for looseness and damage Inspect check and stop valves where applicable for deformation leakage cracks wear corrosion and dirt Secure loose parts Replace damaged parts If necessary clean as directed in Paragraph 6 6 3 Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage Replace damaged nozzles If nozzles are dirty or clogged refer to Paragraph 6 6 4 Where frangible discs are used ensure they are intact and clean Look for holes or cuts Broken discs will allow vapors oils etc from the hazard to enter into the nozzles and system piping and seriously effect or block system discharge Do not paint nozzle orifices The part number of each nozzle is stamped on the nozzle Nozzles must be replaced by nozzles of the same part number Nozzles must never be interchanged since random interchanging of nozzles will adversely affect proper CO distribution within a hazard area Inspect pressure switches for deformations cracks dirt or other damage Replace switch if damage is found Check nit
221. eiling heights up to 12 ft 3 7 m Consult NFPA 72 for reduction in spacing for ceiling heights greater than 12 ft and for spacing guidelines when different ceiling configurations are encountered Ensure that no HAD is mounted at a location where normal process conditions can cause temperature increases to occur at rates faster than 20 F 11 C per minute The HAD See Figure 2 38 is attached to a mounting bracket for ease of installation in industrial applications Up to five HAD s may be connected to a single pneumatic control head They are connected to the control head using 1 8 in 3 mm copper tubing The tubing shall be housed in a protective casing such as pipe or EMT Note The final leg of the copper tubing system connects to the pneumatic control head by means of 3 16 in OD heavy wall copper tubing provided by Kidde Fire Systems The 1 8 in copper tubing to the HAD s must be protected by 1 2 in EMT or pipe 3 71 September 2013 Design 3 13 4 3 1 3 13 4 3 2 3 13 4 4 3 13 4 5 3 13 4 5 1 The response time of a pneumatic detection system is dependent upon a number of factors such as 1 Fire intensity 2 HAD spacing and location 3 Control head setting and vent size 4 Volume of tubing The system will actuate when the entire sensing volume i e HAD s copper tubing and pneumatic control head sensing chamber is pressurized to a level greater than the control head setting e g 4 inches of water To ensure a
222. ely cover the entire assumed volume Nozzles shall be located and directed so as to retain the discharged carbon dioxide within the hazard volume by suitable cooperation between nozzles and flow obstructions Nozzles shall be located so as to compensate for any possible effects of air currents winds or forced drafts Figure 3 5 is provided as an illustrated example Actual configurations may differ significantly as dictated by the geometry of the hazard P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 49 September 2013 Design Figure 3 5 Nozzle Placement Example When liquid or coated hazards are present within the assumed volume Table 3 4 and Table 3 5 shall be consulted to determine the appropriate discharge rate for each nozzle to prevent splashing of the liquid 3 6 4 Safeguards for Local Application Systems Consideration shall be given to the possibility of carbon dioxide drifting and settling into adjacent places outside the protected area and to the possibility that personnel could be trapped in or enter into an atmosphere made hazardous by a carbon dioxide discharge Safeguards shall be provided to ensure prompt evacuation to prevent entry into such atmospheres and to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped personnel Personnel training shall be provided If personnel could be in the protected space at any time the following safety devices shall be integrated into the carbon dioxide fire suppression system Reference Paragraph 1 6 1 e Pneumat
223. en 2 63 2 8 1 Pressure Operated Switches 2 64 2 8 2 Pressure Operated 2 65 2 8 3 Pneumatic Discharge Delay 2 66 2 8 4 Pressure Operated Siren 2 68 2 8 5 Safety Outlet sse eu casa RR xe E ER M term cara REUNIR REA ene 2 69 2 8 6 Discharge Iridicatorz ET URL 2 70 2 8 7 Odorizer Assembly i etx REIR REFERAT ERI ere ART 2 71 2 8 8 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch meme 2 72 2 8 9 Weigh Scale dee aed ERR OS Ee EROR Er I e NR 2 73 2 8 10 Recharge Adapter ERU TE peut AER undi SEE 2 73 2 8 11 Ire Ele dubquI A 2 74 2 9 Instruction and Warning Plates 0 2 74 2 9 1 Main and Reserve 2 74 2 9 2 Warning SIghs Rr 2 75 2 9 2 1 Vacate Warning Sign P N 06 231866 851 2 75 2 9 2 2 Do Not Enter Warning Sign P N 06 231866 852 2 76 2 9 2 3 Odorizer Warning Sign P N 06 231866 853 2 76 2 9 2 4 Migration Warning Sign P N 06 231866 854
224. ening the cylinder valve s pilot check This allows carbon dioxide to pressurize the discharge head piston which opens the main check in the valve and discharges the contents of the cylinder One control head is used for systems having one or two cylinders A minimum of two control heads are required for suppression systems that have three or more carbon dioxide cylinders Control heads are also used in conjunction with pressure operated time delays stop valves and pneumatic transmitters to control the flow of carbon dioxide throughout the piping network All of the control heads are self venting in the set position to prevent accidental discharge in the event of a slow build up of pressure in a pilot line or a slow leak at the pilot check of the cylinder valve Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valves WARNING to prevent accidental carbon dioxide discharge 2 3 1 Lever Operated Control Head The lever operated control head Part No WK 870652 000 Figure 2 20 is used for small manually actuated suppression systems using one or two carbon dioxide cylinders It is also used as an emergency manual release device for pressure operated control heads and used in conjunction with components such as pressure operated time delays and directional stop valves This control head is equipped with an operating lever secured in the closed position by a safety pull pin and seal wire The lever can be
225. ensions for single cylinder straps Figure 2 14 are provided in Table 2 3 B Ed E T EA o 11 oD C Figure 2 14 Single Cylinder Straps Table 2 3 Single Cylinder Strap Dimensions Pisae mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm WK 270014 000 25 35 amp 50 7 94 202 11 5 292 10 4 264 1 00 25 4 3 50 88 9 425 108 81 626690 000 75 5 63 143 12 3 312 11 1 282 1 25 31 8 3 75 95 2 4 63 118 WK 270157 000 100 10 0 254 14 0 356 12 4 315 1 75 44 4 4 50 114 5 31 135 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 13 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 2 6 1 2 Double Cylinder Straps The dimensions for double cylinder straps Figure 2 15 are provided in Table 2 4 m 00 4 54 C Figure 2 15 Double Cylinder Straps Table 2 4 Double Cylinder Strap Dimensions D R Part Number p o in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm WK 241219 000 50 amp 75 7 75 197 22 8 579 21 5 546 1 75 44 4 2 88 73 1 4 63 118 WK 241254 000 100 10 3 262 25 6 650 24 3 617 1 75 44 4 4 72 120 5 28 134 September 2013 2 14 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 2 6 2 MULTIPLE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENTS Three different styles of framing arrangements are
226. ensions of 20 ft L by 30 ft W by 10 ft Determine the carbon dioxide quantity required for suppression if the hazard contains acetylene From Equation 2 Wc Wg x fc Where W is the Basic Quantity 34 and fc is the Material Conversion Factor From Equation 1 Wy V f Where V is Volume Of The Protected Space and f is the Volume Factor V 20 ft x 30 ft x 10 ft V 6 000 ft 20 ft Ib from Table 3 2 for volumes 4 501 ft to 50 000 ft 3 W V fi W 6 000 20 300 lb From Table 3 1 the design concentration for acetylene is 66 Using Figure 3 1 the Material Conversion Factor f for 66 is approximately 2 5 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 9 September 2013 Design 3 5 2 4 3 5 2 4 1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Additional quantities of carbon dioxide are required to compensate for conditions such as openings in the enclosure forced ventilation and abnormally high or low ambient temperatures Such conditions could adversely affect the performance of the carbon dioxide suppression system Equation 3 Wii Wc W Wy Wr Where W nin Minimum quantity of agent to be supplied Ib kg Quantity of agent for design concentration from Equation 2 or Equation 12 Ib kg W Quantity of agent to compensate for uncloseable openings from Equation 6 Ib kg Wy Quantity of agent to compensate for forced ventilation from Equation 7 Ib kg
227. ents Table C 1 TPED and PED Approved Equipment for European Community Only Part No Description 81 870287 002 75 Ib Cylinder and Valve Assembly Pi marked and CE approved 81 870269 002 100 Ib Cylinder and Valve Assembly Pi marked and CE approved WK 981372 002 1 2 inch I Valve TPED Approved WK 840253 002 5 8 inch I Valve TPED Approved 81 897494 001 Electric Cable Control Head 24 VDC ATEX CE NOT UL FM 81 100000 001 Explosion Proof Electric Control Head Stackable 24 VDC ATEX Approved Component Equipment Only P N 81 CO2MAN 001 C 1 September 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 C 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 D 1 APPENDIX D EQUIVALENT LENGTH VALVE AND DELAY EQUIVALENT LENGTH The following table provides equivalent length information Nominal Pipe Equivalent Length ft u aku Size in sched 40 Sched 80 81 870023 000 1 2 11 81 870022 000 3 4 17 81 870122 000 1 21 13 81 870032 000 1 1 4 52 35 Directional Stop Valve O 81 870049 000 2 76 55 Be 23 m 81 890010 000 3 216 159 81 890208 000 4 206 157 81 800327 000 1 2 7 4 81 800266 000 3 4 17 10 WK 800443 000 1 12 8 Check Valve 81 800444 000 1 1 4 51 34 81 870152 000 1 1 2 40 81 870151 000 2 120 81 870100 000 3 600 CO2 Discharge Delay secs 3 4 15 81 897636 000 Cylinder Val
228. ependent upon the type of combustible products being protected When designing a detection system the system designer must consider the following factors Type and quantity of fuel Possible ignition sources Ranges of ambient conditions e Value of protected property The detection shall be by any listed or approved method or device that is capable of detecting and indicating heat flame smoke combustible vapors or an abnormal condition in the hazard such as a process trouble that is likely to produce fire When designing a suitable detection system it is necessary to survey the premises and gather intricate details such as ceiling types ceiling obstructions e g beams joists light fixtures location of air diffusers and return grills ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity and elevation with respect to sea level When using smoke detectors for system actuation it is recommended to space the detectors at a maximum of half the listed spacing Refer to NFPA 72 and manufacturer s recommendations for coverage area and detector spacing Manual Controls Manual pull stations for carbon dioxide release should be located at all exit entrance doors and shall be easily accessible at all times For areas protected with total flooding applications the manual pull stations should be installed outside the protected area At least one manual control shall be located no more than 4 ft 1 2 m above the floor Abort switches shal
229. er the Manufacturers Standardization Society 4 3 3 Discharge Manifold Securely support the discharge manifold The manifold must be installed such that it is level and the inlets are aligned to connect with the cylinder valve discharge head PRESSURE OPERATED SIREN D 1 WITH MECHANICAL TIME DELAY CONTROL HEAD LOCKOUT VALVE LEVER OPERATED J J j j J STEPPED MANIFOLD as rri Jg mm DISCHARGE HEAD Figure 4 1 Typical Manifold Layout Note Not FM Approved September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 3 4 Installation Manifold Y Fitting 4 3 5 When the carbon dioxide system consists of two 2 cylinders this fitting P N 207877 may be used to connect the Flex Hoses to the pipe network riser Refer to Paragraph 4 3 6 for information on Flex Hose installation 3 4 in DN20 NPT FEMALE Ew 3 4 in DN20 NPT FEMALE 3 4 in DN20 NPT FEMALE Figure 4 2 Manifold Y Fitting Carbon Dioxide Cylinder Assemblies The carbon dioxide cylinders must be located as close to the hazard area as possible The cylinders must be located in an environment protected from the weather and where ambient storage temperatures for a local application systems shall not exceed 120 F 49 C nor be less than 32 F 0 F and b total flooding systems shall not exceed 130 F 54 C nor be less than O F 18 C External heating or cooling may be required
230. er 2013 The equation assumes instantaneous mixing of the discharged carbon dioxide with the enclosure atmosphere Example Determine the weight of carbon dioxide per unit enclosure volume required to create a 34 concentration From Equation A 2 5 sIn 1 1 O inf 1 34 0 111 0 4155 0 0461 Ib ft Equation A 2 represents the idealized situation where the amount of carbon dioxide lost upon discharge through openings or vents is only the amount necessary to displace the required atmosphere while maintaining a constant pressure in the enclosure In general such a situation exists only in the limit of very large volumes A 3 DERI VATI ON OF THE MATERIAL CONVERSION FACTOR MCF Equation A 3 In 1 C2 MCF In 1 Cl Where MCF material conversion factor C2 higher design concentration reference design concentration 0 34 ln natural logarithm Example A chemical storage room is known to contain Butadiene Determine the material conversion factor for carbon dioxide protection The recommended minimum design concentration for Butadiene is 41 from Table 3 1 Using Equation A 3 In 1 41 0 527 CAST ppo pasoj D 4 RATE OF CARBON DIOXIDE LOSS THROUGH AN OPENING IN AN ENCLOSURE The following equation can be used to calculate the rate of carbon dioxide loss through an opening in an enclosure assuming the conditions in the previous paragraph are true
231. er 2013 3 20 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 5 3 2 1 3 5 3 2 2 3 5 3 2 3 3 5 3 3 Design Uncloseable Openings Any openings in the enclosure that either do not border the ceiling or are not in the ceiling itself and cannot be closed at the time of suppression must be compensated for by additional carbon dioxide equal to the expected leakage rate during the suppression period The method specified in Paragraph 3 5 2 4 1 shall be used to calculate the additional carbon dioxide quantity An extended discharge may be required to maintain the concentration for the designed duration of protection lasting at least 20 minutes See Paragraph 3 10 Forced Ventilation Additional carbon dioxide must be provided to compensate for a forced air ventilating system that cannot be shut off or dampered prior to or at the start of discharge The method described in Paragraph 3 5 2 4 2 shall be used to calculate the additional carbon dioxide quantity An extended discharge may be necessary to ensure the maintenance of the suppression concentration for the designed duration of protection lasting at least 20 minutes See Paragraph 3 10 Extreme Temperatures Additional carbon dioxide is required to compensate for abnormally low or high ambient temperatures in the protected area The additional quantity shall be calculated using the methods described in Paragraph 3 5 2 4 3 DISCHARGE RATES For deep seated fires the design concentration shall be achieved withi
232. ere N is the Quantity Of Nozzles Along The Width Of The Protected Surface w is the Width of the Protected Surface and s is the Maximum Side of Square From Table 3 4A s 3 6 ft N 7w s N 4 3 6 AN C AL m From Equation 18 I s Where N is the Quantity Of Nozzles Along The Length Of The Protected Surface and is the Length of the Protected Surface 1 5 N 8 3 6 5 22 3 From Equation 19 N Ny x Nj Where N is the Total Quantity of Nozzles N Ny x IN 2 x 2 N 6 From Equation 20 qoy q x N Where qoy is the Total Discharge Rate and q is the Discharge Rate of a Single Nozzle From Table 3 4A q 59 Ib min P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 33 September 2013 Design dog q x N 59 6 don 354 10 min Using the same procedure determine the minimum quantity of agent and nozzles that could be used It is best to use a spreadsheet for such calculations The following table provides a summary of the results Side of Qty of Nozzles Nozzle Height Flow Rate Square Total Rate Type ft in Ib min ft N Total Ib min M 4 0 59 3 6 2 3 6 354 4 3 62 5 3 67 2 3 6 375 4 6 66 3 74 2 3 6 396 4 9 69 5 3 81 2 3 6 417 5 0 73 3 87 2 3 6 438 5 3 76 5 3 94 2 3 6 459 5 6 80 4 0 1 2 2 160 5 9 83 5 4 05 1 2 2 167 6 0 87 4 12 1 2 2 174 S 4 0 41 3 27 2 3 6 246 4 3 43 3 33 2 3 6 258 4 6 45 3 39 2 3 6 270 4
233. ert the odorizing cartridge into the cylinder body This is most easily done by holding the cylinder body on its side The narrow tip end of the odorizing cartridge should go into the cylinder body first DO NOT drop the odorizing cartridge into the cylinder body as this will most likely break the odorizing cartridge 4 Replace the screen and secure with the spiral retaining ring Make sure the o ring is still in its groove before placing the cylinder body back onto the union head piece A small amount of o ring lubricant can be used to help keep the o ring in place 5 Thread the union nut back onto the odorizer assembly and tighten the assembly P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 13 September 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 B 14 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 APPENDIX C EUROPEAN EQUIPMENT C 1 INTRODUCTION Kidde Fire Systems equipment sold into the European Union must comply with Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC and Transportable Pressure Equipment Directive TPED 1999 36 EC Refer to Table C 1 for a list of equipment Equipment such as discharge heads flex hoses check valves etc that will be exposed to C pressure during a discharge shall be PED approved PED approval is indicated by the CE mark affixed to these components Equipment such as cylinders and discharge valves that retain pressure while during transport TT shall be TPED approved TPED approval is indicated by the PI mark affixed to these compon
234. ervice and use of the equipment in compliance with applicable regulations and codes and following the instructions in this manual any Safety Bulletins and also the cylinder nameplate Kidde Fire Systems has provided warnings and cautions at a number of locations throughout this manual These warnings and cautions are not comprehensive but provide a good guide as to where caution is required These warnings and cautions are to be adhered to at all times Failure to do so may result in serious injury Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS for nitrogen and CO are available from Kidde Fire Systems You should ensure your personnel are familiar with the information contained in these sheets DEFINITIONS WARNING Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided could result A in death serious bodily injury and or property damage CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in A property or equipment damage SUBJ ECT SPECI FIC HAZARD Because carbon dioxide reduces the available oxygen in the atmosphere it will not support life Care must be taken and appropriate alarms shall be used to ensure that all personnel are evacuated from the protected space prior to WA I NG discharging the system Suitable warning signs must be prominently displayed in clear view at the point of entry into the protected area to alert people to the asphyxiation properties of carbon dioxide PROCEDURES FOR
235. es Turbines Generators Printing presses Dust collectors Industrial fryers Marine hazards These include shipboard applications Refer to the Kidde Marine Carbon Dioxide Design Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual Part No 81 220610 000 for detailed information on marine system design The versatility of carbon dioxide systems is based on its ability to be used as a total flooding or local application fire fighting agent Total Flooding System A total flooding system is designed to develop an extinguishing concentration of carbon dioxide in an enclosed space and to maintain an effective concentration until re ignition will not occur Such systems may be used to extinguish surface fires Paragraph 3 5 2 and deep seated fires Paragraph 3 5 3 The method of design is similar for both fire types However deep seated fires generally require a more rigorous treatment September 2013 3 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 4 2 3 4 3 3 5 3 5 1 Design Local Application System A local application system is designed to apply carbon dioxide directly to a fire in an area or space that essentially has no enclosure surrounding it Such systems may be used to extinguish surface fires in two dimensional Paragraph 3 6 2 or three dimensional Paragraph 3 6 3 hazards Hand Hose Line Systems A hand hose line system is designed to supplement fixed fire protection systems or to supplement first response portable fire
236. escriptions TYPE I CYLINDER VALVE 2 THREAD FOR DISCHARGE HEAD e 2 SAFETY DISC ASSEMBLY THREAD FOR PROTECTION CAP CYLINDER MATERIALS CYLINDER STEEL MATERIALS VALVE BODY VALVE SEAT BRASS SLEEVE SLEEVE RETAINER MAIN CHECK BRASS WITH RUBBER SEAT PILOT CHECK STAINLESS STEEL WITH RUBBER SEAT SIPHON TUBE ALUMINUM SIPHON TUBE SAFETY SIPHON DIM A DIM B CYLINDER NOMINAL CHGD DOT HEIGHT DIAMETER VOLUME WEIGHT RATING in 3AA 2300 STRAIGHT 62 1570 288 130 6 STRAIGHT 60 1520 922 0 0501 205 92 9 3AA 2300 Figure 2 2 75 and 100 Ib Carbon Dioxide Cylinder Straight Siphon Tube P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 3 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 2 1 1 VALVES VALVE BODN VALVE SEAT MAIN CHECK 2 1 2 in 14 NS 3 FOR DISCHARGE HEAD CONNECTION SLEEVE RETAINER SPRING N DISC RETAINER 4 98 in 127mm SS S SAFETY DISC P aj ele NSS PILOT CHECK ss S 1 114 in 18 NS 3 f 1 in NPT FOR CONTROL N N HEAD CONNECTION m m TYPICAL CYLINDER SLEEVE a ee ST N TYPICAL __ 7 SIPHON TUBE SIPHON TUBE THREADED IN PLACE 3 8 in NPS MATERIALS VALVE BODY BRASS VALVE SEAT BRASS SLEEVE BRASS SLEEVE RETAINER BRASS MAIN CHECK BRASS WITH RUBBER SEAT PILOT CHECK STAINLESS STEEL WITH RUBBER SEAT Figure 2 3 1 2 1 Type 1
237. evice where a valve arrangement i e Time Delay Stop Valve Lock Out Valve etc introduces sections of closed piping The maximum allowable working pressure of the pipe shall be equal to or greater than the maximum operating pressure of the pressure relief device The maximum operating pressure of the Safety Outlet Part No 81 803242 000 is 2800 psi 19 3 MPa The Piping Design Handbook For Use With Special Hazard Fire Suppression Systems published by the Fire Suppression Systems Association FSSA may be consulted for pipe selections used in closed piping sections 3 12 2 Pipe Size Estimates For budgetary estimating purposes only Table 3 9 may be used to estimate pipe sizes The actual system pipe sizes required may vary when hydraulic calculations are performed Table 3 9 Pipe Size Estimates Min Pipe Flow Rate Pipe Size Schedule Ib min kg min in mm Up to 100 Up to 50 3 8 in 10mm 40 101 130 51 60 1 2 in 15mm 40 131 270 61 125 3 4 in 20mm 40 271 390 126 180 1 in 25mm 80 391 800 181 365 1 1 4 in 32mm 80 801 1200 366 545 1 1 2 in 40mm 80 1201 2300 546 1045 2 in 50mm 80 2301 3600 1046 1635 2 1 2 in 65mm 80 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 61 September 2013 Design 3 12 3 Pipe Hangers and Supports The design of pipe hangers and supports shall be based on the Power Piping Code ASME B31 1 This Code requires that the materials design and manufacture of standard pipe supp
238. extinguish a flame while refraining from spreading the fire The rate of carbon dioxide discharge is calculated either by the Rate by Area method See Paragraph 3 6 2 or the Rate by Volume method See Paragraph 3 6 3 DURATION OF LIQUID DISCHARGE When a cylinder of carbon dioxide is discharged a portion of the discharge will be liquid and the remainder will be vapor It has been found that only the liquid portion of the discharge is effective in extinguishing fires by local application methods The minimum liquid discharge time for local application systems is 30 seconds 0 5 min However the minimum time shall be increased to compensate for any hazard condition that would require a longer cooling period to ensure complete extinguishment In the case where the fuel has an auto ignition temperature below its boiling point such as paraffin wax and cooking oils the liquid discharge time shall be of a sufficient duration such that the fuel is cooled below the auto ignition temperature The minimum discharge time for such fuels is 3 minutes September 2013 3 26 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design 3 6 1 4 QUANTITY OF CARBON DIOXIDE The quantity of carbon dioxide to be supplied is based on the total calculated rate of discharge for the hazard and the design duration of liquid discharge To account for the vapor portion of the discharge a vaporization factor of 40 is applied Equation 16 W nin L4xqx lig Where Wmin Minimum quantity o
239. extinguishers for the protection of specific hazards for which carbon dioxide is the extinguishing agent TOTAL FLOODING SYSTEMS Introduction A total flooding system shall consist of a fixed supply of carbon dioxide permanently connected to a fixed pipe network with fixed nozzles arranged to discharge carbon dioxide into an enclosed space Carbon dioxide is present in the atmosphere It is also a normal product of human and animal metabolism human life cannot be sustained if this carbon dioxide is not expelled from the body The concentration of carbon dioxide in the air governs the rate at which the carbon dioxide produced by the human WARNING metabolism is released from the lungs An increasing concentration in the air where humans are present therefore can cause serious personal injury or death Total flooding systems shall NOT be used in normally occupied enclosures except in accordance with the provisions allowed by NFPA 12 most current WARNING edition 3 5 1 1 ENCLOSURE For total flooding fire protection the enclosure around the hazard must be essentially continuous with as few uncloseable openings as possible so that an extinguishing concentration can be developed about the hazard When openings cannot be closed prior to or at the start of discharge an additional quantity of carbon dioxide shall be discharged to compensate for agent lost through uncloseable openings For surface fires if the quantity of carbon
240. f agent to be supplied Ib kg q Total calculated rate of discharge for local application hazards Ib min kg min ig Duration of liquid discharge min This quantity shall be increased by a sufficient amount to compensate for vaporization of liquid due to cooling of the discharge pipe Kidde Fire Systems CO Calculation Software Part No 81 190001 XXX takes this phenomenon into account NFPA 12 may be referenced for additional information 3 6 2 Rate by Area Method The Rate by Area application of carbon dioxide is used to suppress fires on flat surfaces or low level hazards associated with horizontal surfaces These include dip tanks drain boards fryers and floor areas The basis of this method lies in determining the square footage of the hazard area Both the discharge rate and area coverage of the nozzles are based upon nozzle height above the hazard Once the nozzle height discharge rate and nozzle area coverage has been established the nozzle spacing and consequently the number of nozzles are determined Where deep layer flammable liquid fires are to be protected a minimum freeboard of 6 in 152 mm shall be provided 3 6 2 1 OVERHEAD NOZZLES Overhead nozzles are the most common method of applying a rate by area local application system In this case Type S and Type M nozzles are used to suppress fires on liquid surfaces e g dip tank or coated surfaces e g drip board 3 6 2 1 1 Nozzle Coverage an
241. f the opening to the ceiling and the graph in Figure 3 2 If multiple openings exist Kidde suggests using the height to the centerline of the lowest opening in the enclosure as this will result in the most conservative design September 2013 3 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Equation 5 Design q LxA Where qj Enclosure leakage rate Ib min kg min L Leakage rate from Figure 3 2 Ib min ft kg min m A Effective leakage area from Equation 4 ft 2 m2 o 2 2 o 3 1 2 3 4 56788910 20 30 405060 80100 Foot height of atmosphere above center of opening For units 1 ft 0 305 m 1 Ib min ft 4 89 kg min m Figure 3 2 Calculated CO Loss Rate Note The loss rate shown in the figure is based on assumed 70 F 21 temperature within the enclosure and 70 F 21 C ambient outside Once the leakage rate is determined the amount of additional carbon dioxide that is required for compensation can be calculated Equation 6 Wy qr X tp Where W Quantity of agent to compensate for uncloseable openings Ib kg 4 Enclosure leakage rate from Equation 5 Ib min kg min Ip Duration of protection gt 1 minute min P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 11 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 3 TOTAL FLOODING FOR SURFACE FIRES Uncloseable Openings Determine the loss rate through a 1 ft x 1 ft opening in the wall of an enclosure T
242. flexible actuation hose adapters for stripped threads and damage Replace damaged adapters Inspect couplings and tees for tightness Tighten if necessary Replace damaged parts Inspect control heads attached to cylinders nitrogen cylinders stop valves and time delays for physical damage deterioration corrosion distortion cracks dirt and loose couplings Tighten loose couplings Replace damaged or missing caps Replace control head if damage is found If necessary clean as directed in Paragraph 6 6 3 Ensure that all control heads actuation devices etc are all in the set or closed position with the locking pin installed and seal wire intact Inspect carbon dioxide cylinder and valve assembly for leakage physical damage such as cracks dents distortion and worn parts Check safety disc for damage and replace if necessary If necessary clean cylinder and associated parts as described in Paragraph 6 6 3 Inspect cylinder straps cradles and attaching hardware for loose damaged or broken parts Check straps and associated parts for corrosion oil grease grime etc Tighten loose hardware Replace damaged parts If necessary clean as directed in Paragraph 6 6 3 6 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 10 CAUTION 11 12 13 14 15 Maintenance Inspect CO gt system discharge heads for cracks corrosion grime etc Ensure that discharge heads are tightly secured to each cylinder valve and connect
243. for additional information To prevent operation of the Odorizer or damaging the Odorizer Cartridge remove the Odorizing cartridge s from all odorizer Assemblies prior to testing CAUTION the discharge piping or performing any system test 6 1 6 2 GENERAL Fire suppression systems require proper care to ensure normal operation at all times Periodic inspections must be made to determine the exact condition of the system equipment A regular program of systematic maintenance is essential for proper operation of the carbon dioxide system A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed and an inspection log maintained for ready reference As a minimum the log should record inspection interval inspection procedure performed maintenance performed if any as a result of inspection and name of inspector performing task If inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion immediately clean and repaint the area PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Perform preventive maintenance in accordance with Table 6 1 The inspection procedures and intervals are recommended and can be modified to fit into normal facility schedules providing the intervals do not exceed the time periods shown in the table P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 1 September 2013 Maintenance Table 6 1 Preventive Maintenance Schedule Reference Schedule Requirement Paragraph Monthly Inspect hazard area system components Paragraph 6 3 Semi Annually Check nitrogen cylinder pressur
244. ft From Equation 23 S S Where 5 max is the Maximum Nozzle Coverage Length A ma Area is the Maximum Nozzle Coverage From Table 3 7A Amar 1175 ft 2 m A Si max 3 9 ft From Equation 24 N 1 5 unm Where N is the Quantity of Nozzles per Row and is the Length of the Protected Surface S max N 7 3 9 N 1 8 N 2 nozzles September 2013 3 42 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Where s is the Length of the Nozzle Coverage Area S 7 2 S 3 1 2 ft From Equation 26 Sw XS Where is the Actual Nozzle Coverage Area act 7 Sw X Sj act 3X 3 5 coe S act From Equation 27 N N x N Where N is the Total Quantity of Nozzles N N xN 1 2 N 2 nozzles From Equation 28 475 q X Ago X N Where 4 is the Total Discharge Rate and 4 is the Discharge Rate of Single Nozzle q 4 23 Ib min ft qrs q x N 4 23 x 10 5 x 2 dTs qrs 89 Ib min P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 43 September 2013 Design From Equation 16 W 144 x qx 1114 Where is the Minimum Quantity of Agent to Be Supplied and fig is the Duration of Liquid Discharge From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 lig 0 5 min W min 1 4 x q x 1 W nin 1 4 x 89 x 0 5 W min 63 Ib 3 6 3 Rate by Volume Method The Rate by Volume application of carbon dioxide is used when the hazard is an irregula
245. h amp Indicator 70985071 Lock Out Valve 1 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 70985072 Lock Out Valve 1 1 4 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 70985073 Lock Out Valve 1 1 2 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 70985074 Lock Out Valve 2 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 10611104 SS Lock Out Valve 1 4 10611100 SS Lock Out Valve 1 2 10611101 SS Lock Out Valve 3 4 10611099 SS Lock Out Valve 1 10611102 SS Lock Out Valve 1 1 4 10611098 SS Lock Out Valve 1 1 2 10611103 SS Lock Out Valve 2 10611106 SS Lock Out Valve 1 4 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611107 SS Lock Out Valve 1 2 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611108 SS Lock Out Valve 3 4 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611109 SS Lock Out Valve 1 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611110 SS Lock Out Valve 1 1 4 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611111 SS Lock Out Valve 1 1 2 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611112 SS Lock Out Valve 2 w limit switch amp Indicator 10611113 SS Lock Out Valve 1 4 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 10611114 SS Lock Out Valve 1 2 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 10611115 SS Lock Out Valve 3 4 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator P N 81 CO2MAN 001 8 5 September 2013 Parts List Table 8 8 Lockout Valves Continued Part No Description 10611116 SS Lock Out Valve 1 w XP amp WP limit switch amp Indicator 10
246. h combustion can not be sustained P N 81 CO2MAN 001 1 1 September 2013 General Information Carbon dioxide is present in the atmosphere It is also a normal product of human and animal metabolism human life cannot be sustained if this carbon dioxide is not expelled from the body The concentration of carbon dioxide in the air governs the rate at which the carbon dioxide produced by the human WARNING metabolism is released from the lungs An increasing concentration in the air 1 4 1 5 1 5 2 where humans are present therefore can cause serious personal injury or death Carbon dioxide offers many advantages as a fire suppressant It is a clean agent does not leave a residue and does not wet material or machinery upon which it is discharged helping keep costly cleanup or downtime to a minimum Carbon dioxide may be stored from 0 F 18 C to 130 F 54 C Carbon dioxide does not deteriorate and is non corrosive It is readily available throughout the world and is inexpensive Carbon dioxide is effective for the rapid suppression of Class A surface or deep seated B and C fires and offers a wide range of hazard protection SYSTEM DESCRI PTI ON Carbon dioxide is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid under its own vapor pressure which is approximately 850 psi at 70 F This pressure is used to propel the agent out of the container and through the valve piping and nozzles during the discharge When released carbon dioxide
247. harge Delay 2 66 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions PILOT CHECK CONNECTION FOR CONTROL HEAD OUTLET CHAMBER OUTLET INLET CHAMBER BALL CHECK PISTON PISTON CHAMBER MAIN CHECK PRESSURE ACCUMULATOR CONTROLHEAD r 7 PILOT CHECK BALL CHECK MAIN CHECK OUTLET CHAMBER INLET PISTON PISTON CHAMBER INLET CHAMBER OUTLET FILTER PRESSURE METERING TUBE ACCUMULATOR Figure 2 72 Pneumatic Discharge Delay Detail P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 67 September 2013 Component Descriptions ALLOW SUITABLE CLEARANCE FOR MANUAL OPERATION OF LOCKING PIN AND CONTROL HEAD LEVER LOCKING PIN AND SEAL RING LOCAL CONTROL LEVER OPERATED POSITION LOCAL CONTROL HEAD SWIVEL NUT TO PERMIT CONTROL TO BE TURNED AND SECURED IN POSITION DESIRED 5 11 16 in 144 mm 3 4 in TAPERED PIPE THREAD BUSHED 1 2 in AS REQUIRED 22 9 16 in 573 mm NLET PREFERRED INSTALL UNIT IN ANY POSITION BELOW HORIZONTAL AS SHOWN BY INSTALLER 15 1 8 in 384 mm PRESSURE OPERATED DISCHARGE DELAY ASSEMBLY lt n 3 9 16 in 90 mm DIA Figure 2 73 Pneumatic Discharge Delay with Manual Control Head 2 8 4 Pressure Operated Siren The pressure operated sirens provide a mechanical means to generate an audible alarm The flow of carbon dioxide or nitrogen into the siren spins a rotor and creates a high pitch and high d
248. he midpoint of the opening is 5 feet below the ceiling and the system is designed to achieve a 34 concentration From Equation 4 A Ag 2 Where A is the Effective Leakage Area and is the Total Leakage Area Ag 1 1 Ao 18 A 2 A 1 2 A 0 5 ft From Equation 5 qj L xA Where q is the Enclosure Leakage Rate and L is the Leakage Rate from Figure 3 2 Referring to Figure 3 2 move along the x axis to the 5 ft height Move up at this point to the 3496 curve which must be estimated between the 3096 and 4096 curves and then read over to the vertical axis The approximate leakage rate L is determined to be 15 Ib min ft 2 g D 3 x a 1 2 3 4 5678910 2 405260 82100 Foot neigni or atmosphere above center of opening For 51 units 1 ft 0 305 m 1 Ib minst 4 89 k3 min am q LxA q 15 x 0 5 4 7 5 Ib min or say 8 Ib min September 2013 3 12 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design From Equation 6 W q x 1 Where W is the Quantity of Agent Lost and t is the Duration of Protection min W 8 1 W 8 lb 3 5 2 4 2 Forced Ventilation Additional carbon dioxide must be provided for any loss of agent due to forced ventilation in the protected area that cannot be shut off or dampered prior to or at the start of discharge The additional quantity of agent is calculated by dividing the amount of volume moved by the
249. he heads in a fixed position The length of the cable housing see Table 2 12 is determined by the size of the cylinders used in the suppression system September 2013 2 32 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 Component Descriptions 3 4 in gt 19 mm HEX BUSHINGS m d 3 8 in NPT MALE 3 8 in NPT MALE Figure 2 37 Pneumatic Cable Housing Table 2 12 Pneumatic Cable Housing Part Numbers Cylinders Used With Cylinder Centers A Dimension Part Number Ib Kg in mm in mm 81 840044 000 25 35 11 3 15 8 9 5 241 4 68 119 81 840398 000 50 75 22 6 34 0 10 0 254 5 19 132 81 841739 000 100 45 3 11 625 295 6 82 173 2 3 6 2 HEAT ACTUATED DETECTOR The pneumatic heat actuated detector HAD Part No WK 840845 000 Figure 2 38 consists of a sealed hollow brass chamber having no moving parts The detector is connected to the pneumatic control head s by copper tubing The air pressure in the detector increases upon a rapid rate of rise in temperature such as in the event of a fire This pressure increase is transmitted to the pneumatic control head s via the copper tubing causing the control head to actuate the system The pneumatic heat detector tubing and pneumatic control head s system is vented to prevent normal ambient temperature changes from actuating the system P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 Component Descriptions 7 3 8 in gt
250. he log should record inspection interval inspection procedure performed maintenance performed if any as a result of inspection and name of inspector performing task If inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion immediately clean and repaint the area 7 2 POST FI RE MAI NTENANCE After a system discharge qualified fire suppression system personnel must perform post fire maintenance as directed in this section Observe all warnings especially those pertaining to the length of elapsed time before entering the hazard area following discharge WARNI NG Do not enter the hazard with an open flame or lighted cigarette The possible presence of flammable vapors may cause re ignition or explosion For deep seated hazards the space must be kept tightly closed for 30 to 60 minutes after system discharge Ensure that fire is completely extinguished before ventilating the area Before permitting anyone to enter the hazard vent area thoroughly or use self contained breathing apparatus Return all cylinders to a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for recharge and retest if required Recharge carbon dioxide and nitrogen cylinders in accordance with procedures outlined in this manual P N 81 CO2MAN 001 7 1 September 2013 Post Discharge Maintenance 3 Reset all control heads on cylinders and stop directional valves on multi hazard systems Replace any control head that fails to reset properly Reinstall locking pins Replace seal wi
251. he total discharge rate for overhead nozzle protection may be calculated using Equation 20 Equation 20 4 N Where doy Total discharge rate for overhead nozzle protection Ib min kg min 4 Single nozzle discharge rate from Table 3 4 or Table 3 5 Ib min N Quantity of nozzles from Equation 19 September 2013 3 28 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Table 3 4A Type M Multijet Nozzle US Units COATED SURFACE NOZZLE LIQUID SURFACE Side of Square Height Flow Rate Area Side of Square ft 2 ft Ib min ft ft 12 6 3 54 2 0 31 0 9 0 3 00 13 3 3 64 2 3 34 5 9 5 3 08 14 0 3 74 2 6 38 0 10 0 3 16 14 7 3 83 2 9 42 5 10 5 3 24 15 4 3 92 3 0 45 0 11 0 3 32 16 1 4 01 3 3 47 5 11 5 3 39 16 8 4 09 3 6 52 0 12 0 3 46 17 5 4 18 3 9 55 5 12 5 3 54 182 4 26 4 0 59 0 13 0 3 60 18 9 4 35 4 3 62 5 13 5 3 67 19 6 4 42 4 6 66 0 14 0 3 74 20 3 4 50 4 9 69 5 14 5 3 81 21 0 4 57 5 0 73 0 15 0 3 87 21 7 4 65 5 3 76 5 15 5 3 94 22 4 4 72 5 6 80 0 16 0 4 00 23 1 4 80 5 9 83 5 16 5 4 05 23 8 4 87 6 0 87 0 17 0 4 12 24 5 4 94 6 3 90 5 17 5 4 18 25 2 5 01 6 6 94 0 18 0 4 24 25 9 5 08 6 9 97 5 18 5 4 30 26 6 5 15 7 0 101 0 19 0 4 35 27 3 5 22 7 3 104 5 19 5 4 41 28 0 5 28 7 6 108 0 20 0 4 47 28 0 5 28 7 9 111 5 20 0 4 47 28 0 5 28 8 0 115 0 20 0 4 47 28 0
252. hes Figure 2 54 is available in sizes 1 4 thru 2 The part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 21 Figure 2 54 Lockout Valves without Limit Switches P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 49 September 2013 Component Descriptions Table 2 21 Carbon Steel Lockout Valves without Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers Valve part Approximate Dimensions inches Size number Approx WT Ib Valve Style A B F H J R s 1 4 10611105 2 73 1 55 0 50 1 03 0 50 1 25 4 00 2 26 0 31 0 19 1 1 Reduced Port 1 2 70985075 2 73 1 55 0 50 1 03 0 50 1 25 4 00 2 26 0 31 0 19 1 1 Reduced Port 3 4 70985076 3 50 1 92 0 50 1 38 0 88 1 63 5 50 3 10 0 50 0 31 2 7 Full Port 1 70985077 3 60 1 92 0 50 1 38 0 88 1 75 5 50 3 10 0 50 0 31 2 8 Reduced Port 1 1 4 70985078 3 93 2 10 0 56 1 63 1 00 2 00 5 50 3 23 0 50 0 31 3 7 Reduced Port 1 1 2 70985079 4 55 2 47 0 75 1 88 1 25 2 38 7 00 3 93 0 63 0 38 5 0 Reduced Port 2 70985080 4 94 2 66 0 75 2 12 1 50 2 88 7 00 4 12 0 63 0 38 6 8 Reduced Port Table 2 22 Stainless Steel Lockout Valves without Limit Switches Dimensions and Part Numbers Valve part Approximate Dimensions inches Size number Approx WT Ib Valve Style A B D E F H J R s
253. hes on the manometer between the water levels in the two tubes and is equal to twice the reading of either tube for example 3 inches both tubes or 1 1 2 inches one tube After the control head has operated be sure to release rubber tube A first before allowing the rubber bulb C to expand to normal otherwise water may be sucked into the tubing and control head causing serious problems 4 4 9 4 CONTROL HEAD VENT TEST Before disconnecting the manometer from the control head the vent must be tested To test the vent for correct calibration perform the following 1 September 2013 Squeeze rubber bulb C about halfway or enough to achieve sufficient vacuum for test then close tube A by pinching with fingers or crimp clamp Let bulb expand gradually to its normal shape This creates a partial vacuum causing the water level to change indicating inches of vacuum applied to the control head the vacuum must be more than minimum of 3 inches in order to observe drop from 3 inches to 1 inch The water column will recede to 0 level as air passes through the vent The time required number of seconds for the water column to recede 2 inches reading from 3 inches to 1 inch on both legs or 1 1 2 inches to 1 2 inch on either leg is the number of the vent the calibrated rate of flow For example if the time required to pass the above amount of water is 5 seconds the control head vent is No 5 When vents are tested in control heads
254. housed in a brass body The body has a threaded inlet port that connects to the pressure line and a swivel nut for connection to a control port The supplied pressure actuates the spring loaded piston and stem assembly to engage the pilot check of the control port to which it is connected P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 37 September 2013 Component Descriptions 1 in HEX 25 mm lt 1 8 in 27 NPT PRESSURE INLET ST WS M PISTON NN 2 3 16 in NE z 56 mm N p SS N BRAN SWIVEL NUT sZ 5 d 27 7E TED 1 1 4 18 OPERATED 18 2 3 7 2 1 1 2 in HEX 38 mm Figure 2 42 Pressure Operated Control Head LEVER AND PRESSURE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD The lever and pressure operated control head Part No 82 878751 000 Figure 2 43 consists of a spring loaded piston and stem assembly housed in a brass body and a lever for emergency manual operation The body has a threaded inlet port that connects to the pressure line and a swivel nut for connection to a control port The supplied pressure or manual operation of the lever actuates the spring loaded piston and stem assembly to engage the pilot check of the control port to which it is connected September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions ALLOW APPROX 2 in 51 mm LEVER CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION OF LEVER SAFETY PIN SEAL WIRE
255. hout Kidde Fire Systems Weigh Scale 1 Remove CO cylinders following procedures detailed in Paragraph 6 8 2 Weigh cylinder s on platform scale Empty cylinder weight is stamped on cylinder valve body Remove the cylinder protection cap only during weighing This cap is not included in the empty weight of the cylinder 3 If CO weight loss exceeds 10 forward charged cylinder with cylinder protection cap and valve protection caps installed to a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for recharge P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 5 September 2013 Maintenance 4 After all cylinders have been weighed or recharged as may be required reinstall into the system following procedures detailed in Paragraph 6 9 6 4 3 Electric Control Head Test The electric control head must be tested semi annually for proper operation This test can be performed without discharging the carbon dioxide cylinders Test one hazard area at a time before proceeding to the next hazard area as follows CAUTION CAUTION All electric control heads must be removed from carbon dioxide and nitrogen pilot cylinders prior to testing to prevent accidental cylinder discharge Remove electric control heads from all master carbon dioxide cylinders and nitrogen pilot cylinders within the hazard area being tested Let the electric control head s hang freely from the flexible electric conduit connections Leave all pressure operated control heads discharge heads and actuation hoses attached to
256. ible hose s Discharge of CO system will cause flexible hose without discharge head attached to flail WARNING violently resulting in possible equipment damage and severe bodily injury to personnel 4 Discharge test cylinder into system manifold Use of or dry air is acceptable Discharge duration is to be of sufficient length to insure that all piping is blown clear 5 Reinstallall pipe caps and frangible discs as required 6 Reconnect all discharge heads to CO cylinder valves 6 5 3 Complete System Inspection Perform complete system inspection and test in accordance with NFPA 12 Full system functional tests are to be performed without the need to discharge the carbon dioxide cylinders The full functional tests are to be conducted with all of the electric mechanical pressure operated or pneumatic control heads removed from the CO cylinders and or nitrogen pilot cylinders as described in Paragraph 6 4 3 Paragraph 6 4 4 and Paragraph 6 5 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 7 September 2013 Maintenance 6 5 4 Pneumatic Detection System Tests Before conducting any of the tests outlined below first remove the discharge heads from the cylinders equipped with pneumatic control heads Then remove the pneumatic control heads from the cylinder valves This will prevent discharge of the system upon accidental operation of a control head When CAUTION tandem heads are used back off each head at the same time before attempting to remove either
257. ic pre discharge alarm Pressure Operated Siren Pneumatic Discharge delay Discharge Delay Addition of a distinctive odor to the discharging carbon dioxide Odorizer Part No 81 897637 000 and 10030080 or automatic alarms that are activated by an oxygen or carbon dioxide detector or establishment and enforcement of confined space entry procedures e Warning signs in accordance with NFPA 12 Warning Signs Part No 06 231866 85X Carbon dioxide system Lock Out valve Lockout Valves The Pneumatic Discharge Delay and any other valve that controls the flow of agent shall be fitted with a manual bypass control that is supervised to alert WARNING personnel when the device is in the bypass mode September 2013 3 50 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design All closed sections of pipe i e upstream of a Pneumatic Discharge Delay Lockout Valve Stop Valve etc shall be fitted with a Safety Outlet Part No 81 803242 000 3 7 COMBI NATI ON SYSTEMS Large complex hazards may be divided into smaller hazards that are protected by either a total flooding or local application design In such cases a single agent bank and pipe network may be used for the entire hazard When a system utilizes both total flooding and local application design methods it is necessary to make adjustments to the design flow rate of the total flooding portion The discharge rate for the total flooding portion shall be computed in accordance with Equation 11 using th
258. ide fire suppression systems have an automatic actuation and that the automatic actuation be supplemented by one or more modes of manual actuation The quantity and type of detectors required for a particular application are governed by the type of combustible products being protected For example flammable liquids burn in a manner characterized by rapid flame progression and intense heat generation Automatic heat or flame detectors are the most appropriate fire detection methods for this type of hazard Electrical fires on the other hand progress much more slowly to the stages of ignition and flame development and frequently undergo relatively long periods of thermal degradation and pyrolysis during which large quantities of particulate matter and smoke are generated Automatic smoke detectors usually consisting of a cross zoned system employing both ionization and photoelectric principles or high sensitivity smoke detection are two examples of methods typically employed for this application It is common practice to supplement automatic actuation by two modes of manual actuation called the normal manual control and the emergency manual control The normal manual control consists of a manually operated device located in close proximity to the equipment or materials protected by the suppression system Typically it consists of an electrical switch or a mechanical manually operated device designed to transmit a signal via a pull cable The e
259. ided with nozzles having orifice code numbers from 4 to 5 The nozzle body is longer than the type S body in order to accommodate the higher flow rates The type M nozzle has a red painted cold rolled steel body The Type M multijet nozzles have a 3 4 inch NPT inlet connection for attaching to the CO distribution piping P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 59 September 2013 Component Descriptions lt 1 3 8 in 35 mm HEX ORIFICES 3 4 In FEMALE NOZZLES WITH NOZZLE CODE NOS FROM 4 TO 5 Z ae 9 1 2 in 241 mm NOZZLE CODE NUMBER STAMPED HERE 5 1 8 in 130 mm Figure 2 64 Multijet Nozzle Type M The type M nozzles are summarized in Table 2 29 Table 2 29 Type M Nozzles Size Part Number 4 842319 4 842320 5 842321 5 842322 6 842323 6 842324 7 842325 8 842326 9 842327 10 842328 11 842329 12 842330 13 842331 14 842332 15 842333 September 2013 2 60 STRAINER INCLUDED IN P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 7 3 Vent Nozzle Type V The type V vent nozzle Figure 2 65 is a single orifice nozzle used to discharge a jet of carbon dioxide into an enclosure such as a duct Strainers are provided with nozzles having orifice code numbers from 1 to 4 The type V nozzles are only used for total flooding applications 1 1 4 in 29 mm HEX 1 2 FEMALE NOZZLE CODE NUMB
260. iex e Es n Ege REESE n p Me Rd 2 48 2 5 2 5 Nuts and Bolts ic dcr tt iet tu dd Ee edd ei te 2 48 2 6 kockout ValVeS cx cad rd a au u v dx o oM 2 49 2 6 1 Lockout Valves without Limit Switches 2 49 2 6 2 Lockout Valves with Limit Switches 2 51 2 6 3 Lockout Valve with Explosion Proof Limit Switches 2 52 2 6 4 CO2 System Lockout Valve Operational 5 2 53 2 7 Discharge Nozzles oie e een Se tiv exe ER ev ir Er RR RR IE RR e DE DER 2 53 2 7 1 Multijet Nozzle Type S r r 2 53 2 7 1 1 Flanged Nozzle Mounting Kit Type S Nozzle 2 56 2 7 1 2 Aluminum DISC Ed ru ee ed ete puer E qapa Ma Ta 2 59 2 7 1 3 Stainless Steel DISC a u a exper en a eb pr BRI NUR NUS 2 59 2 7 2 Multijet Nozzle Type M cece ccc III meme mentem tenerse 2 59 2 7 3 Vent Nozzle Type V RE eh perc e ENTER ERR LER I ERR OA THREE NOE A 2 61 2 7 3 1 Flange and Cover Assembly Type V Nozzle 2 62 2 7 4 Multijet Nozzle rete rey en Re EYE ER YET Mee EY darn 2 62 2 8 Auxiliary 1 2 1 hee enne ne nenn
261. igure 2 9 Installation of Grooved Nut Discharge Head to Cylinder Valve September 2013 2 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 2 3 Flexible Hoses Flexible discharge hoses are used to provide the interconnection between the discharge head and the distribution manifold or piping The hoses are made of wire reinforced rubber The 1 2 inch flex hose Part No 81 252184 000 Figure 2 10 is used with the 25 35 and 50 Ib cylinders The 3 4 inch flex hose Part No WK 251821 000 Figure 2 11 is used with the 75 and 100 Ib cylinders Flexible hoses must always be connected to the system piping and to the discharge heads before attaching the discharge heads to the cylinder valves in WARNING order to prevent injury in the event of inadvertent carbon dioxide discharge 14 1 2 in 368 mm SWAGGED OR CRIMPED X D se 3 4 in NPS MALE COUPLING FEMALE SWIVEL COUPLING 1 2 in NPT Figure 2 10 1 2 inch Flex Hose 16 3 8 in Se IOI 417 mm SWAGGED OR CRIMPED N Ds 7 3 4 in NPS MALE COUPLING FEMALE SWIVEL COUPLING 3 4 in NPT Figure 2 11 3 4 inch Flex Hose P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 11 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 2 4 Swivel Adapter A swivel adapter Part No WK 934208 000 Figure 2 12 can be substituted for a flexible hose in a single cylinder suppression system It is used to connect the discharge head to the distribution piping The swivel adapter mu
262. in 45 mm 3 4 in MALE Figure 2 75 Safety Outlet 2 8 6 Discharge Indicator The discharge indicator Part No 81 967082 000 Figure 2 76 must be installed in the discharge piping to visually indicate a system discharge In the set position the discharge indicator acts as a vent allowing pressure that may have accumulated in the manifold due to a leaking cylinder valve to vent to atmosphere The discharge indicator is required for all systems 3 1 4 in 83 mm NORMAL POSITION 227222 NA WZ 7275 SN LLL 272277272777 DISCHARGE INDICATION POSITION SY p BODY CAP 3 4 in NPT MALE STEM 1 1 8 in 29 mm HEX ACROSS FLATS Figure 2 76 Discharge Indicator 2 70 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 8 7 Odorizer Assembly The odorizer assembly injects a scent of wintergreen into the carbon dioxide during a discharge Upon discharge the carbon dioxide pressure ruptures a burst disc to release the scent of wintergreen This scent warns personnel in the vicinity of the area protected by the fire suppression system that carbon dioxide gas is present An odorizer assembly is required with each system regardless of size 8 7 REF Figure 2 77 Odorizer Assembly P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 71 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 8 8 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch The main to reserve transfer switch Part No 8
263. in nitrogen cylinder and all of the downstream pressure operated control heads Either schedule 80 stainless steel pipe or 5 16 x 0 032 wall stainless steel tubing may be used for the entire actuation line Also in this arrangement the 1040 cu in nitrogen cylinder assembly can actuate up to three additional nitrogen cylinders which will be used to drive nitrogen pressure operated sirens When actuating siren driver cylinders a maximum actuation line length of 90 ft is allowed This length is in addition to the 460 ft maximum allowed length between the pilot cylinder and the discharge delay When the length between the pilot cylinder and discharge delay is less than 460 ft the resulting difference may be added to the 90 ft actuation line length to the siren driver cylinders 3 13 4 5 2 Nitrogen Actuation with In Line Discharge Delay When using a nitrogen operated discharge delay unit the 108 cu in nitrogen cylinder assembly shall be used to supply nitrogen to the delay unit Either 1 4 schedule 80 stainless steel pipe or 5 16 x 0 032 wall stainless steel tubing may be used for the entire actuation line No more than 4 ft of actuation line length can be used to connect the nitrogen cylinder to the discharge delay unit A maximum actuation line length of 225 ft may be used from the outlet of the discharge delay to all of the downstream pressure operated control heads Also in this arrangement the 108 cu in nitrogen cylinder assembly can actu
264. inders 8 20 Framing Kits Two Rows One Side 5 through 17 Cylinders 8 21 Framing Kits Two Rows One Side 18 through 30 Cylinders B 1 Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 second Settings B 2 CO2 Lockout Valve with Limit Switch Specifications C 1 TPED and PED Approved Equipment for European Community Only September 2013 xxii Page Number 3 73 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 1 1 1 3 General Information CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION INTRODUCTION The Kidde Fire Systems carbon dioxide fire suppression system is an engineered special hazard system utilizing a fixed pipe and nozzle distribution network hose reels or a combination of both These systems provide fire protection using carbon dioxide as the extinguishant designed in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 12 Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems latest edition All components referenced in this manual are listed by Underwriters Laboratories UL and approved by Factory Mutual FM unless as noted CLASSI FI CATI ON OF FIRE The classification of fire is defined as the following e Class A Surface Type Fires wood or other cellulose type material ordinary combustibles e Class B Flammable liquids e Class C Energized electrical equipment Class D Combustible
265. ing two straps P N WK 270014 000 installed at the heights shown in Figure 4 33 See Table 4 5 for strap dimensions Where two cylinders are installed two double straps P N WK 241219 000 can be used Install at the same heights defined for single cylinder straps Figure 4 33 Typical 1040 and 2300 cu in Pilot Driver Cylinder Strap Installation P N 90 101040 000 and 90 102300 100 Table 4 5 1040 and 2300 cu in Nitrogen Pilot Driver Cylinder Strap Installation A B Part Number Description in mm in mm in mm 90 101040 000 1040 cu in 21 to 22 533 to 559 6 to 8 152 to 203 10 4 263 90 102300 100 2300 cu in 42 to 44 1067 to 1118 12 to 14 305 to 356 10 4 263 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 43 September 2013 Installation Before connecting cylinders into the discharge pipework tighten straps until there is clearance enough to allow the cylinders to be rotated in place if required Tighten fully when all components are correctly positioned 4 4 12 Pressure Operated Control Heads 1 Refer to Figure 4 34 and remove protection cap from cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port 2 Connect flexible actuation hose to pressure operated control head 3 Apply Teflon tape to the threads of pressure operated control head 4 Using a suitable wrench assemble control head to cylinder valve or stop valve pilot control port Tighten swivel nut securely 1 in 25 mm HEX 118
266. ing with 1 2 inch schedule 40 pipe The minimum operating pressure required is 50 PSI The maximum load on the retaining ring is 100 pounds BRACKET WITH 3 8 in 10 mm DIA MOUNTING HOLE RING 2 NN SS gt zz ZZ H 7727 9272727 _ SG 1 3 8 in 41 mm HEX BODY gt N 1 2 in FEMALE PRESSURE INLET Figure 4 38 Pressure Operated Trip P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 47 September 2013 Installation 4 5 3 Pressure Operated Sirens Either pressure operated sirens or Nitrogen pressure operated sirens may be used with the suppression system However the installation requirements for each siren style are unique Refer to the following sections for proper installation guidance for each style 4 5 3 1 PRESSURE OPERATED SIREN The pressure operated siren Figure 4 39 shall be located in accordance with the installation plan Connect the CO siren to the pilot piping with 1 2 inch schedule 40 pipe e When used with a CO2 discharge delay the siren supply line shall be installed upstream of the CO2 discharge delay e Typically located inside the protected space Install a dirt trap and union as shown in Figure 4 39 Maximum 250 feet of 1 2 inch pipe between the Siren and the manifold FILTER NOZZLE 2 7 46 in 62 mm MOUNTING HOLES 1 2 in PIPE NIPPLE 3 in 76 mm LONG TYPICAL DIRT TRAP PIPE CAP Figure
267. intain a minimum concentration of 30 during the deceleration time The quantity is based on the deceleration time and the internal volume of the machine assuming average leakage 3 10 3 2 2 Dampered Non Recirculating Ventilation For dampered non recirculating type ventilation the extended discharge quantity is calculated by added 35 more agent to the indicated quantity for recirculating type ventilation Reference NFPA 12 for additional information September 2013 3 56 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design 3 11 AGENT STORAGE BANKS This paragraph covers the design and layout of the agent storage bank 3 11 1 Agent Supply All cylinders connected to a common manifold shall be interchangeable and of one select size Therefore the supplied quantity of agent is generally greater than the minimum design quantity that is calculated for the system Equation 33 W W mintr W A W min sys m Where W min sys Minimum agent supply for the system Ib kg W min TF Minimum agent quantity for total flooding portion s Ib kg W nin LA Minimum agent quantity for local application portion s Ib kg W Minimum agent discharged through Pressure Operated Siren s lb kg Calculate the quantity of cylinders to be supplied Equation 34 Ney W min sys Where n Number of cylinders required W min sys Minimum agent supply for the system from Equation 33 Ib kg Wy Selected cylinder ca
268. ion of multiple cylinder systems See Paragraph 3 13 for information regarding actuation Single size pipe manifolds may be best suited to Multiple Hazard Systems using Directional Stop Valves In such cases it is recommended to actuate the carbon dioxide cylinders first and to operate the appropriate Directional Stop Valve only after completing the time delay period This sequence provides an opportunity to develop sufficient manifold pressure for complete system actuation See Paragraph 3 8 Stepped Pipe Size Manifolds A manifold may be fabricated from multiple pipe sizes where the size of each pipe section is appropriate for the quantity of cylinders upstream of the section This design allows for the maximum manifold back pressure to be developed See Paragraph 3 13 for information regarding actuation MANIFOLD OBJECTS A manifold generally includes several control valves and safety devices Familiarity with the principles of System Actuation as outlined in Paragraph 3 13 may be necessary to fully understand the purposes of the following devices All devices shall be located installed or suitably protected so that they are not subject to mechanical chemical or other damage that would render them inoperative Safety Outlets Safety Outlets Part No 81 803242 000 are used to provide a pressure relief device where a valve arrangement i e Time Delay Stop Valve Lock Out Valve etc introduces sections of closed piping Th
269. l Box 00 0000 e eme hne shes eese 2 22 2 25 ieeisa aiuti 2 23 2 26 Tee tanks gate cake Sentient teste veal pele dng aida o aa hoe UU T cus seen 2 24 2 27 lt eat aie bay 2 24 2 28 Cable sHOUSING Giz uu ip once cass San ua hoes oben at 2 25 2 29 Dual Pull Mechanist smettere eret utu nce x te unte NR bua 2 25 2 30 Dual Pull EqualizZer etat RARE RARE ERRARE PM d m EP RR USE 2 26 2 31 Electric Control Head uuu us retten 2 27 2 32 Electric Control Head Cover 2 121 11 1 0 2022 2 244 2 28 2 33 Electric and Cable Operated Control 2 29 2 34 Explosion Proof Electric and Cable Operated Control 2 30 2 35 Pneumatic Control Elead 2 ipte deret ete 2 31 2 36 Tandem Pneumatic Control Head 2 32 2 37 Pneumatic Cable 22 20 temen nnne 2 33 2 38 Heat Actuated Detector HAD 0 2 12222222222 22 1 2 34 2 3
270. l flooding system that are not capable of maintaining the minimum design concentration for the specified duration of protection Increased Agent Supply An increased agent supply is used when the carbon dioxide must be applied at the original design rate This approach is most appropriate for local application systems which have no duration of protection beyond the end of discharge The agent supply is calculated in accordance with Paragraph 3 6 1 4 adjusting the liquid discharge time to meet the requirements of the hazard It is imperative to verify that the excess carbon dioxide will not create hazardous conditions in enclosed environments Secondary System A secondary system is used when the carbon dioxide must be applied at a rate other than the original design rate This approach is most appropriate for total flooding applications that must maintain concentration in an enclosure with appreciable leakage and or forced ventilation In such cases the primary system is designed to discharge at a high rate to achieve the minimum concentration within 1 minute while the secondary system discharges at a much lower rate to compensate for losses The secondary system flow rate and agent quantity are based on the Uncloseable Opening Paragraph 3 5 2 4 1 and Forced Ventilation Paragraph 3 5 2 4 2 calculations for total flooding systems Note that if the primary and secondary systems are P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 55 September 2013 Design actuated simu
271. l not be used in suppression systems Notification Pre discharge alarm shall be provided to give positive warning of a discharge where hazards to personnel could exist Such alarms shall function to warn personnel against entry into hazardous areas as long as such hazards exist or until such hazards are properly recognized Audible pre discharge alarms shall be at least 15 dB above ambient noise level or 5 dB above maximum sound level whichever is greater measured 5 ft 1 5 m above the floor of the occupiable area Such alarms shall have a maximum sound level of 120 dB at the minimum hearing distance and a minimum sound level of 90 dB at 10 3 m Visual or other methods of indication are also recommended Supervision of Controls Interconnections between the components that are necessary for control of the system and life safety such as lockout valves and manual bypasses that may be left in the open position shall be supervised Such supervisory alarms shall be distinctive from alarms indicating system operation or hazardous conditions Main and Reserve System Actuation For systems with a connected reserve agent supply the Main to Reserve Transfer Switch Part No 84 802398 000 is used to select the supply to be discharged Reference Paragraph 4 4 5 for wiring information P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 75 September 2013 Design 3 15 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A sub system of components is used to provide auxiliary interlo
272. l of the authority having jurisdiction as previously detailed Verify and document the details of the discharge test s and personnel training program Fire fighting techniques with Hand Hose Line Systems and or portable extinguishers must be part of this program Recharge all discharged cylinders after checking the last hydrostatic test date and retesting the cylinders per applicable Department of Transportation DOT Transport Canada TC procedures Begin to arm the system by reconnecting the cylinder s to the mounting rack installing the control head s onto the pilot cylinder s and connecting the discharge heads to all cylinders Return all parts of the system to full service Verify and document the details of the personnel training program Fire fighting techniques with Hand Held Hose Lines and or portable extinguishers must be part of this program De isolate the release outputs from the control unit after confirming that no automatic or manual initiating devices are in an alarm state This will make the system operability effective Notify all appropriate authorities owner insurance underwriter s fire department etc in writing that the carbon dioxide fire protection system is now armed and fully operational Submit a Certificate of Commissioning to the Owner 4 7 9 References and Checklists September 2013 For a definition of Control Unit and an explanation of the Fire Alarm System Record Of Completion reference NFPA
273. ld be replaced with new parts before the cylinder and valve assembly are refilled 10 Assemble the valve in the following order a Pilot check assembly Part No WK 923066 000 Brass sleeve Part No WK 202805 000 Sleeve retainer Part No WK 202804 000 Spring Part No WK 326410 000 Main check assembly Part No WK 932636 000 for 1 2 inch valve and Part No WK 800760 000 for 5 8 inch valve f Copper gasket Part No WK 326420 000 g Valve seat Part No WK 202490 000 n 11 Install valve into cylinder using Teflon tape on valve threads Note The main check assembly is installed with rubber seat facing up Note The copper sealing gasket MUST be replaced once the valve seat is removed P N 81 CO2MAN 001 7 3 September 2013 Post Discharge Maintenance Note The tightening torque on the valve seat is 2200 in lb 12 13 14 15 Place cylinder on weigh scale and secure to prevent movement of cylinder during recharge Install recharge adapter Part No WK 933537 000 to the valve control port Fill cylinder with required weight of After cylinder is full remove recharge adapter ensure that all CO fill valves are closed and check cylinder for leakage Allow time for cylinder to return to room temperature before conducting the leak test The areas that should closely be examined are the pilot port the discharge port the safety outlet and the valve to cylinder threads If leakage is discovere
274. letion 4 56 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 7 5 Labeling 1 Verify the labeling of devices for proper designations and instructions 2 Compare the nameplate data on the carbon dioxide cylinders with the system specifications 3 Check the hydrostatic test date stamped on the cylinder s 4 7 6 Operational Tests of the Individual Components 1 Conduct nondestructive operational tests on all devices necessary for functioning of the system including detection and actuating devices Note Some system components such as the pressure operated switches may only be 10 tested during the full system discharge Verification that all interlock functions properly operate such as damper closure equipment power supply shut down etc is required and must be documented Notify all appropriate authorities owner fire department insurance underwriter etc when the carbon dioxide fire protection system will be tested in accordance with the approved schedule of work De isolate the outputs from the control unit and assure that the carbon dioxide cylinders remain disconnected from their associated discharge heads Operate all initiating devices such as heat detectors smoke detectors and manual releases and verify proper receipt of all alarm initiating signals at the control unit Ensure that all control unit outputs including the control heads activate according to the approved sequence of operations If any required function f
275. ll valve protection cap on cylinder Do not remove cylinder s from the bracketing if the valve protection cap is missing Obtain a new protection cap from Kidde Fire Systems or a distributor WARNING of Kidde Fire Systems products 6 8 2 5 Remove cylinder bracketing 6 Remove cylinder s Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 1 Remove control head from nitrogen cylinder valve 2 Install protection cap on nitrogen cylinder actuation port 3 Loosen flexible actuation hose and remove adapter Part No WK 699205 010 from the cylinder valve outlet 4 Open bracket strap and remove nitrogen cylinder from bracket September 2013 6 12 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Maintenance 6 9 INSTALLATION OF CYLINDERS 6 9 1 Cylinders WARNING When installing charged cylinders always install the discharge heads last This will minimize the possibility of accidentally discharging the CO system which could result in possible injury to personnel or damage to equipment or property These instructions must be carefully followed in the exact sequence given below when any cylinder or group of cylinders are to be installed at any time 1 Place fully charged cylinder in cylinder rack before removing the cylinder protection cap 2 Install the cylinder rack and tighten bolts only enough to allow for turning of cylinder as may be required later 3 Removethe cylinder protection cap and top protection cap from the cylinder valve Remove the side protection
276. lled such as air handler shutdown Re isolate the release outputs from the control unit Reset the electrical control heads P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 57 September 2013 Installation 4 7 7 Full Discharge Test A full discharge test shall be performed on all systems 1 Notify all personnel in the protected area and all areas where carbon dioxide can migrate of the impending carbon dioxide system discharge test Arm the system by first installing the control head s onto the pilot cylinder s connecting the discharge heads to all cylinders and then de isolating the release outputs from the control unit after ensuring that no alarm conditions exist in the system Operate any initiating device or combination of initiating devices as appropriate to actuate the extinguishing system Check operation of the pneumatic siren time delays damper closures and equipment shut downs Verify that carbon dioxide is discharged from all nozzles in accordance with the design requirements for local application systems Confirm that the carbon dioxide extinguishing concentration is attained and maintained for the required period of time for total flooding systems 4 7 8 Commissioning the System Upon successful completion of the system inspection and test procedure the system shall be commissioned in accordance with the following procedure 6 Successfully perform the discharge tests in accordance with the specifications and to the approva
277. llowing steps must be observed Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position Lock the valve Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit When maintenance or test is complete unlock the valve and place it in the Open position Lock the valve Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit s WP Teu P N 81 CO2MAN 001 5 5 September 2013 Operation THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 5 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Maintenance CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE and nitrogen cylinder assemblies must be stored handled transported serviced maintained tested and installed only by trained personnel in accordance with the instructions contained in this manual NFPA 12 and CGA pamphlets C 1 C 6 G 6 G 6 3 and P 1 CGA pamphlets may be obtained from WARNING the Compressed Gas Association 1725 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington VA 22202 4102 Before performing maintenance procedures refer to the material safety data sheets and safety bulletins at http www kiddefiresystems com All actuation devices control heads discharge heads etc must be removed from the system cylinders prior to performing system maintenance Observe all safety precautions applicable to handling pressurized equipment Recharge of WARNING and nitrogen cylinder assemblies must be performed by personnel trained in Kidde Fire Systems CO systems equipment See the Safety Summary on page iii
278. llows 1 Immediately evacuate all personnel from the hazard area Close all doors 2 Proceed to cable pull station for appropriate hazard 3 Operate the control head cable pull station to actuate the cylinders 4 For multiple hazard systems operate the cable pull station for the appropriate stop valve If the pressure operated time delay fails to operate operate the manual bypass WARNI NG installed on the time delay to immediately discharge the system 5 3 2 5 Call the fire department immediately If the system is provided with a reserve cylinder s see Paragraph 5 6 7 Contact a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for service Electric Systems Operate electric systems as follows Proceed to the manual electric station for the hazard P N 81 CO2MAN 001 5 1 September 2013 Operation Immediately evacuate all personnel from the hazard area Close all doors Operate the manual electric station Ifthe pressure operated time delay fails to operate operate the manual bypass WARNING installed on the time delay to immediately discharge the system 3 Callthe fire department immediately 4 Ifthe system is provided with a reserve cylinder s see Paragraph 5 6 5 Contact a Kidde Fire Systems distributor for service 5 3 3 Systems Equipped with Remote Nitrogen Actuator 1 Immediately evacuate all personnel from the hazard area Close all doors 2 Proceed to remote nitrogen actuator station for the appropriate hazard 3 Oper
279. lly a very sensitive device The combination of diaphragm and vent settings for pneumatic control heads are shown in Table 2 11 LOCAL MANUAL CONNECTION FOR REMOTE PULL RELEASE LEVER BOX PIPE OR CONDUIT CONECTION FOR DETECTION TUBING 3 8 in NPS FEMALE 3 16 in TUBING NUT FITS HERE LOCKING PIN SEAL WIRE Kidde PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD TO RESET FOR USE SCREWDRIVER MAINTENANCE 4 13 16 in 122 mm INSTRUCTIONS INDICATOR AND M nur 92 1 1 2 in 38 mm PATENT 246675 HEX 1 1 4 18 gt NF 3 THREAD 3 5 16 A 84 mm CONNECTION FOR CABLE HOUSING TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED 3 8 in 5 FEMALE Figure 2 35 Pneumatic Control Head Table 2 11 Pneumatic Control Head Settings Setting Control Head Part Number 3 inches 5 sec vent 81 872335 000 81 872365 000 81 872362 000 81 872310 000 81 872330 000 81 872360 000 6 inches 5 sec vent 6 inches 2 sec vent 1 inch Tandem 3 inch Tandem 6 inch Tandem 2 3 5 1 TANDEM PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD As previously stated two or more pilot cylinders are required for suppression systems consisting of three or more cylinders When two pneumatic control heads are used to actuate a bank of cylinders one control head must be of the type having a vent and the second must be a tandem control head The tandem pneumatic control head Figure 2 36 is identical to the P N 81 C
280. lso be remotely activated using a cable attached from the control head to a cable operated manual pull station The control heads are also equipped with a manual lever for emergency local operation Pneumatic control heads operate on the rate of temperature rise principle This means that a sudden increase in the temperature must occur to cause the control head to operate The control head must be used in conjunction with a pneumatic heat detection system rate of rise and operates as follows A pneumatic HAD is connected to the control head by copper tubing As the temperature changes the pressure within the detector varies If the pressure increases rapidly as in the event of fire a diaphragm in the pneumatic control head will trip a lever mechanism causing the control head to operate The pneumatic control head is fitted with a vent so that slight changes in pressure due to normal changes in ambient temperature can be vented to atmosphere The sensitivity of the pneumatic control head is determined by the internal pressure required to trip the control head lever This pressure is called the setting and is measured in inches of water Vent sizes are rated in terms of the time in seconds required to relieve two inches of water column pressure in the diaphragm chamber The higher September 2013 2 30 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions the vent setting the smaller the actual size of the vent A control head with a high setting is actua
281. ltaneously the compensation for Uncloseable Openings and or Forced Ventilation need not be added to both systems 3 10 3 Common Applications Common applications that require an extended discharge include e Commercial industrial food processing deep fat hot oil cookers Enclosed rotating electrical equipment such as emergency generators 3 10 3 1 DEEP FAT COOKERS For deep fat cookers the duration of protection shall be sufficient to allow the oil to cool a minimum of 60 F 33 C below its auto ignition temperature In cases where a local application design is used the minimum liquid discharge time shall be 3 minutes However tests have shown that longer discharges may be necessary to allow sufficient cooling of the oil Several safety devices must be employed to protect personnel from the carbon dioxide discharge splashed hot oil fire and products of combustion The NFPA 12 standard and Kidde Fire Systems shall be consulted before protecting deep fat cookers 3 10 3 2 ENCLOSED ROTATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT For Enclosed Rotating Electrical Equipment the NFPA 12 Standard requires that a minimum concentration of 30 shall be maintained for the duration of the deceleration period and for not less than 20 minutes 3 10 3 2 1 Recirculating Ventilation For enclosed recirculating type ventilation NFPA 12 provides tables that can be used as a guide to estimate the carbon dioxide quantity needed for the extended discharge to ma
282. lting benefit from this feature of the valve design is a tight shut off with the flow in either direction regardless of the position of the valve in the pipeline In order to facilitate maintenance the assembly consists of a union on each side of the valve body The lockout valve with limit switch must be installed in the discharge pipe network downstream of all cylinders check valves and directional stop valves Lockout valves can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal position using good pipe fitting practices Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe Attach lockout valve unions to pipe but do not fully tighten at this time Rotate the valve body into position then tighten both unions 1 Use Teflon tape or paste on male threads Can be installed vertically and horizontally Should be locked in the open position using a padlock Must be located downstream of ALL cylinders and should be easily accessible Must be electrically supervised aoe aN B 7 1 1 STEM SEAL ADJ USTMENT If leakage is evident in the stem packing area tighten the adjusting nut the nut beneath the handle 1 8 turn If the leak persists repeat the above Note The switches and the corresponding cams are preset by the valve assembly supplier to the configurations indicated below No adjustment to the cams is required When the cam is engaged with the switch the switch contacts are closed thus closing the normally open contact
283. m 3 8 in 18 NPS FEMALE 1 2 in EMT CORNER PULLEY P N WK 844648 000 2 1 2 in EMT CONNECTIONS COMPRESSION TYPE 2 3 4 in 70 mm APPROX Figure 2 25 Corner Pulleys 2 3 3 4 TEE PULLEY The tee pulley Part No 83 843791 000 Figure 2 26 is used to branch a pull cable line to multiple remote release stations The tee pulley is used for cables that are run in 1 2 inch EMT P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 23 September 2013 Component Descriptions 1 2 in EMT 4 5 16 in 110 mm 1 16 in CABLE 4 1 2 in PULLEYS 114 mm 3 1 2 in EMT CONNECTIONS COMPRESSION CABLE CLAMP SUPPLIED WITH TEE PULLEY SINGLE 1 16 in CABLE COVER HELD ON BY 4 NO 40 SCREWS THRU HOLES SHOWN Figure 2 26 Tee Pulley 2 3 3 5 ADAPTER The adapter Part No WK 843837 000 Figure 2 27 is used to connect 1 2 inch EMT to components with 3 8 inch NPS outlets such as the cable operated control head and the dual pull equalizer This adapter has a 1 2 inch female EMT connector on one end and a 3 8 inch NPS male connector on the other end lt 1 1 2 in gt 39 mm 3 8 in NPS MALE 1 2 in EMT CONNECTION COMPRESSION TYPE Figure 2 27 EMT Adapter 2 3 3 6 CABLE HOUSING A cable housing Figure 2 28 is required when the suppression system consists of three or more cylinders and utilizes two cable operated control heads The cable housing protects the interconnecting cable between
284. mergency manual control is one or more fully mechanical devices that are located on the control head s of the pilot cylinder s and other auxiliary components such as time delays and directional or stop valves Kidde Fire Systems control heads are equipped with a lever operated mechanism that serves as the emergency manual control The normal manual control is designed to initiate the full operation of the system by one manual action It is the responsibility of the system designer to ensure that such action will not result in immediate carbon dioxide discharge into a normally occupied area It is the responsibility of the system operator to ensure that the protected area has been evacuated prior to operating the emergency manual control APPLICATIONS Carbon dioxide fire suppression systems are used for a wide variety of industrial commercial and marine applications September 2013 1 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 1 8 1 9 General Information Industrial applications typically consist of equipment or processes where flammable liquids are involved Examples of industrial hazards that can be protected by carbon dioxide are dip tanks mixing tanks spray booths ovens and dryers quench tanks coating machines wet benches commercial fryers and printing presses Carbon dioxide is used in commercial applications to protect equipment or areas that have high capital costs high productivity value e critical mission role essential to
285. migrate to adjacent areas creating a hazard to personnel Lockout valves shall be supervised to provide notification of a lockout September 2013 1 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 1 6 1 5 1 6 2 General Information POST RELEASE WARNINGS AND PROCEDURES After a release of carbon dioxide provisions shall be made to prohibit entry of unprotected personnel to spaces made unsafe by a carbon dioxide discharge until the space is ventilated and appropriate tests of the atmosphere have verified that it is safe for unprotected persons to enter Persons who are not properly trained in the use of and equipped with self contained breathing apparatus SCBA shall not remain in spaces where the concentration exceeds 4 percent Such provisions shall include one or more of the following e Addition of a distinctive odor to the discharging carbon dioxide the detection of which serves as an indication to persons that carbon dioxide gas is present Personnel shall be trained to recognize the odor and evacuate spaces wherein the odor is detected Provision of automatic alarms activated by carbon dioxide detectors or oxygen detectors and located at the entry to and within such spaces The pre discharge alarms may be used to serve this purpose if they operate until the space is ventilated and the safety of the atmosphere has been verified Establishment and enforcement of confined space entry procedures for such areas A means for prompt ventilation of aff
286. minal system flow rate from hydraulic calculation Ib min kg min t Duration of discharge minimum 1 min P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 81 September 2013 Design 3 16 4 3 3 16 4 4 3 16 4 5 MULTIPLE STATIONS Where simultaneous use of two or more hose lines from a single bank of cylinders is possible a quantity of carbon dioxide shall be available to support the maximum number of hoses that are likely to be used at any one time for at least 1 minute All supply piping shall be sized for the simultaneous operation of these hoses CARBON DIOXIDE SUPPLY A separate carbon dioxide supply can be provided for hand hose line use or carbon dioxide can be piped from a central storage unit supplying several hose lines or from fixed manual or automatic systems Where hand hose lines are provided for use on a hazard protected by a fixed system separate supplies shall be provided unless sufficient carbon dioxide is provided to ensure that the fixed protection for the largest single hazard on which the hose lines can be used will not be jeopardized All controls for actuating the system shall be located in the immediate vicinity of the hose reel or rack Operation of hand hose line systems depends upon manual actuation and manual manipulation of the horn and valve assembly Therefore speed and simplicity of operation are essential for successful extinguishment Refer to Paragraph 3 13 for additional information on actuation systems The use of a Gro
287. n A 5 DI SCHARGE RATES FOR DEEP SEATED FIRES The discharge rate required to satisfy the two minute constraint in the preceding paragraph can be obtained From Equation A 2 the quantity of carbon dioxide per cubic foot required to create a 30 percent concentration is Equation A 5 0 0396 Ib ft P N 81 CO2MAN 001 A 3 September 2013 An 8 safety factor is usually applied to the quantity calculated in Equation A 5 and thus the required flooding factor to create a 30 percent concentration is 1 08 0 0396 Ib ft 2 0 0428 Ib ft The quantity per cubic foot calculated in Equation A 5 must be delivered within two minutes so the system discharge rate is obtained by dividing this quantity by 2 Thus the discharge rate required to attain a 30 percent carbon dioxide concentration within two minutes is Equation A 6 R 0 0428 Ib ft 2 2 minutes 0 0214 Ib ft 2min The rate calculated in A 6 must be checked to ensure that it is high enough to attain the design concentration is seven minutes In general the seven minute constraint will be satisfied if the rate calculated in Equation A 6 is high enough to discharge at least 28 6 percent 2 7 of the required quantity of carbon dioxide in the first two minutes The maximum carbon dioxide concentration that can be attained in seven minutes by a total flooding system discharging at the rate calculated in Equation A 6 can be calculated by the following formula Equation A 7
288. n BIL Basic Installation Level P N Part Number C Common PED Pressure Equipment Directive CFM Cubic Feet per Minute TC Transport Canada Carbon Dioxide TCF Temperature Correction Factor DC Direct Current TPED Transportable Pressure Equipment Direc tive DOT Department of Transportation UL ULI Underwriters Laboratories Inc FM Factory Mutual ULC Underwriters Laboratories of Canada 0 Water V Volts HVAC Heating Venting and Air Vac Volts AC Conditioning Hz Hertz Frequency Volts DC mA Milliamperes MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS Hard copies of the Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS are not included with this manual The latest version of the MSDS you are searching for can be found online at the Kidde Fire Systems website www kiddefiresystems com Use the built in navigation links to view the desired sheet P N 81 CO2MAN 001 i September 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 ii P N 81 CO2MAN 001 SAFETY SUMMARY The Kidde Fire Systems Engineered Carbon Dioxide CO gt Fire Suppression System uses pressurized equipment and therefore you MUST notify personnel responsible or who may come into contact with the Engineered Carbon Dioxide COo Fire Suppression System of the dangers associated with the improper handling installation maintenance or use of this equipment Fire suppression service personnel must be thoroughly trained by you in the proper handling installation s
289. n 7 minutes but the rate shall not be less than required to develop a concentration of 30 within 2 minutes As a guide the quantity of carbon dioxide required to achieve a 30 concentration is 0 0428 Ib ft 3 0 686 kg m See Appendix 5 Equation 13 may be used to calculate the discharge rate required to achieve this concentration within 2 minutes Equation 13 43 0 0214 x V US Units or 0 343 x V Metric Units Where 439 Minimum flow rate to achieve a 30 concentration within minutes Ib min kg min V Enclosure volume ft m Perform a check to ensure that the discharge will be complete within seven 7 minutes Equation 14 ta Win d30 Where tq Discharge time min Wmin Minimum quantity of agent to be supplied from Equation 3 Ib kg 4 0 Flow rate from Equation 13 kg min P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 21 September 2013 Design If the discharge time 1 calculated in Equation 14 is greater than seven 7 minutes the minimum discharge rate must be increased Equation 15 Imin W iin 7 Where Gmin Minimum flow rate Ib min kg min Wmin Minimum quantity of agent to be supplied from Equation 3 Ib kg EXAMPLE 8 TOTAL FLOODING FOR DEEP SEATED FIRES Discharge Rate 1 Consider a bulk paper storage room with dimensions of 20 ft L by 20 ft W by 10 ft H Determine the discharge rate required to achieve a 30 concentration within 2 minutes an
290. n dioxide into a normally occupied area The stop valve prevents the flow of carbon dioxide until the attached control head is operated All Kidde Fire Systems directional stop valves operate on a differential pressure principle utilizing the pressure of the discharging carbon dioxide to open the stop check and allow flow through the valve All valves automatically reset close after discharge is completed Directional stop valves do NOT prevent flow in the direction opposite the CAUTION arrow All control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the directional CAUTION stop valves in order to prevent accidental discharge 2 5 1 Directional Stop Valves 1 2 inch through 2 inch The 1 2 inch through 2 inch size directional valves Figure 2 51 have bronze bodies which house a stop check and an actuating piston along with an external port for attachment of a control head part numbers and dimensions are provided in Table 2 20 Actuation of a control head allows the discharged carbon dioxide to apply pressure to the actuating piston to open the stop check These directional valves have threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection to the distribution piping 1 1 4 18 NF 3 FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION a TIQ VALVE SIZE INLET NPT BOTH ENDS OUTLET Figure 2 51 Directional Stop Valves 1 2 inch through 2 inch September 2013 2 46 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Description
291. n strategy and design flow rate are such that the Delay cannot be located in a 3 4 inch DN20 NPT pipe section the Delay may be used in conjunction with a Stop Valve In this arrangement a Stop Valve is located in accordance with Paragraph 3 12 4 3 4 and is controlled by a pressure operated control head Part No 82 878737 000 82 878750 000 or 82 878751 000 A side tee is installed upstream of the Stop Valve and is piped to the Pneumatic Discharge Delay The outlet of the Delay is connected to the pressure operated control head The Pneumatic Discharge Delay shall be fitted with a manually operated control head to provide a by pass The control head shall be supervised to warn occupants that the time delay has been by passed See Paragraph 1 6 1 3 for additional information 3 12 4 3 6 Pressure Operated Sirens Pressure Operated Sirens N gt or operated are used to provide an audible alarm prior to the start of and during discharge The siren must be located upstream of the Pneumatic Discharge Delay A union should be installed at each siren connection and a dirt trap shall be installed after the last siren The total length of 1 2 inch DN15 pipe between the cylinders and the sirens cannot exceed 250 ft 76 m See Paragraph 1 6 1 3 and Paragraph 4 5 3 1 for additional information The N gt pressure operated siren P N 90 981574 001 consumes approximately 0 5 to 0 9 Ib 0 23 to 0 5 kg of nitrogen per minute Each siren d
292. n the allowed period of time shall be re qualified in accordance with CFR49 TDG prior to shipment While installed NPFA 12 allows N2 cylinders to remain in service indefinitely Any cylinder CO2 N2 Other shall be re qualified immediately if the cylinder shows evidence of distortion damage cracks corrosion or mechanical damage Any cylinder failing requalification shall be destroyed The applicable sections of this manual shall be followed when removing venting or reconnecting cylinders to service Flexible Hoses Flexible hoses must be hydrostatic pressure tested every five years in accordance with the requirements in NFPA 12 Cleaning Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint free cloth moistened with dry cleaning solvent Dry parts with clean dry lint free cloth or air blow dry Wipe non metallic parts with clean dry lint free cloth Clean and paint steel parts as required Nozzle Service Service nozzles after use as follows 1 Clean outside of nozzles with rag or soft brush 2 Examine discharge orifices for damage or blockage If nozzles appear to be blocked unscrew nozzles and clean by immersing in dry cleaning solvent and drying thoroughly with lint free cloth Replace damaged nozzles Nozzles must be replaced with same part number Clean and paint steel nozzle bowls as required 3 Examine nozzle frangible discs if installed Replace damaged or ruptured frangible discs P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 11 September 2013
293. n the valve body with the flanges insert gaskets between the valve body and each flange and insert the bolts through the bolt holes Tighten the hex nuts a Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 25 September 2013 Installation CAUTION b All valves must be checked to ensure installation in the proper flow direction c Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the direction of flow 4 3 10 Lockout Valves The lockout valve with limit switch must be installed in the discharge pipe network downstream of all cyl inders check valves and selector valves All valves should be easily accessible Lockout valves can be in stalled in either the vertical or horizontal position using good pipe fitting practices Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe A union is recommended after the valve to facilitate future service work The valve should be locked in the open position using a padlock All valves must be electri cally supervised Figure 4 22 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open position Switch ice Brown o 1 1 Purple o2 Upper NOo Yellow o3 Switch cem Orange o4 2 5 5 NOO Red o6 o 7 4 o8 GND Figure 4
294. nce Pressurized charged cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are capable of violent discharge This could result in bodily injury WARNING death or property damage Always handle carbon dioxide cylinders according 2 2 1 to the instructions in this manual Cylinder and Valve Assemblies Carbon dioxide agent is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid under its own vapor pressure and at ambient temperature Each cylinder is equipped with a forged brass valve assembly which contains a safety disc device Table 2 1 for protection against over pressurization due to elevated temperatures Each valve is equipped with a side port that serves both as a fill connection and as a control port for attachment of system actuators The control port is designed to accept all of the control heads listed in this manual The threaded connection on the top of each valve mates with a discharge head to allow agent release and distribute the from the cylinder into the discharge piping P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 1 September 2013 Component Descriptions Five cylinder and valve assemblies are available ranging in capacity from 25 Ib to 100 Ib of carbon dioxide The 25 35 and 50 Ib cylinders Figure 2 1 are equipped with a 1 2 inch discharge valve Part No WK 981372 000 Figure 2 3 the 75 and 100 Ib cylinders Figure 2 2 have a 5 8 inch discharge valve Part No WK 840253 000 Figure 2 4 The cylinders are factory equippe
295. nitiate the suppression system discharge Actuation of the pilot cylinders creates sufficient pressure in the manifold to actuate the remaining cylinders in the system called slave cylinders If the suppression system consists of one or two cylinders one pilot cylinder is used to initiate the carbon dioxide discharge When the suppression system has three or more storage cylinders multiple pilot cylinders actuated simultaneously are used to initiate the carbon dioxide discharge If permitted by the authority having jurisdiction a group of carbon dioxide cylinders can be used to protect one or more areas by means of directional valves The system designer must use careful judgment in the design of a directional valve system The multiple areas protected by the suppression system must be sufficiently isolated from each other so that two or more protected areas cannot simultaneously be involved in a fire Discharge Characteristics The Kidde Fire Systems carbon dioxide suppression system employs siphon tubes fitted to the valves within the cylinders in conjunction with a variety of discharge nozzles for agent distribution into a protected space or onto a piece of equipment The liquid carbon dioxide is September 2013 1 5 September 2013 General Information 1 6 4 discharged up through the siphon tube valve and distribution piping as a liquid under pressure The liquid is transformed into gas and the resulting expansion at the discharg
296. ns and Paragraph 4 3 5 for installation information Multiple Cylinder Arrangements For installation of three or more cylinders two different styles 1 side x 1 row 1 side x 2 rows of framing arrangements are available to provide flexibility of installation A 2 ft 0 6 m wide service aisle shall be maintained in front of all cylinder rows Reference Paragraph 2 2 6 2 for component descriptions and Paragraph 4 3 5 for installation information MANIFOLD AND PIPE NETWORK DESIGN The discharge network can be broken into two distinct sections the cylinder manifold and the distribution network Pipe and Fitting Specifications Pipe and tube used in the discharge network shall be in accordance with NFPA 12 current edition Pipe that does not meet the specifications in Paragraph 3 12 1 1 shall be designed in accordance with ASME B31 1 Power Piping Code current edition and the requirements of NFPA 12 current edition The internal pressure for this calculation shall be 2800 psi 19 3 MPa The Piping Design Handbook For Use With Special Hazard Fire Suppression Systems published by the Fire Suppression Systems Association FSSA is one resource that may be consulted for the allowable working pressures for various pipe and tube materials and for guidance on pipe support selection PIPE SPECIFICATIONS Material Specification Black or galvanized steel pipe shall be ASTM A 53 seamless or electric welded Grade or B or ASTM A 106
297. nstallation of pipe mechanical or pneumatic detection lines and remote cable pull stations The carbon dioxide cylinders must be located as close to the hazard area as possible Storage containers and accessories shall be so located and arranged that inspection testing recharging and other maintenance is facilitated and interruption to protection is held to a minimum Storage containers shall not be located where they will be exposed to fire or explosion direct sunlight outdoor weather mechanical chemical or other damage When excessive climatic or mechanical exposures are expected suitable guards or enclosures shall be provided P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 59 September 2013 Design 3 11 4 3 11 5 3 12 3 12 1 3 12 1 1 The weight of the agent supply racking piping and other equipment shall not exceed the maximum load rating of the supporting structure s The cylinders must be located in an environment where ambient storage temperatures shall be e 0 18 to 130 F 54 C for total flooding systems e 32 F O F to 120 F 49 C for local application or combination systems External heating or cooling may be required to maintain this temperature range Single and Double Cylinder Arrangements For installation of one or two cylinders simple cylinder straps are used to secure the cylinders A 2 ft 0 6 m wide service aisle shall be maintained Reference Paragraph 2 2 6 1 for component descriptio
298. ntity Supplied in Kit WK 271566 000 Post 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 WK 241211 000 Gusset 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 WK 207281 000 Channel Support 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 WK 271563 000 3 Cylinder Channel 1 2 1 1 WK 271564 000 4 Cylinder Channel 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 WK 271565 000 5 Cylinder Channel 1 1 2 1 2 3 WK 271561 000 CRADLE 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 WK 271567 000 1 Row Weigh Bar Bracket 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 WK 243796 000 3 Cylinder Weigh Bar 1 2 1 1 WK 243797 000 4 Cylinder Weigh Bar 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 WK 243798 000 5 Cylinder Weigh Bar 1 1 2 1 2 3 WK 241105 000 Front Clamp 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 ADDI TI ONAL PARTS TO ORDER FOR MAIN amp RESERVE NOT INCLUDED IN KITS WK 241105 000 Front Clamp 2 4 4 6 6 8 WK 243795 000 Rack Rod 1 Row 2 4 4 6 6 8 HARDWARE NOT SUPPLIED BY KIDDE FIRE SYSTEMS 3 8 inch 16 x 1 inch 16 16 16 26 26 26 26 26 36 36 36 36 36 Long Bolt 3 8 inch 16 Nut 16 16 16 26 26 26 26 26 36 36 36 36 36 Main 1 2 inch 13 x 1 inch Long 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 Bolt M amp R 1 2 inch 13 x 1 inch Long 3 3 5 5 7 7 Bolt Main 1 2 inch 13 Nut 8 9 12 13 16 17 20 21 24 25 28 29 32 M amp R 1 2 inch 13 Nut 9 15 17 23 25 31
299. ntrol Equipment Table 8 5 e Check Valves Table 8 6 Directional Stop Valves Table 8 7 Lockout Valves Table 8 8 Hose Equipment Table 8 9 Auxiliary Equipment Table 8 10 Carbon Dioxide Computer Program Table 8 11 e Manuals Table 8 12 e Maintenance and Repair Parts Table 8 13 Carbon Dioxide Nozzles Table 8 14 Nozzle Identification Table 8 15 Carbon Dioxide Nozzles Accessories Table 8 16 Valves Maintenance Repair and Spare Parts Table 8 17 Cylinder Rack and Framing Components Table 8 18 Framing Kits One Row through 15 Cylinders Table 8 19 Framing Kits Two Rows One Side 5 through 17 Cylinders Table 8 20 Framing Kits Two Rows One Side 18 through 30 Cylinders Table 8 21 Table 8 1 Cylinders and Associated Equipment Part No Description 81 870486 000 25 Ib 11 3 kg Cylinder amp Valve Assembly Bent Siphon 81 982547 000 35 Ib 15 9 kg Cylinder amp Valve Assembly Bent Siphon 81 982548 000 50 Ib 22 7 kg Cylinder amp Valve Assembly Bent Siphon 81 870287 000 75 Ib 34 0 kg Cylinder amp Valve Assembly Straight Siphon 81 870269 000 100 Ib 45 4 kg Cylinder amp Valve Assembly Straight Siphon 81 872450 000 Discharge Head Plain Nut 81 872442 000 Discharge Head Grooved Nut WK 251821 000 Flexible Hose 3 4 inch Outlet 81 252184 000 Flexible Hose 1 2 inch Outlet 81 207877 000
300. o personnel 1 6 1 1 ADEQUATE PATH OF EGRESS To promote quick and safe evacuation in the event of a discharge the path of egress shall include e Adequate aisleways and routes of exit that are kept clear at all times e Necessary additional or emergency lighting or both and directional signs to ensure quick safe evacuation Only outward swinging self closing doors at exits from hazardous areas and where such doors are latched provision of panic hardware 1 6 1 2 WARNING SIGNS AND PERSONNEL EDUCATI ON Warning signs shall be posted inside and outside all areas protected by a carbon dioxide system and also in adjoining areas where the suppression agent could migrate These warning signs shall instruct the occupants to evacuate the area immediately when the alarms operate September 2013 1 3 September 2013 General Information as well as to warn personnel not to enter the protected space after discharge until the area has been safely ventilated See Paragraph 2 9 2 for specific sign and location information All personnel shall be informed that discharge of carbon dioxide gas directly at a person will endanger the person s safety by causing frostbite eye injury ear injury or even falls due to loss of balance upon the impingement of the high velocity discharging gas All personnel shall be trained on the dangers associated with an increased carbon dioxide concentration the proper manual and emergency operation of the sys
301. o personnel consist of obstruction of vision and reduction in oxygen to a level that will not support life These hazards can be expected to occur not only in the immediate area of discharge but also in adjacent areas to which the carbon dioxide gas may WARNING migrate Appropriate alarms shall be used to alert personnel so that they may 3 6 1 1 3 6 1 2 3 6 1 3 be evacuated from the protected space prior to system discharge Suitable warning signs must be prominently displayed in clear view in the protected area and at the point of entry into the protected area to alert people to the asphyxiation properties of carbon dioxide Carbon Dioxide Requirements Local application design is based on three key factors e Nozzle location orientation and coverage area Rate of discharge Duration of liquid discharge NOZZLE LOCATION ORIENTATION AND COVERAGE AREA Since the concept of local application fire suppression is based on discharging suppressant directly onto the burning fuel the nozzle location orientation and coverage area are primary factors in a successful system design Each design approach the Rate by Area method See Paragraph 3 6 2 or the Rate by Volume method See Paragraph 3 6 3 has specific requirements RATE OF DISCHARGE Since local application systems do not retain an inert atmosphere beyond the end of system discharge it is extremely important to discharge carbon dioxide at a rate that is sufficient to
302. ocal Application Local application systems differ from total flooding in that the nozzles are arranged to discharge directly onto the fire Local application is practical in those situations where the protected equipment can be isolated from other combustibles so that fire will not spread beyond the area protected and where the entire hazard can be protected One of the principal uses of local application systems is to protect open tanks containing flammable liquids but this technique can be generalized to protect three dimensional hazards such as paint spray booths and printing presses Suppression by local application is transitory and will not be effective unless suppression occurs quickly and all potential re ignition sources are eliminated September 2013 1 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 General Information Carbon dioxide systems can also consist of hand hose lines permanently connected by means of fixed piping to a fixed supply of suppression agent These systems are frequently provided for manual protection of small localized equipment Although not a substitute for a fixed system a hose line can be used to supplement a fixed system where the hazard is accessible for manual firefighting 1 6 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS The discharge of carbon dioxide in fire suppression concentrations if not properly handled can create a serious threat to people Suppression systems must be designed with appropriate safeguards to ensure the safety of all pers
303. of carbon dioxide shall be provided with an emergency manual control The actuating device shall be easily accessible shall be located at or near the valve being controlled and shall be clearly recognizable for the purpose intended 3 13 4 Control Systems The hazard survey See Paragraph 3 2 should be used to determine the most effective means of actuating the system based on the expected fire growth rate personnel safety process characteristics and other factors The actuation system may incorporate one or more of the methods described in Paragraph 3 13 4 1 through 3 13 4 5 dependent on the selected control head s Table 3 11 summarizes the actuation methods featured on each control head Stackable control heads may be coupled with one other control head subject to the limitations in Paragraph 2 3 Table 3 11 Control Head Actuation Features Actuation Features P N Description Lever Cable Electric Pneumatic Pressure Stackable WK 870652 000 Lever Operated 81 979469 000 Cable Operated X X WK 890181 000 Electric Operated 24 VDC X X 81 895630 000 Electric amp Cable X X Operated 24 VDC WK 897494 000 Electric amp Cable X X X Operated 24 VDC Explosion Proof 81 872335 000 Pneumatic 3 in 5 sec X X X 81 872365 000 Pneumatic 6 in 5 sec X X X 81 872362 000 Pneumatic 6 in 2 sec X X X 81 892330 000 Pneumati
304. of the control heads described in Paragraph 2 3 ACTUATION WITH MANIFOLD BACKPRESSURE A cylinder fitted with a Plain Nut Discharge Head Part No WK 872450 000 may be actuated by manifold back pressure as described in Paragraph 2 2 2 Manifold back pressure is developed when one or more cylinders are actuated with control heads These are pilot cylinders The remaining cylinders which are not fitted with control heads and are actuated with manifold back pressure are slave cylinders Since a successful system actuation is dependent on developing sufficient back pressure the quantity of pilot cylinders is of vital importance September 2013 3 68 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 13 3 3 13 3 1 3 13 3 2 Design e systems with no more than two cylinders may employ a single pilot cylinder systems with three or more cylinders shall employ one more pilot cylinder than the minimum required for actuation of the entire cylinder bank For systems with three or more cylinders it is recommended to employ an additional pilot Cylinder per every ten cylinders provided the manifold uses stepped pipe sizes see Paragraph 3 12 4 2 2 The pilot cylinder quantity shall be proven acceptable by the discharge test described in Paragraph 4 7 7 During this test one pilot cylinder shall be operated as a slave cylinder It is generally practiced to locate the pilot cylinder s together starting at the second cylinder See Figure 3 11 for an e
305. ol cable Place cable housing into proper slots in both control heads Adjust as required to obtain proper spacing 4 Repeat steps 5 6 7 and 8 for the second control head LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER SEAL WIRE LOCKING PIN DIRECTION OF THREADED NUT 3 8 in NPS FOR PIPE 1 16 in CABLE 4 1 4 in I if YA PPP hPa PPP PR PR PP PAIR P ILI PRI P PRA Co RX 2 inel qus 108 mm c 5 3 8in PIPE or 1 2 in EMT SWIVEL NUT WITH ADAPTER PIN WK 843837 000 14112 oN 38 mm a 1 1 4 in 48 NF 3 CABLE CLAMP AND FEMALE WHEEL ASSEMBLY SINGLE HEAD CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY 3 8 in PIPE OR ADAPTER P N WK 843837 000 FLARE ON CABLE HOUSING FITS INTO SLOT IN CONTROL HEAD CLOSURE DISC REMOVED TANDEM HEADS 3 8 in NPS MALE FLARED CABLE HOUSING Figure 4 25 Cable Operated Control Heads P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 31 September 2013 Installation 4 4 7 Electric Control Heads Before installing control head on the carbon dioxide cylinder valve ensure that the control head is in Set position actuating pin is in the fully retracted or Set position Failure to position control head in the Set position will result WARNING in accidental carbon dioxide cylinder discharge when the control head is installed on the cylinder valve For electrical connections to the same control hea
306. on of Nitrogen Cylinder P N WK 877940 000 and Mounting Bracket P N WK 877845 0004 42 4 4 11 2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation 1040 cu in and 2300 cu in P Ns 90 101040 000 and 90 102300 1004 43 4 4 12 Pressure Operated Control 4 44 4 4 13 Lever and Pressure Operated Control Heads 4 44 4 5 Auxiliary Components rire tei n ER een ae crete cece tne eee ERU ERR 4 45 4 5 1 Pressure Operated Switches 4 45 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 xiii September 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT 4 5 2 Pressure Operated 4 47 4 5 3 Pressure Operated 4 48 4 5 3 1 CO2 Pressure Operated Siren 4 48 4 5 3 2 2 Pressure Operated Siren 4 49 4 5 4 oor RUP ee rae ae ER Haase 4 50 4 5 5 Safety Outlet yasa ERR RR YE UR aE ee 4 51 4 5 6 Discharge ImIdicCatOF ul usapu aqa app esee meses eese en 4 51 4 6 Hose Ree l RACK 0 2 cc unu ma Susu usu Esa su 4 52 4 7 Commissioning The Carbon Dioxide 4 55 4 7 1 Pre Commission 0
307. onnel who have reason to occupy a protected area Suppression systems also employ a variety of actuation methods and specialized components to ensure reliable operation and prompt fire suppression 1 6 1 Safeguards Carbon dioxide is present in the atmosphere at an average concentration of about 0 03 percent by volume It is also a normal end product of human and animal metabolism The concentration of carbon dioxide in the air governs the rate at which carbon dioxide is released from the lungs and thus affects the concentration of carbon dioxide in the blood and tissues An increasing concentration of carbon dioxide in air can therefore become dangerous due to a reduction in the rate of release of carbon dioxide from the lungs and rate of oxygen intake Firefighting concentrations of carbon dioxide are lethal Appropriate safeguards as outlined in this chapter shall be provided to prevent death or WARNING injury to personnel in the protected space or adjoining areas where released carbon dioxide could migrate The safeguards typically used to prevent personnel exposure to fire fighting concentrations of fall into five categories Adequate Path of Egress Warning Signs and Personnel Education Pre Discharge Time Delays and Alarms Stop Valves and Lock Out Valves Post Release Warnings and Procedures Careful study of each particular situation may indicate additional steps that may be required to prevent injury or death t
308. ont with the hammer and pulling the handle 2 NAMEPLATE BRACKETS SUPPLIED WITH PULL BOX OPTIONAL S NAMEPLATE 2 4 COVER BY INSTALLER SCREWS PULL 3 8 in PIPE HANDLE 5 7 8 in 149 mm in CABLE XO HAMMER P N 928103 5in 127 mm 2 1 4 in 57 mm BREAK GLASS P N WK 928103 000 Figure 2 23 Mechanical Pull Box 2 3 3 2 MECHANICAL PULL BOX Z BRACKET The mechanical pull box Z bracket Part No 81 605320 000 Figure 2 24 is used to attach the mechanical pull box to a wall or a rigid structural member This bracket provides sufficient offset of the pull box from its mounting surface to allow penetration from behind by the cabling system 4 112 in 114 mm 1 16 in CABLE CORNER PULLEY CONDUIT NIPPLE Z BRACKET 81 605320 000 3 9 16 90 mm 3 HOLES FOR 1 4 in MOUNTING BOLTS HERE Figure 2 24 Mechanical Pull Box Bracket September 2013 2 22 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 3 3 3 CORNER PULLEYS Corner pulleys Figure 2 25 are used at every change in direction of cable lines and prevent binding to ensure smooth operation Part No 81 803808 000 is used for all watertight applications Part No WK 844648 000 is used for all industrial applications WATERTIGHT CORNER PULLEY P N 81 803808 000 1 3 4 in 45 mm GASKET COVER SCREW mE 5 8 in 2 1 8 in 54 MM DIA 16 mm COVER 13 16 in 21 m
309. op from 3 inches to 1 inch The water column will recede to 0 level as air passes through the vent The vent setting is the time required in seconds for the water column to drop 2 inches from a level of 3 inches to 1 inch on both legs or from 1 1 2 inches to 1 2 inch on each leg of the U Tube manometer This is also known as the calibrated rate of flow For example if the time required to pass the above amount of water is 5 seconds the control head vent is No 5 When vents are tested in control heads the time will vary due to the added volume in the control head diaphragm chamber and a No 5 vent will test 5 7 seconds which is acceptable If a vent time reads much higher it will increase system sensitivity if a vent time reads much lower it will decrease system sensitivity and may not be acceptable Repeat above procedure for testing tandem control head if installed Since there is no vent in the tandem control head the vacuum should hold Disconnect manometer test set from the control head test fitting A Reset the control head by turning the reset stem to its SET position Note For accuracy Kidde Fire Systems test set Part No 81 840041 000 must be used TEST FOR LEAKAGE OF SYSTEM TUBING AND DETECTORS 1 Connect the test fitting of the manometer to the pneumatic detector tubing at the control head connection nut Squeeze the rubber bulb C fully Close off the open rubber tube A Very gradually release the rub
310. or spacing guidelines when different ceiling configurations are encountered Ensure that no HAD is mounted at a location where normal process conditions can cause temperature increases to occur at rates faster than 20 F per minute The pneumatic heat actuated detector HAD is attached to a mounting bracket for ease of installation in industrial applications Depending upon the size of the area being protected the number of HADs used can range from a minimum of 1 to a maximum of 15 When up to 5 HADs are required they are parallel branched by means of tee connections from a common tubing line and the tubing is connected directly to the control head When more than 5 HADs are required they are evenly distributed on separate tubing lines and the individual tubing lines are connected directly to the control heads Therefore for 15 HADs three 3 control heads should be installed Pneumatic detectors shall be installed on the ceiling and not on the underside of beams Refer to the approved installation drawings for quantity and location CAUTI ON of detectors P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 35 September 2013 Installation SLOT FOR MOUNTING SCREW 1 3 4 in 45 mm MOUNTING 4 2 in EMT CONNECTOR 1 2 in EMT TYP UPPER CAGE 2 718 73 1 8 TUBING 1 8 in TUBING UNION SUPPLIED WITH DETECTOR CHAMBER LOWER CAGE Figure 4 28 Pneumatic Detector HAD 4 4 9 2 TUBING The
311. orts shall be in accordance with the rules of MSS SP 58 the companion document MSS SP 69 provides recommendations for the selection and application of pipe support types This MSS Standard Practice is published by the Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry Inc located at 127 Park Street NE Vienna Virginia 22180 phone 703 281 6613 The Piping Design Handbook For Use With Special Hazard Fire Suppression Systems published by the Fire Suppression Systems Association FSSA provides general information and guidelines for the selection and application of pipe supports 3 12 4 Cylinder Manifolds The carbon dioxide cylinder bank is connected to the discharge pipe network through a manifold The manifold consists of an arrangement of pipe and fittings called a header which collects the discharge from each cylinder into a single pipe One or more headers are connected to a single outlet connection called a riser 3 12 4 1 MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENTS The manifold may be arranged as an End Center or H manifold with additional design considerations for connected Main and Reserve systems The figures shown are exemplary only and do not represent the only possible configurations It is permissible to include elbows in the manifold 3 12 4 1 1 End An End manifold consists of a single header Any number of cylinders may be connected Qt Figure 3 6 Example of an End Manifold 3 12 4 1 2 Center A Cente
312. ositive indication that the valve is fully closed Table B 2 lists the lockout valve with limit switch specifications Note The CO Lockout Valve is not a UL listed item September 2013 B 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table B 2 Lockout Valve with Limit Switch Specifications General Dimensions Assembly Part Number Size A B D E F G 81 934711 000 1 2 in 21 32 in 3 15 19 in 1 15 16 in 2 1 4 in 5 1 2 in 2 51 64 in 2 1 2 in DN15 17 mm 100 mm 49 mm 57 mm 140 mm 71 mm 64 mm 81 934712 000 3 4 in 13 16 in 4 1 2 in 2 3 16 in 2 39 64 in 5 1 2 in 2 51 64 in 2 1 2 in DN20 21 mm 114 mm 56 mm 66 mm 140 mm 71 mm 64 mm 81 934713 000 1 in 1 in 4 15 16 in 2 3 8 in 2 63 64 in 6 1 2 in 2 51 64 in 2 1 2 in DN25 25 mm 125 mm 60 mm 76 mm 165 mm 71 mm 64 mm 81 934714 000 1 1 2 in 1 7 16 in 5 7 8 in 2 3 4 in 3 7 8 in 8 1 2 in 2 51 64 in 2 3 4 in DN40 37 mm 149 mm 70 mm 98 mm 216 mm 71 mm 70 mm 81 934715 000 2 in 1 23 32 in 6 7 8 in 3 3 8 in 4 1 2 in 8 1 2 in 2 51 64 in 2 3 4 in DN50 44 mm 175 mm 86 mm 114 mm 216 mm 71 mm 70 mm B 7 1 Lockout Valve Installation The construction of the two way union end ball valve product design helps make installation and maintenance easy This product has the free floating ball principle The ball is not fixed and is free to align under line pressure The resu
313. ote CO cylinders are filled by weight only not by pressure CAUTI ON cylinders should be filled using an approved transfer pump DO NOT use dry ice converters as this may allow water vapor to enter the cylinder causing internal corrosion Recharge of Kidde Fire Systems cylinders should only be performed by a Kidde Fire Systems distributor cylinder recharge shall be in accordance with the following instructions Where applicable refer to Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 2 during performance of the following procedure 1 Secure CO cylinder to vise or bracket and relieve any remaining cylinder pressure This can be accomplished by utilizing the Kidde Fire Systems blow off fixture Part No 81 930117 000 Remove valve from cylinder if necessary Remove valve seat Remove copper sealing gasket Remove main check assembly and spring Remove sleeve retainer brass sleeve and pilot check assembly Kidde Fire Systems recommends replacing the safety burst disc Remove the safety outlet nut and reattach with a maximum torque of 350 in lbs Examine rubber portions of main check Part No WK 932636000 for 1 2 inch valve and Part No WK 800760 000 for 5 8 inch valve and the pilot check Part No WK 923066 000 for both 1 2 inch and 5 8 inch valve for the following conditions nicks voids tool marks bubbles swelling chips grease dirt and foreign matter If any of these conditions exist the checks shou
314. oted on the installation plan Connect the pipe conduit to the pull boxes and install the necessary pipe conduit sections corner pulleys and cable devices i e dual pull mechanism tee pulley dual pull equalizer etc to terminate at the cable operated control head s Do not exceed the allowable corner pulley quantities and cable lengths as noted in Table 4 4 Remove all the corner pulley covers Run the cable from the pull boxes through the pipe conduit corner pulleys and other cable devices Reattach the corner pulley covers After completing the cabling test each pull box for pull length and pull force Ensure the cable controls do not require more than 40 Ib 178 and 14 inches 356 mm of pull length The following sections will detail the specific installation requirements for all the components necessary to complete the cabling P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 27 September 2013 Installation Table 4 4 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations Maximum Corner Pulleys September 2013 Max Cable Control Head Type Part Number Part No Part No Length 803808 844648 Cable Operated 81 979469 000 15 30 100 ft 30 m Electric Cable 81 895630 000 6 30 100 ft 30 m Electric Cable XP WK 897494 000 6 30 100 ft 30 m Pneumatic All 6 30 100 ft 30 m 4 28 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 4 3 Cable Operated Control Head The following procedures must be performed before attaching control head to cylin
315. ould result in one of the aforementioned concerns 5 Install control head to cylinder valve 6 Tighten the control head to the valve Tightening the control head to the valve requires that a wrench be used to hold the valve while the control head hex nut is tightened The P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 13 September 2013 Maintenance September 2013 outlet fitting 1 8 NPT to 5 16 tube connector must be removed to expose the two flats on the valve body new cylinders are supplied with plastic shipping plug in this outlet Both the valve body and the control head hex nut are 1 1 2 across the flats Hold the valve body using a 1 1 2 wrench preferred or a suitable smooth jawed adjustable wrench Position the control head in the desired orientation and hand tighten the hex nut Using a porate wrench fitted with a 1 1 2 crowfoot wrench tighten to a minimum torque of 60 ft Ib Reinstall outlet fitting and connect to system hose tubing or pipe as appropriate 1 Recommended 10 100 ft Ib 1 2 drive torque wrench Other ranges are acceptable provided 40 60 ft Ib is within optimum tolerance for the tool Set wrench to a minimum setting of 55 ft Ib most styles of crowfoot will increase the actual torque value by approximately 1096 since a typical 1 1 2 crowfoot wrench has a center to center dimension of 2 Actual minimum torque value is 60 ft Ib Calculate effect of crowfoot using tool manufacturer s data 6 14 P N 81 CO2M
316. ount for discharge reaction forces in addition to the load from piping deadweight and forces resulting from thermal expansion contraction Consideration must be given to thermal expansion contraction by avoiding rigid restraints anchors at both ends of a long pipe run One end of the pipe run must be supported with an intermediate type pipe hanger refer to Pipe Design Handbook Second Edition published by Fire Suppression Systems Association Baltimore Maryland in order to avoid structural buckling or pipe joint or support separation due to thermal expansion contraction Care must be taken to insure the piping is not subjected to vibration mechanical or chemical damage Refer to Table 4 1 and Table 4 2 for pipe support guidance Piping shall be of non combustible material having physical and chemical characteristics such that its deformation under stress can be predicted with reliability Special corrosion resistant materials or coatings may be required in severely corrosive atmospheres Examples of materials for piping and the standard covering these materials are a Ferrous Piping Black or galvanized steel pipe shall be either ASTM A 53 seamless or electric welded Grade A or B or ASTM A 106 Grade A B or C ASTM A 120 furnace butt weld ASTM A 53 and ordinary cast iron pipe shall not be used P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 1 September 2013 Installation In systems using high pressure supply 3 4 inch DN20 and smaller pipe may be Schedule
317. oved Nut Discharge Head P N 81 872442 000 with a Lever Operated Control Head P N WK 870652 000 allows the operator to actuate only one cylinder at a time in a multiple cylinder bank and to close the cylinder valve without discharging the entire contents of the cylinder ACTUATION All controls for actuating the system shall be located in the immediate vicinity of the hose reel or rack Operation of hand hose line systems depends upon manual actuation and manual manipulation of the horn and valve assembly Therefore speed and simplicity of operation are essential for successful extinguishment Refer to Paragraph 3 13 fir additional information on actuation systems The use of a Grooved Nut Discharge Head P N 81 872442 000 with a Lever Operated Control Head P N WK 870652 000 allows the operator to actuate only one cylinder at a time in a multiple cylinder bank and to close the cylinder valve without discharging the entire contents of the cylinder September 2013 3 82 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 2 4 3 1 Installation CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION INTRODUCTION This section contains installation instructions for Kidde Fire Systems fixed carbon dioxide systems as well as hose reel and rack systems Equipment installation shall be such that the components are located and arranged to permit inspection testing recharging and any other required maintenance that may be necessary Components must not be located where they may be subject to severe
318. ow point Do not damage or drill through tubing Install the pneumatic detectors on the ceiling of the protected space Connect each detector on a detection system branch line to 1 2 inch conduit Terminate single branch line conduit at a junction box near the pneumatic control head Conduit bends must be rounded smoothly Fasten and securely brace the conduit Use standard junction boxes where required to make connections Run 1 8 inch copper tubing through the conduit checking each section of tubing for obstructions with a manometer prior to installation and prior to making connections as shown in Figure 4 29 Connect the tubing sections by means of flared fittings and connect each detector as shown Terminate the 1 8 inch tubing for single branch line systems at the junction box near the control head Connect the 1 8 inch tubing to 3 16 inch tubing in the junction box by means of a reducing union and then route 3 16 inch tubing from the junction box to the pneumatic control head 1 8 in TUBING FLARE END WITH NUT CUT OTHER END SQUARE a 1 8 in NUT WK 207648 000 t ho SYSTEM 1 8 in l I FILL HERE 1 8in ACTUATION UNION NUT TUBING 1 Eesssspsasussaphassasa lt RUBBER TUBE I 1 8 in UNION B AND NUT INDUSTRIAL DETECTOR PIN P N 81 802535 000 WK 840845 000 I 1 wee FILL i i TO I A 3 16 in X 17 in 432 mm DERE E LONG TUBING P N WK 80236
319. pacity Ib kg Round up the calculated quantity of cylinders and calculate the actual quantity of agent to be supplied Equation 35 War ney Where W Total carbon dioxide supplied Ib kg Number of cylinders required rounded W Selected cylinder capacity Ib kg P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 57 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 15 AGENT SUPPLY Supplied Quantity Consider a local application that requires 448 carbon dioxide A Pressure Operated Siren will be located near the protected equipment Determine the actual quantity of agent to be provided From Equation 33 MS W nin W Where MURS is the Minimum Agent Supply for the System W min TF is the Minimum Agent Quantity for the Total Flooding Portion s W nina is the Minimum Agent Quantity for the Local Application Portion s and W is the Quantity of Agent Discharged Through the Pressure Operated Siren s MITES 0 Ib From Equation 32 W 20 4 x n x t tp Where n is the Quantity of Pressure Operated Sirens td is the Discharge Time and fp is the Pneumatic Delay Time n 1 From Equation 31 1 4 x Lig Where fig is the Duration of Liquid Discharge of the Local Application Portion From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 tng 0 5 min ty 1 4 x 0 5 0 7 tp 305 tp 0 5 min W 20 4 f tp W 20 4 x 1 x 0 7 0 5 W 24 48 W 25 Ib zi W nin
320. peat steps 9 through 12 If any leaks persist replacement of the valve is necessary on c 7 3 2 1 CYLINDER LEAK TEST 15 September 2013 Leak test cylinder either by immersing in water using a bell jar over the valve to check for leaks Water temperature should not exceed 100 F 38 C or apply a soap solution to all pressure connection s and observe for bubble leaks 7 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Post Discharge Maintenance VALVE BODY VALVE SEAT MAIN CHECK 2 1 2 in 14 NS 3 FOR DISCHARGE HEAD CONNECTION SLEEVE RETAINER SPRING DISC RETAINER SAFETY DISC PILOT CHECK RR WASHER 1 1 4 in 18 NS 3 _ NY 1 in NPT FOR CONTROL N HEAD CONNECTION NS TYPICAL CYLINDER NY x SLEEVE TYPICAL SIPHON TUBE SIPHON TUBE THREADED IN PLACE 3 8 in NPS MATERIALS VALVE BODY BRASS VALVE SEAT BRASS SLEEVE BRASS SLEEVE RETAINER BRASS MAIN CHECK BRASS WITH RUBBER SEAT PILOT CHECK STAINLESS STEEL WITH RUBBER SEAT Figure 7 1 1 2 Type I Cylinder Valve P N 81 CO2MAN 001 7 5 September 2013 Post Discharge Maintenance MAIN CHECK VALVE BODY oW SLEEVE RETAINER 2 1 2 in 14 NS 3 FOR DISCHARGE HEAD CONNECTION SPRING DISC RETAINER SAFETY DISC L 1 4 Q YY N N d 3 PILOT CHECK WASHER FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION 1 in NPT SLEEVE X TYPICAL SIPHON TUB
321. per NFPA requirements Electrical data is contained in Table 2 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 29 September 2013 Component Descriptions OPERATING SOLENOID UL LISTED FOR USE IN THE FOLLOWING HAZARD LOCATIONS CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1 2 in CLASS GROUP OP TEMP FEMALE 13 150 25 65 I D 40 TO 150 F 40 65 CONNECTION WIRES 36 in 914 mm LONG E F G 40 Jo 150 F 40 TO 65 C 7 3 8 in LOCKING PIN 187 SEAL WIRE INDICATOR AND RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR REMOTE PULL BOX PIPE OR CONDUIT 3 8 in NPS MALE LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER 4 15 16 in 125 mm SWIVEL NUT 1 1 2 in 38 mm HEX CONNECTION FOR CABLE 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 THREAD HOUSING TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED 3 8 in NPS FEMALE USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS Figure 2 34 Explosion Proof Electric and Cable Operated Control Head Table 2 10 Explosion Proof Control Head Control Head Part Number Type Voltage Amps Power Rating WK 897494 000 Explosion Proof 24 Vdc 1 65 continuous 33 0 Watts 2 3 5 Pneumatic Control Heads The pneumatic control head Figure 2 35 is a non electric mechanical device that allows for automatic actuation of carbon dioxide cylinders stop valves and directional valves by means of pressure pulses transmitted from heat actuated detectors HADs via copper tubing These control heads can a
322. perature exposure a pressure relief device Safety Outlet is required 1 Locate the Safety Outlet in an area where the carbon dioxide can be safely discharged without exposing personnel 2 Ensure that the maximum allowable working pressure of the closed section of pipe is equal to or greater than the maximum operating pressure of the Safety Outlet which is 2 800 psig for part number 81 803242 000 3 The Safety Outlet Figure 4 41 must be installed upstream of any stop valve Connection to the piping is made with a 3 4 inch NPT fitting Attach the wrench to the body of the safety outlet Do not tighten or loosen the retaining nut containing the safety disc RETAINING NUT SEAL WIRE KGS 5G BODY 3 4 in NPT MALE Figure 4 41 Safety Outlet Discharge Indicator The discharge indicator Figure 4 42 must be installed on the discharge manifold in either a horizontal or vertical position The indicator has a 3 4 inch NPT male connection Make certain the indicator stem is in the normal position NORMAL POSITION WZ 77 NEEL NN 222X lt zzzzzzzz zzzz2 DISCHARGE INDICATION POSITION p BODY 3 4 in NPT MALE SJ 1 1 8 in 29 mm HEX ACROSS FLATS CAP STEM Figure 4 42 Discharge indicator P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 51 September 2013 Installation 4 6 HOSE REEL RACK Hose reel Figure 4 43 or rack Figure 4 44 must be installed in a location where access to
323. piping during filling or performing testing Protection Cap A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss The cap is attached to the actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin No attachments control head pressure control head are to be connected to the actuation port during shipment storage or handling September 2013 iv P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES 1 Position cylinder s in designed location and secure with cylinder bracket s 2 Remove safety shipping cap and actuation port protection cap 3 Attach flex loops or swivel adapter to discharge heads Connect assembly to system piping Then attach assembly to cylinders Flex hoses swivel adapters must always be connected to the system piping and WARNING to the discharge heads before attaching the discharge heads to the cylinder A valves in order to prevent injury in the event of inadvertent carbon dioxide discharge 4 Verify control head s are in the set position WARNING Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder A actuation port in order to prevent accidental discharge 5 Install control head s on cylinder s Removal From Service 1 Remove control head s from cylinder s 2 Remove discharge head from each cylinder valve 3 Attach safety shipping protection cap
324. pon system actuation the appropriate valve is opened along with the agent cylinders to direct the discharge to the hazard where the fire is occurring In cases where the protected hazards do not require the same quantity of agent it is possible to discharge only a portion of the cylinder bank A hydraulic flow calculation shall be performed for each hazard ODORIZER ASSEMBLY An odorizer assembly shall be installed downstream of each directional valve The scent from the odorizer will provide a post discharge warning to any personnel entering the protected area or adjacent areas ELECTRICAL CLEARANCES All system components shall be located so as to maintain minimum clearances from live parts Reference NFPA 12 for additional guidance ACTUATION SYSTEM DESIGN The carbon dioxide suppression system is actuated by a sub system of components that responds to an alarm condition and opens the carbon dioxide cylinder valves Discharge Heads A discharge head must be attached to every cylinder Plain nut and grooved nut discharge heads shall not both be used in a common manifold See Paragraph 2 2 2 for additional information Cylinder Actuation Each cylinder may be actuated by either of two methods with a control head or with manifold back pressure ACTUATION WITH A CONTROL HEAD A cylinder fitted with a Plain Nut or Grooved Nut Discharge Head Part No WK 872450 000 or 81 872442 000 respectively may be actuated with any
325. pply for a Rate by Volume application Assume an enclosure about the hazard i Assumed Enclosure Dimensions ft W x 10 ft L x 5 ft H V 8 ft x 10 ft x 5 ft 400 ft From Equation 30 q q x V Where 4 is the Minimum Discharge Rate gV is the Design Flow Rate per Unit Volume and V is the Volume of the Assumed Enclosure From Equation 29 gy 0 75 x Ag Ay 4 0 25 Where Ag is the Open Area of the Assumed Enclosure Walls and Ay is the Total Area of Assumed Enclosure Walls Aw 8x5 10 x 5 8x5 10x 5 Ay 180 ft gt 8x5 10x 5 8x 5 10 x 5 180 ft gt qV 0 75 Ay 0 25 qV 0 75 x 180 180 0 25 qV 1 0 Ib min ft September 2013 3 46 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design amin 4V x V 4min 1 0 x 400 4min 400 Ib min From Equation 16 W l 4xqx Where Discharge n From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 fig 0 5 min min 1 4 X q X W nin 1 4 x 400 0 5 W nin 280 Ib is the Minimum Quantity of Agent to Be Supplied and hig is the Duration of Liquid P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 47 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 12 LOCAL APPLICATION RATE BY VOLUMBE Assumed Enclosure with Walls Consider a hazard with outside dimensions 4 ft W x 6 ft L x 3 ft H that is located in a corner The 6 ft side of the hazard is 1 1 2 ft away from the wall and the 4 ft side
326. protected area and to the possibility that personnel could be trapped in or enter into an atmosphere made hazardous by a carbon dioxide discharge Safeguards shall be provided to ensure prompt evacuation to prevent entry into such atmospheres and to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped personnel Personnel training shall be provided September 2013 3 24 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design If personnel could be in the protected space at any time the following safety devices shall be integrated into the carbon dioxide fire suppression system Reference Paragraph 1 6 1 Pneumatic pre discharge alarm Pressure Operated Siren e Pneumatic Discharge delay Discharge Delay e Addition of a distinctive odor to the discharging carbon dioxide Odorizer Part No 81 897637 000 and 10030080 or automatic alarms that are activated by an oxygen or carbon dioxide detector or establishment and enforcement of confined space entry procedures Warning signs in accordance with NFPA 12 Warning Signs Part No 06 231866 8XX e Carbon dioxide system Lock Out valve Lockout Valves The Pneumatic Discharge Delay and any other valve that controls the flow of agent shall be fitted with a manual bypass control that is supervised to alert WARNING personnel when the device is in the bypass mode 3 5 4 2 3 5 4 3 All closed sections of pipe i e upstream of any time delay or lockout valves shall be fitted with a Safety Outlet Part No 81 803242 0
327. r three dimensional object that cannot be easily reduced to equivalent surface areas Rate by Area and or enclosed volumes Total Flooding Examples of hazards that can be protected by this method include printing presses metal grinders wave solder machines pumps and motors The Rate by Volume method is applied by assuming an enclosure about the hazard Nozzles are located in and around the hazard to evenly distribute the agent throughout the protection envelope and to direct the discharge at the expected flame locations Since an enclosure does not actually exist the duration of protection is only as long as the agent discharge Reference Paragraph 3 6 1 3 for guidance on the duration of discharge 3 6 3 1 ASSUMED ENCLOSURE The total carbon dioxide discharge rate of the system shall be based on the volume of an assumed enclosure entirely surrounding the hazard The walls and ceiling of the assumed enclosure shall be a minimum of 2 ft 0 6 m from the hazard s actual edges unless walls or ceilings are present The assumed enclosure shall include a solid floor No deductions are made to the volume for solid objects within the assumed enclosure A minimum dimension of 4 feet must be used during volumetric calculation of the assumed enclosure The assumed volume shall be increased to compensate for the losses due to winds and forced drafts 3 6 3 2 DISCHARGE RATE The discharge rate for a basic system shall be 1 Ib min ft 16 kg min
328. r manifold consists of two identical headers connected to a single riser The total quantity of cylinders shall be a multiple of 2 September 2013 3 62 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design 4 Figure 3 7 Example of Center Manifold 3 12 4 1 3 H An H manifold consists of four identical headers connected to a single riser The headers are arranged to form two identical center manifolds connected to the riser through identical pipe sections The total quantity of cylinders shall be a multiple of 4 Figure 3 8 Example of an H Manifold 3 12 4 1 4 Main And Reserve A Main and Reserve manifold consists of two identical End Center or H manifolds connected to a single riser and isolated by check valves P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 63 September 2013 Design 3 12 4 2 3 12 4 2 1 3 12 4 2 2 3 12 4 3 3 12 4 3 1 Figure 3 9 Example of a Main and Reserve End Manifold MANIFOLD PIPE SELECTION A cylinder manifold may be designed by either of two methods Single Pipe Size or Stepped Pipe Size Each approach has its own benefits with respect to cost ease of fabrication flow resistance and developed back pressure Single Pipe Size Manifolds A manifold may be fabricated from a single pipe size that is appropriate for the flow rate of the entire cylinder bank This design allows for the maximum flow rate and simpler fabrication However large pipe sizes will result in lower manifold pressures adversely affecting actuat
329. r Only 81 871072 002 N2 Discharge Delay 60 Second For Use w 108 cuin N2 Cylinder Only 90 101040 000 1040 cu in Nitrogen Cylinder Pilot Siren Driver 90 102300 100 90 981574 001 2300 cu in Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder N2 Siren Pressure Operated For Use with 108 1040 2300 cuin N2 Cylinders Only 81 803242 000 Safety Outlet 3 4 inch NPT 2400 2800 PSI 165 193 bars 81 967082 000 Discharge Indicator 3 4 inch NPT Brass September 2013 8 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Parts List Table 8 10 Auxiliary Equipment Continued Part No Description WK 31033 000 Nameplate Main WK 310340 000 Nameplate Reserve WK 404070 000 Record Card WK 281704 000 Operating Instructions Plate without Stop Valve WK 281705 000 Operating Instructions Plate with Stop Valve 81 897600 000 Odorizer Assembly 06 231866 851 Vacate Warning Sign 06 231866 852 Do Not Enter Warning Sign 06 231866 853 Odorizer Warning Sign 06 231866 854 06 231866 855 Migration Warning Sign Storage Warning Sign 06 231866 856 Actuation Warning Sign Table 8 11 Carbon Dioxide Computer Program Part No Description 81 190001 XXX Flow Calculation software with User s Manual amp Hardware Key Call for current Part Number and Version Table 8 12 Manuals Part No Description 81
330. r removal or cylinder installation must always be supervised to assure full compliance with the instructions in this manual 6 4 1 Weighing using Kidde Fire Systems Weigh Scale Use the following steps to weigh the cylinder by using the weighing scale P N 81 982505 000 1 Remove control head s at the coupling nut only When tandem heads are used back off each head at the same time before attempting to completely remove both heads from the cylinders The flexible hose must remain connected to the discharge head 2 Loosen the cylinder from the framing leaving the framing components connected to each other while allowing free vertical movement of the cylinder 3 Hook scale on weighing angle and slip yoke under discharge head Adjust as shown on Figure 6 2 September 2013 6 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Maintenance lt 21 in 533 mm NOT INCLUDING CLEARANCE FOR OPERATOR 4 ADJUSTMENT SLEEVE a E WEIGHBAR a INITIAL POSITION a FINAL POSITION WEIGHING SCALE K 8 1 4 in 210 mm DIA ROTATED 90 DEGREES FOR CLARITY POINTER INITIAL POSITION SCALE IS CALIBRATED IN POUNDS FINGER GRIP RING CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER Figure 6 2 Carbon Dioxide Cylinder Weighing Scale 4 Use the adjustment sleeve of the weighing scale assembly to bring the beam to the initial position The initial position must be determined to allow the cylinder to be suspended freely when the beam is pulled down towar
331. rature changes in the protected area The vent sizes available are listed in Table 2 13 Table 2 13 Vent Size Part Number Vent Size WK 802742 000 2 81 802743 000 3 WK 802745 000 5 WK 802746 000 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 35 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 3 6 5 1 8 INCH COPPER TUBING Within industrial systems 1 8 inch copper tubing is used to interconnect the principal components of a pneumatically actuated fire suppression system The tubing is available in 50 foot 100 foot and 250 foot bundles as indicated in Table 2 14 Table 2 14 1 8 inch Copper Tubing Part Numbers Part Number Length feet WK 802555 000 50 WK 802556 000 100 WK 207809 000 250 2 3 6 5 1 Fittings Fittings Figure 2 40 are available to join segments of 1 8 inch copper tubing and to interface the 1 8 inch tubing with 3 16 inch tubing segments used to connect components such as pneumatic transmitters and control heads CH 1 8 in TUBING NUT P N 81 207648 000 6 36 1 8 in UNION WITH NUTS P N 81 802355 000 1 8 in TEE WITH NUTS P N 81 802537 000 September 2013 CH 3 16 in TUBING NUT P N WF 528103 000 3 16 UNION WITHOUT NUTS PIN WK 528103 600 k 3 16 X 1 8 in REDUCING UNION WITH 1 8 in NUT WITHOUT 3 16 in NUT P N 81 802536 000 3 16 WITHOUT NUTS P N WK 528103 700 Figure 2 40 Fittings 2 36 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 3 6 5 2 2
332. rbon dioxide extinguishing concentration can be calculated from the following formula Equation A 1 21 0 CO 2102 100 Where O maximum residual oxygen Diffusion flame fires in most flammable liquids will be extinguished if the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere is reduced to 15 percent The theoretical carbon dioxide extinguishing concentration for most flammable liquids can then be calculated from Equation A 1 CO 21 15 x 100 286 A safety factor of 20 percent is then added for fire extinguishing systems This yields the following design concentration for most carbon dioxide extinguishing systems CO 28 6 x 1 2 34 3 Therefore a minimum carbon dioxide concentration of 34 percent by volume is required for all total flooding fire extinguishing systems The most complete list of theoretical carbon dioxide extinguishing concentrations and the suggested minimum design concentration are contained in Table 3 1 QUANTITY OF CO REQUIRED FOR A TOTAL FLOODING SYSTEM UNDER A FREE EFFLUX FLOODING CONDITION The formula for calculating the quantity of carbon dioxide required to achieve a given extinguishing concentration under free efflux flooding conditions is Equation A 2 W lt In 1 1 C Where W weight of carbon dioxide Ib V enclosure volume ft S specific volume of superheated carbon dioxide vapor 9 ft 3 Ib C design concentration In natural logarithm P N 81 CO2MAN 001 A 1 Septemb
333. re Operated Switches A Pressure Operated Switch Part No 81 486536 000 or 81 981332 000 shall be installed between the manifold and the Lockout valve and shall provide an alarm initiating signal to the suppression control panel Odorizers An odorizer assembly Part No 81 897600 000 shall be installed upstream of the lock out valve In the event a safety outlet ruptures in a locked out system the scent from the odorizer will provide a warning that carbon dioxide has vented into the area by the safety outlet Distribution Networks The distribution network should be routed in the most efficient manner possible HYDRAULIC CALCULATI ONS Hydraulic flow calculations are used to determine the pipe sizes and nozzle orifice codes for the system Kidde Fire Systems CO Calculation Software Part No 81 190001 XXX or the guidelines in NFPA 12 may be used to perform these calculations The equivalent lengths for all Kidde pipe objects are included in the software See the Kidde Fire Systems CO Calculation Software User s Manual for additional information P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 67 September 2013 Design 3 12 5 2 3 12 5 3 3 12 5 4 3 13 3 13 1 3 13 2 3 13 2 1 3 13 2 2 DIRECTIONAL VALVE SYSTEMS Directional Valve Systems are used to protect multiple separate hazards with a single agent supply In this arrangement the cylinder manifold is connected to a manifold of Directional Valves which lead to different hazards U
334. re the use of a Material Conversion Factor see Paragraph 3 5 2 3 If the accumulation of combustibles on the wall of the duct or trench creates a deep seated hazard the system must be designed according to the criteria specified in Paragraph 3 5 3 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 7 September 2013 Design 3 5 2 3 MATERIAL CONVERSION FACTOR As shown in Table 3 1 many combustible materials require a carbon dioxide concentration that is higher than 34 for suppression When such materials are present the basic quantity of carbon dioxide W shall be increased by the appropriate Material Conversion Factor as determined from the curve shown in Figure 3 1 Equation 2 We Wexfe Where Wc Quantity of agent for given concentration Ib kg Wg Basic quantity of agent from Equation 1 Ib kg fc Material conversion factor from Figure 3 1 sion factor Conver 60 70 Minimum design CO concentration 55 Figure 3 1 Minimum Design CO Concentration Reprinted with permission from NFPA 12 2005 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems Copyright 2005 National Fire Prevention Association Quincy MA 02169 This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety September 2013 3 8 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design EXAMPLE 2 TOTAL FLOODING FOR SURFACE FIRES Material Conversion Factor Consider a room with dim
335. res Control head s must be in the set or closed position before attaching to the WARNING cylinder valve to prevent accidental discharge of the carbon dioxide system Before resetting a control head fitted to a nitrogen cylinder all pressure must be relieved from the downstream actuation piping Failure to follow this CAUTION procedure can cause the control head to not be operationally ready after reset 4 If pneumatic transmitter is installed reset as follows Pneumatic control head attached to the pneumatic transmitter must be reset CAUTION before resetting the transmitter a Unscrew the slotted indicator cap b Reverse cap and screw onto plunger C Pull plunger out until it clicks into position d Unscrew cap and reinstall over plunger Green indicator showing through slots in cap indicates transmitter is in SET position 5 If system was operated using a nitrogen pilot cylinder remove the control head from the nitrogen cylinder This will vent nitrogen pressure from the actuation piping and reset the pressure operated control heads on the carbon dioxide cylinders 6 If system was operated using a manual pull station reset manual pull station 7 Iftime delay was manually overridden reset manual control lever on pneumatic Discharge delay Reinstall locking pin Replace seal wire 8 Replace all discharged odorizer assemblies 7 3 CYLINDER RECHARGE and nitrogen cylinders must not be recharged without a
336. retest if more than five 5 years have elapsed from the date of last test Retest shall be in CAUTION accordance with the requirements of CFR 49 After retest interior of cylinders must be thoroughly dried and free of residue Under no circumstances while performing either cylinder recharge or leak test should a CO cylinder have a discharge head or control head attached to the cylinder valve When handling carbon dioxide cylinders observe the following a Each cylinder is factory equipped with a valve protection cap threaded securely over the valve assembly This device is a safety feature and provides protection during handling b This protection cap must be installed at all times except when the cylinder is connected into the system piping being filled or leak tested c valve protection cap must be stored in a secure space and made readily available for use Do not move or handle cylinders without the cap installed WARNING September 2013 7 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Post Discharge Maintenance 7 3 1 Carbon Dioxide Agent Carbon dioxide should be of excellent grade pure and dry The agent shall have the following minimum properties a The vapor phase shall be not less than 99 5 percent carbon dioxide b The water content of the liquid phase shall comply with CGA G6 2 The water content should be below 0 03 percent 32 ppm by weight C Oil content shall be not more than 10 ppm by weight 7 3 2 CO Cylinders N
337. rface in adequate concentrations to extinguish a fire Additionally sufficient air velocity may cause liquid to splash and escape the hazard area potentially spreading a fire In the event of such circumstances nozzles shall be located so as to compensate for these effects and consideration shall be given to installing additional nozzles outside the hazard area Table 3 6 Aiming Factors for Angular Placement of Nozzles Discharge Angle Aiming Factors 45 60 1 4 60 75 1 4 3 8 75 90 3 8 1 2 90 1 2 center P N 81 CO2MAN 001 1 Based on 6 inch 152 mm freeboard Degrees from plane of hazard surface Fractional amount of nozzle coverage area Note Also see Figure 3 3 75 90 DISCHARGE 221 45 60 HEIGHT m gt PROTECTED SURFACE Hen NOZZLE COVERAGE AREA Figure 3 3 Nozzle Aiming 3 35 September 2013 Design 3 6 2 2 TANKSIDE TYPE L NOZZLE Type L nozzles provide a fanned discharge that blankets a liquid surface e g dip tank or coated surface e g drip board with carbon dioxide Nozzles are mounted on the freeboard for liquid surface coverage and on the edge of coated surfaces in accordance with spacing requirements 3 6 2 2 1 Rate for Liquid Surface The minimum flow rate per coverage area per nozzle for tankside protection of liquid surfaces shall be selected from Table 3 7 Table 3 7A Liquid
338. river cylinder can operate one or more sirens Table 3 10 indicates the number of sirens that can be installed on a line from any one siren driver the total length of actuation pipe that can be used must not exceed the limits shown in this table 108 cu in and 1040 cu in siren driver cylinders cannot be manifolded A maximum of two 2300 cu in siren drivers can be manifolded to provide up to twenty sirens on one circuit No other manifold combination is permitted Table 3 10 Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits Number of Maximum Maximum Maximum Length Pilot Cylinder Siren Part Sirens per Length of 1 4 Length of 1 4 of 5 16 in x Size Number Siren VEL in Sch 80 in Sch 40 0 032 in Wall Pipe Pipe Tubing 108 cu in 90 981574 001 1 90 ft 90 ft 90 ft 1040 cu in 90 981574 001 4 500 ft 500 ft 500 ft 2300 cu in 90 981574 001 10 500 ft 500 ft 500 ft 2 x 2300 cu in 90 981574 001 20 500 ft 500 ft 500 ft September 2013 3 66 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 12 4 3 7 3 12 4 3 8 3 12 4 3 9 3 12 5 3 12 5 1 Design Check Valves Check Valves See Paragraph 2 4 for Part Numbers are used to isolate groups of cylinders in Main and Reserve systems or in Directional Valve systems designed to discharge a different quantity of cylinders for each hazard See Paragraph 3 12 4 1 4 Main and Reserve Manifolds and Paragraph 3 12 5 2 Directional Valve Systems for more information Pressu
339. rogen cylinder pressure gauge for proper operating pressure If pressure loss adjusted for temperature exceeds 1096 recharge with nitrogen to 1800 PSIG at 70 F See Figure 6 1 for pressure temperature relationship Inspect lock out valve if installed Valve must be secured and locked in the open position Visually inspect Control Panel Detection system Ensure that system is normal and free from any alarm or trouble signals If any defects are found during the monthly inspection immediately contact a Kidde Fire Systems Distributor to service the systems P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 3 September 2013 Maintenance N PRESSURE TEMPERATURE CHART 2100 2000 1900 1800 EN zx o o PRESSURE PSIG 1500 1400 RECHARGE 1300 1200 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 TEMPERATURE F Figure 6 1 Nitrogen Temperature vs Pressure Data 6 4 SEMI ANNUAL WEI GHI NG OF CO CYLINDERS The CO cylinders are equipped with a high flow rate discharge valve which when actuated will open remain open and can not be closed Accidental actuation of the discharge valve on an unsecured disconnected cylinder will result in a discharge thrust capable to causing severe property damage and bodily injury WARNI NG It is therefore extremely important that the exact sequence of cylinder removal and installation always be followed Cylinde
340. rotated to the open position by removing the safety pin This will discharge a cylinder bypass a time delay period or open a directional stop valve P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 19 September 2013 Component Descriptions LOCKING PIN ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 2 in 50 mm CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION OF LEVER CLOSED SEAL WIRE BODY rA in 81 mm LEVER SS SS NS SWIVEL NUT 4 4 2 in 81 mm Zt im 07 lt 121212121 W ZA m Z SET 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 FEMALE X OPERATED 3 in lt 4 lt 76 mm N STEM Figure 2 20 Lever Operated Control Head 2 3 2 Cable Operated Control Head The cable operated control head Part No 81 979469 000 Figure 2 21 and Figure 2 22 is a mechanical device that allows for remote manual actuation of carbon dioxide cylinders stop valves and directional valves by means of signals transmitted via pull boxes and cables A manual lever is also provided on the control head for local operation A tension force transmitted by a cable will cause the control head s cable clamp and wheel assembly to travel linearly and depress the actuating pin to open the pilot check on a cylinder valve or directional stop valve September 2013 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER SEAL WIRE
341. rovided when the system is actuated by either automatic or normal manual operation Pneumatic pre discharge alarms See Paragraph 2 8 4 shall be provided for all applications that also require a pneumatic discharge delay as listed above Electric alarms may be employed in addition to pneumatic alarms or as the sole means of notification in applications that do not require a pneumatic discharge delay 1 6 1 4 STOP VALVES AND LOCKOUT VALVES A stop valve when used as a safety device is employed to ensure that carbon dioxide is not discharged into a normally occupied area without an evacuation signal The valve is normally closed to prevent the flow of carbon dioxide into the distribution piping Automatic or manual action is required to open the valve and allow to be discharged A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed in the distribution pipe between the supply and nozzles The valve is normally open but shall be locked in a closed position to prevent discharge of agent into the protected space when persons not familiar with the system and its operation are present persons are present in locations where discharge of the system will endanger them and where they will be unable to proceed to a safe location within the time delay period A lockout valve shall be provided on all systems except where dimensional constraints prevent personnel from entering the protected space and where discharged carbon dioxide cannot
342. s Table 2 20 Check Valve Dimensions 1 1 2 inch through 2 inch Part Number Valve Size i E in mm in mm in mm 81 870023 000 1 2in 1 2in 14NPT 3 75 95 2 50 64 4 68 119 81 870022 000 3 4 in 3 4 in 14 NPT 4 25 108 2 81 71 5 68 144 81 870122 000 1 in 1 11 5 NPT 5 50 140 3 62 92 6 87 175 81 870032 000 1 1 4 in 1 1 4 in 11 5 NPT 5 50 140 3 62 92 6 87 175 81 800123 000 1 1 2 in 1 1 2 in 11 5 NPT 7 50 191 4 75 121 8 43 214 81 800049 000 2 in 2 in 11 5 NPT 7 50 191 4 75 121 8 43 214 2 5 2 Directional Stop Valves 2 1 2 inch through 4 inch The 3 inch and 4 inch directional valves Part Nos 81 890010 000 and 81 890208 000 respectively Figure 2 52 and Figure 2 53 are similar in construction and operation as the 1 2 inch through 2 inch size directional valves These valves have flanged inlet and outlet ports and require two appropriately sized flanges and gaskets for connection to the distribution piping 2 5 2 1 2 1 2 INCH AND 3 INCH VALVES For the 3 inch valve Part No 81 890010 000 Figure 2 52 see Paragraph 2 4 3 1 through Paragraph 2 4 3 4 for descriptions of the components required for connection to 2 1 2 inch and 3 inch piping 3 4 in X 4 1 2 in 114 mm LG HEX BOLT P N WK 196648 720 16 REQUIRED 1 1 4 in 18 NF 3 MALE FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION 10 1 2 in lt 9
343. s Terminals 1 through 6 are used with the microswitches Terminals 7 and 8 are for optional equipment not part of this assembly Switch 1 can also be wired to provide positive LED strobe bell etc indication that the valve is fully closed Switch 2 must always be wired in series with the electric control head in the releasing circuit Note The limit switch assembly consists of two 2 single pole double throw SPDT mechanical switches which are rated to 15 amps P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 9 September 2013 B 7 1 2 WIRING DIAGRAM 1 With the ball valve in the fully open position normal operating mode SWITCH 1 IS OPEN SWITCH 2 IS CLOSED BLACK WHITE SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 Figure B 7 Switch When Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position 2 With the ball valve in the fully closed position service maintenance mode SWITCH 1 IS CLOSED SWITCH 2 IS OPEN BLACK WHITE SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 Figure B 8 Switch When Ball Valve is in Fully Closed Position B 7 2 Lockout Valves Maintenance When it is necessary to perform maintenance on the CO system or need to perform work that could cause false alarms and discharge it is essential to lockout the system The following steps must be observed Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position Lock the valve Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit When maintenance or test is complete unlock the valve and place it in the Open position
344. s a template to drill the necessary bolt holes at the appropriate height and location per the installation plan If using conduit connect the conduit adapter P N WK 843837 000 to the pipe connection on the back of the pull box prior to attaching the pull box as required to the mounting surface Insert 1 16 inch cable into the cable fastener P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 29 September 2013 Installation 4 4 5 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch The main to reserve transfer switch is used in the system to toggle the connection between the electrical control heads installed on the main or reserved cylinders with a suppression control unit For electrical wiring with a single electrical control head refer to Figure 4 23 and for two electrical control heads refer to Figure 4 24 The transfer switch is generally installed at the cylinder bank M R TRANSFER SWITCH RELEASE CIRCUITS M R TRANSFER SWITCH a RESERVE RELEASE CIRCUITS Figure 4 24 Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid Main and Reserve September 2013 4 30 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 4 4 6 Tandem Control Head 1 Installfirst control head as described in Paragraph 4 4 3 steps 1 through 7 above except that in step 7 the closure disk is omitted and cable is not to be cut until the second head is installed 2 Repeat steps 1 2 3 for second control head 3 Assemble second cable pipe locknut to cable housing Slide cable housing over free end of contr
345. s of cylinders can be accommodated by adding additional framing All framing is supplied with pre drilled mounting holes Any combination of cylinder stowage junction box installation pneumatic selector valve installation and cylinder manifold support can be accommodated by the holes in the framing All bolts and nuts are supplied as part of the framing Drilling is not required at the job site in order to erect the bracketing In addition the cylinder manifolds are arranged to be fastened to the framing Cylinder Rack and Framing Example Arrangement The components comprising a single row rack and frame Arrangement A for six cylinders Framing Kit 81 010001 006 are identified in the highlighted column of Table 2 5 and illustrated in Figure 2 19 Complete parts information concerning the components required for all single and double row rack and framing arrangements are contained in Table 8 19 Table 8 20 and Table 8 21 and illustrated in Figure 4 4 through Figure 4 20 September 2013 2 16 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions Table 2 5 Framing Kits One Row 3 through 15 Cylinders Number of Cylinders 3 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Kit Number 81 010001 XXX 004 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 Part No Description Quantity Supplied in Kit
346. se injury or death Actuation of this device causes carbon dioxide to discharge Before actuating be sure personnel are clear of the area Figure 2 88 Sign at Each Manual Actuation Station Reprinted with permission from NFPA 12 2005 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems Copyright 2005 National Fire Prevention Association Quincy MA 02169 This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced subject which is represented only by the standard in its entirety 2 10 HOSE REEL AND RACK SYSTEMS The carbon dioxide hose reel and hose rack systems Part Nos as listed in Table 2 33 Figure 2 89 through Figure 2 93 can be used to manually protect small hazard areas as a stand alone system or as a backup to an automatic fixed pipe system The system consists of a carbon dioxide supply hose reel or rack and the required size and length of hose connected to a horn and valve assembly The hose reel is furnished in a painted red finish Table 2 33 Hose Reel and Rack System Part Numbers Part Number WK 994058 000 Description Reel Red WK 909000 000 Hose Reel Coupling Nut required for 994058 81 919842 000 Rack 81 907757 000 Hose 1 2 in x 25 ft 7 5 m 81 961966 000 Hose 1 2 in x 50 ft 15 m 81 918990 000 Hose 3 4 in x 25 ft 7 5 m 81 918435 000 Hose 3 4 in x 50 ft 15 m WK 834900 000 Hose to Hose Thread Protector
347. st always be connected to the system piping and to the discharge head before attaching the discharge head to the cylinder valve in WARNING order to prevent injury in the event of inadvertent carbon dioxide discharge SWIVEL NUT ier 1 2 in NPT SSS 2 9 16 66 mm APPROX MATERIAL BRASS Figure 2 12 Swivel Adapter 2 2 5 Manifold Y Fitting The manifold Y fitting Part No 81 207877 000 Figure 2 13 is used in place of a pipe manifold to connect a two 2 cylinder system or for connecting a single cylinder main and reserve system 3 4 FEMALE SS 3 4 in NPT FEMALE 3 4 in NPT FEMALE J Figure 2 13 Manifold Y Fitting September 2013 2 12 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 2 6 2 2 6 1 2 2 6 1 1 Component Descriptions Cylinder Mounting Hardware Straps are available for securing single or double cylinders against a wall or other supporting structure Free standing arrangements are not available If walls are not available a simple free standing support can be built up from the floor Specially designed racks are available to secure multiple cylinders in various arrangements The racks consist of metal framework with cradles clamps and spacers to support the cylinders and also includes cylinder weighing bars to facilitate service and maintenance SINGLE OR DOUBLE CYLINDER ARRANGEMENTS Single Cylinder Straps The dim
348. tem and the appropriate response to pre discharge alarms 1 6 1 3 PRE DISCHARGE TIME DELAYS AND ALARMS Time delay devices are designed to delay the discharge of carbon dioxide for an appropriate period of time to allow an orderly and safe evacuation from the protected area Time delays also are used to provide a time interval for equipment shutdown and auxiliary interlocks prior to agent discharge Pneumatic discharge delays See Paragraph 2 8 3 shall be provided for All total flooding carbon dioxide systems protecting normally occupied and occupiable enclosures Local application systems protecting equipment or processes in normally occupied and occupiable areas where the discharge will expose personnel to hazardous concentrations of carbon dioxide An electric time delay may be employed in any circumstance that does not require a pneumatic discharge delay For occupiable spaces where a delayed discharge could result in an unacceptable risk to personnel or unacceptable damage to critical equipment time delays need not be provided An evacuation dry run shall be conducted to determine the minimum time needed for a person to evacuate the protected area Additional time shall be provided to allow for identification of the evacuation signal Pre discharge alarms whether electrical or pneumatic in nature are designed to provide a warning and evacuation signal during the time delay period Audible and visual indication shall be p
349. tember 2013 Installation 4 3 6 Flexible Discharge Hose to Piping Use the following steps to connect the cylinder s to the system piping or manifold using the flex hose 1 Inspect hose to verify the thread connections and hose are not damaged 2 Apply Teflon tape or pipe dope to the threaded male end and connect to the system piping or manifold 3 Connect the swivel female end to the male discharge head 4 The hose may be installed horizontally or in a 90 degree up position 5 Verify that the discharge hose does not flatten when installed and does not kink Flexible hoses must always be connected to the system piping and to the discharge heads before attaching the discharge heads to the cylinder valves in WARNING order to prevent injury in the event of inadvertent carbon dioxide discharge 4 3 7 Swivel Adapter to Piping Do not use the swivel adapter to connect more than one cylinder or more than one main and reserve cylinder Connect the cylinder to the system piping using the swivel adapter by following the steps listed below 1 Disassemble the swivel adapter and inspect the thread connections O ring and union for damage 2 Apply Teflon tape or pipe dope to the male threads on the system piping and attach the swivel nut piece to the system piping 3 Connect the swivel union 1 2 DN15 to the system piping 4 Connect the other end 3 4 in NPT DN20 to the discharge head The swivel adapter must always
350. ter is connected to the system s 1 8 inch copper tubing network via a short segment of 3 16 inch tubing and has a normally open micro switch contact that closes upon actuation A visual indicator shows when the transmitter is in its set position The pneumatic transmitter requires manual reset after actuation September 2013 B 4 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 CONNECTION SWITCH ONLY ON 890176 FOR CONTROL HEAD 4 A CONNECTION FOR 3 16 in COPPER TUBING OPERATING SHAFT ACTUATION SHAFT BELLOWS SWIVEL NUT Figure B 3 Pneumatic Transmitter B 4 2 Installation Pneumatic transmitter must be in the Set position green indicator visible through slots in cap before installing on the stop valve Pneumatic transmitter WARNI NG left in the Actuated position will allow inadvertent discharge of carbon dioxide into the hazard if the CO cylinders are actuated Refer to Figure B 3 and remove protection cap from pilot control port of the stop valve Position pneumatic transmitter on stop valve pilot control port 3 Run 3 16 inch copper tubing from the pneumatic transmitter to a junction box located adjacent to the transmitter 4 Using reducing union Part No 81 802536 000 connect the 3 16 inch O D tubing to the 1 8 inch tubing going to the pneumatic control heads on the pilot cylinders 5 Make electrical connections Note When the pneumatic transmitter is installed on main and reser
351. terline of the protected surface When overhead nozzles are used in conjunction with tankside nozzles the flow rate for the overhead portion shall be calculated in accordance with Paragraph 3 6 3 1 The total discharge rate for the hazard shall be the sum of the tankside qrs and overhead qoy portions The quantity of tankside nozzles may be calculated using Equations 21 through 27 Equation 21 N w 4 US Units or N w 1 22 Where Number of nozzle rows I Width of protected area ft m Equation 22 S 2w N Where S Width of nozzle coverage area ft m w Width of protected area up to 8 ft 2 44 m ft m Ny N from Equation 21 rounded up to the next whole number Equation 23 5 max E Sy Where S Maximum length of nozzle coverage area ft m A max 11 75 ft 1 092 m for liquid surfaces 16 1 2 ft 1 533 m for coated surfaces Sy Width of nozzle coverage area from Equation 22 ft m September 2013 3 40 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design Equation 24 N 1 5 max Where N Number of nozzles per row l Length of protected area ft m Latus Maximum length of nozzle coverage area from Equation 23 up to 5 ft 1 52 m ft m Equation 25 s 1 N Where S Length of nozzle coverage area ft m 1 Length of protected area ft m N N from Equation 24 rounded up to the next whole number Equation 26
352. the cylinders Operate carbon dioxide system electrically This can be accomplished by actuation at the system control panel or by manual operation of an electric pull station Ensure that each electric control head has operated Observe that the actuating pin has moved to its fully released position If any control heads have not operated check circuit for electric continuity to these particular heads and repeat test Replace all damaged heads Repeat test if any control heads have been replaced Electric control heads must be reset manually before reconnecting to the cylinder valves to prevent accidental carbon dioxide discharge Replace any damaged head which fails to reset properly Make certain electric control heads are in the SET position before reconnecting to the system cylinders Reattach all electric control heads to threaded port on cylinder valves Tighten swivel nuts securely Failure to follow this procedure will result in an accidental carbon dioxide discharge 6 4 4 Pressure Switch Test Perform pressure switch test as follows WARNING OY Mr d Duos September 2013 If the pressure switch is connected to an electrical release disconnect the circuit prior to performing the test Contact appropriate personnel and obtain authorization for shutdown Check that hazard area operations controlled by pressure switch are operative Manually operate switch by pulling up on plunger Verify that hazard area operations
353. the hose and discharge horn is unobstructed In addition the hose reel or rack location must allow firefighting personnel to reach all hazard areas protected by the system such as fuel pumps electrical apparatus etc with the hose Install the hand hose line system as follows 1 Install the cylinder support equipment discharge piping safety equipment and actuation system in accordance with the applicable sections of this manual 2 Mount the hose rack or reel and attach the hose to the piping as shown in Figure 4 43 or Figure 4 44 HORN CLIP 38 in 31 in 965 mm 787 mm HANDLE CLIP 13in 4 330 mm mm P N WK 834900 000 HOSE THREADED PROTECTOR 1 in 25 mm LEFT HAND UN FEMALE FERRULE AANA TYPICAL HOSE ASSEMBLY 3 4 in MALE 3 4 in PIPE Figure 4 43 Hose Reel Installation September 2013 4 52 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation HORN CLIP 38 in 31 in 965 mm 787 mm HANDLE CLIP 13in 4 _ uum j 330 mm mm P N WK 834900 000 HOSE THREADED PROTECTOR 1 in 25 mm LEFT HAND FEMALE FERRULE 3 4 in PIPE N TYPICAL HOSE ASSEMBLY 3 4 in MALE Figure 4 44 Hose Rack Installation 3 Connect multiple hoses in accordance with Figure 4 45 to achieve the desired total length P N WK 834900 000 HOSE TO HOSE THREAD PROTECTOR 1 in LEFT HAND FEMALE FERRULE Figure 4 45 Hose Assembly 4 Connectthe horn valve assembly securely to
354. the hose in accordance with Figure 4 46 The temporary shut off on the horn must be in the CLOSED position P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 53 September 2013 Installation FEMALE Figure 4 46 Horn and Valve Assembly 5 Mount the Handle and Horn Clips to the wall and place the horn valve assembly in the mounting clips provided PULL OUT PIN 2 5 16 in 8 mm 4 4 in DIA HOLES FOR MOUNTING 6 mm 3 in 76 mm 9 32 in 7mm DIA HOLE FOR L MOUNTING lt 1 1 4 le 32 mm 1 8 in 3 mm Figure 4 47 Handle and Horn Clips September 2013 4 54 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Installation 6 Install the carbon dioxide cylinders in accordance with Paragraph 6 9 1 Lever operated or cable operated control head must be in the Set position before installing on the cylinder valve Control head in the released position will WARNING result in accidental discharge of carbon dioxide when installed on the cylinder 4 7 1 valve COMMISSIONING THE CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM Note The following procedure in part is based on language from NFPA 12 Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems 2005 Edition NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code 2002 Edition and the NFPA Fire Protection Systems Inspection Test and Maintenance Manual Third Edition published in 2000 The completed carbon dioxide system shall be inspected tested and documented by qualified personnel in accordance with the NFPA 12 Standard The objective
355. the two cable operated control heads and secures the two heads in a fixed position The length of the cable housing see Table 2 6 is determined by the size of the cylinders used in the suppression system September 2013 2 24 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions FLARED 3 8 in NPS MALE Figure 2 28 Cable Housing Table 2 6 Cable Housing Part Numbers Cylinders Used With Cylinder Centers A Dimension Part Number Ib kg in mm in mm WK 331570 000 25 35 11 3 15 8 9 5 241 5 12 130 WK 202355 000 50 75 22 6 34 0 10 0 254 5 62 143 WK 200822 000 100 45 3 11 625 295 7 12 181 2 3 3 7 DUAL PULL MECHANISM The dual pull mechanism Part No 81 840058 000 Figure 2 29 performs a similar function as the tee pulley It is used to branch a pull cable line to two remote release stations and is used for cables that are run in 3 8 inch pipe 1 16 in CABLE CABLE CLAMP WITH SET SCREW 12 in 305 mm 4 MOUNTING HOLES 10 in 254 mm 1 16 in CABLE P l 3 8 in PIPE DIRECTION OF PULL HOUSING COVER 241 410 _ 57 mm 3 3 8 in HOUSING Ex FEMALE OUTLETS 2 3 8 in NPT 2 518 i 2 BRASS PLUGS SUPPLIED FEMALE OUTLETS 67 WITH DUAL PULL EQUALIZER 3 1 4 83 mm USE 3 32 in HEX KEY FOR CABLE PULLEY SET SCREWS Figure 2 29 Dual Pull Mechanism P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 25 September
356. throw STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY OPERATE SWITCH 4 1 4 in MOUNTING WIRING enon SCREW 102 mm TERMINALS TO RESET PUSH STEM TO SET POSITION E M 15AMP 125 VAC 10 AMP 250 VAC 3 4 HP 1 2 3 PH 125 480 VAC 4 in N 102 mm FRONT VIEW COVER REMOVED FRONT VIEW 1 2 in SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION SWITCH 3PDT BOX 3 1 2 in CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS COVER EACH SIDE 1 2 in NPT FEMALE CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING SIDE SECTION Figure 2 68 Pressure Operated Switch September 2013 2 64 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions STEM IN OPERATED POSITION 4 3 8 in 111 mm 1 in NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS STEM IN SET POSITION FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION PULL UP STEM SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH 2 1 in NPT PIPE PLUGS MANUALLY OPERATE SWITCH amp LisTED 472 rH SIGNAL SWITCH N FOR USE IN R CLUTCH HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS 9 6 5 16 in ty 9 in CLASS I GROUP D 160 mm SF 229 mm CAUTION TO PREVENT IGNITION OF HAZARDOUS N SS 122722222 Sg ATMOSPHERES DISCONNECT 6 COVER N i THE DEVICE FROM THE SCREWS TS N SUPPLY CIRCUIT BEFORE OPENING KEEP ASSEMBLY 30 250 TIGHTLY CLOSED WHEN 20 ANP 600 VAC NEN OPERATING HEAD IN OPERATION 2 HP 110 600 V NA 3 PHASE AC TO RESET PUSH 3 1 2 in STEM TO SET 89 mm POSTION KIDDE FENWAL INC 400 MAI
357. tic Actuation Systems 2 32 2 3 6 1 Pneumatic Cable m memes es emnes 2 32 2 3 6 2 Heat Actuated Detector erari eE e emen emen eese nns 2 33 2 3 6 3 Heat Collector 22 ied ERU di Ii tdi 2 34 2 3 6 4 NODES c PIED 2 35 2 3 6 5 1 8 inch Copper Tubing 2 36 2 3 6 5 1 Fittings cix 2 36 2 3 6 5 2 NECEM REN DNE 2 37 2 3 6 6 3 16 inch Copper Tubing 2 37 2 3 7 Pressure Operated Control 2 37 2 3 7 1 Pressure Operated Control Head 2 37 2 3 7 2 Lever and Pressure Operated Control 2 38 2 3 7 3 Stackable Pressure Operated Control 2 39 2 3 8 Components for Pressure Operated Actuation Systems 2 40 2 3 8 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder and Bracket 2 40 2 3 8 1 1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 108 cu 0 2 40 2 3 8 1 2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 1040 cu in 2 40 2 3 8 1 3
358. tic Control Head Tandem 1 inch 81 872330 000 Pneumatic Control Head Tandem 3 inch 81 872360 000 Pneumatic Control Head Tandem 6 inch WK 840845 000 Pneumatic Heat Detector 1 8 inch Tubing Industrial WK 841241 000 Pneumatic Heat Detector 3 16 inch Tubing Marine WK 312720 000 81 840044 000 Heat Collector 16 inch x 16 inch 406 mm x 406 mm Cable Housing 25 and 35 Ib Cylinders 81 840398 000 Cable Housing 50 and 75 Ib Cylinders 81 841739 000 Cable Housing 100 Ib Cylinders 81 871364 000 Pneumatic Main To Reserve Valve WK 207825 000 Rubber Grommet WK 802366 000 Tubing 3 16 inch x 17 inch 432 mm 81 802367 000 Tubing 3 16 inch x 46 inch 1168 mm WK 802486 000 Tubing 3 16 inch x 12 feet 3 7 m WK 802555 000 Tubing 1 8 inch x 50 feet 15 2 m WK 802556 000 Tubing 1 8 inch x 100 feet 30 5 m WK 207809 000 Tubing 1 8 inch x 250 feet 75 2 m WK 207648 000 81 802537 000 Tubing Nut 1 8 inch Tee 1 8 inch with Nuts 81 802535 000 Union 1 8 inch with Nuts 81 802536 000 Union 1 8 inch x 3 16 inch with 1 8 inch Nut WF 528103 000 Tubing Nut 3 16 inch Marine WK 528103 700 Tee 3 16 inch without Nuts Marine WK 528103 600 Union 3 16 inch without Nuts Marine WK 150530 000 Tubing Clip Marine WK 802742 000 Vent 2 Second 81 802743 000
359. to compensate for losses through the sirens From Equation 32 W 20 4 x nx t t5 Where n is the Quantity of Pressure Operated Sirens t is the Discharge Time and f is the Pneumatic Delay Time Since only one siren is located outside the total flooding hazard 1 From Equation 31 1 4x ts Where Dig is the Duration of Liquid Discharge of the Local Application Portion From Paragraph 3 6 1 3 lig 0 5 min September 2013 3 54 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Design ty 1 4 x 0 5 14 0 7 min t 30 5 t 0 5 min W 20 4 x n x tg tp W 20 4 x 1 x 0 7 0 5 W 24 48 W 25 Ib 3 10 3 10 1 3 10 2 EXTENDED DISCHARGE SYSTEMS An extended discharge is used to provide protection beyond the normal duration It may be applied either by increasing the agent supply or by providing a secondary system The duration of the extended discharge should be specified and agreed upon with the system owner and Authority Having Jurisdiction Examples of special considerations that will necessitate an extended discharge include Hazards containing a liquid having an auto ignition temperature below its boiling point such as cooking oils require an extended duration of protection to permit cooling of the oil e Hazards containing a metal or other material that may become heated and remain persistent source of ignition beyond the duration of protection e Hazards protected by tota
360. tream of the discharge manifold The odorizer assembly shall be installed upstream of the lock out valve In the event a safety outlet ruptures in a locked out system the scent from the odorizer will provide a warning that carbon dioxide has vented into the area by the safety outlet Odorizer assemblies must be attached to the discharge piping in the upright position The odorizer assembly requires approximately 9 of clearance Odorizer assemblies connect to a 3 4 NPT fitting 1 Install the 3 4 NPT fitting where the odorizer assembly will be located 2 Screw the odorizer assembly to the 3 4 NPT fitting To prevent damaging the odorizer assembly during testing it is recommended that the odorizer assembly not be installed until after system testing of the discharge piping is complete For periodic maintenance after the system has CAUTI ON been installed and in use remove the odorizer assembly prior to any testing of the discharge piping 8 7 REF Figure 4 40 Odorizer Installation September 2013 4 50 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 5 6 Installation Safety Outlet NFPA 12 requires a pressure relief device to be installed in sections of closed piping These closed sections of pipe are normally located between the carbon dioxide cylinders and Directional Stop Valves or lock out valves In order to prevent over pressurization of this closed section of pipe when carbon dioxide is trapped and in the event of high tem
361. tting Close open tube A of the manometer with a crimp clamp The manometer is now an integral part of the system and provides a visual record of pressure to which system is subjected by heat or cold at the detector 2 The installation of the manometer as described above provides a visual indication of the pressure build up within the system and will assist in determining if there is sufficient or insufficient pressure build up during the test of the system 5 YEAR AND 12 YEAR INSPECTION AND TEST GUI DELI NES Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen Cylinders The United States Code of Federal Regulations CFR Title 49 Transportation and Canada s Transport Canada TC Transport of Dangerous Goods Act TDG Part 5 govern the design fabrication testing and stamping of hazardous goods transported over all public ways roads rail boat etc When filled CFR49 TDG classify Kidde cylinders as hazardous goods In any case of information within this section conflicting with CFR49 TDG the requirements of CFR49 TDG take precedence over the instructions provided within this section All Kidde cylinders are designed fabricated tested and stamped in compliance with CFR49 TDG September 2013 6 10 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 6 6 1 1 6 6 1 2 6 6 2 6 6 3 6 6 4 Maintenance CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDERS Kidde CO2 cylinders shall comply with CFR49 TDG requirements while in transit and shall comply with NPFA 12 requirements while installed All Kidde CO2
362. tting Repeat this adjustment for each additional well 4 Attach the 1 8 inch tubing to a check union as applicable and secure in place using a tubing nut 5 Upon completion of the adjustments and assembly of the tubing to the unions close the box cover and assemble the seal wire Crimp the lead seal with pliers or a crimping tool PNEUMATIC TRANSMITTER Description The pneumatic transmitter Part No 890176 Figure B 3 is an intermediary actuation device used for pneumatic systems that employ directional stop valves It is always used in conjunction with a pneumatic control head The function of the pneumatic transmitter is to engage the pilot check on the directional stop valve and to retransmit the pneumatic actuation signal to the pilot cylinders controlling the discharge of the suppression system The pneumatic transmitter consists of a metal body to which a bellows housing is attached The body contains an actuator rod to engage the pilot check of a directional or stop valve and a spring loaded bellows assembly located in the attached housing The associated pneumatic control head mounts to the pilot port on the body Activation of the control head displaces the actuator rod to open the pilot check on the directional valve and to release the spring loaded bellows assembly The compressed air is transmitted via copper tubing to the pilot cylinders controlling the actuation of the suppression system The pneumatic transmit
363. ttings Setting Control Head Part Number 1 inch 40 second vent 872318 B 5 2 Installation Refer to Paragraph 4 4 10 for installation instructions September 2013 B 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 6 PNEUMATIC MAIN TO RESERVE VALVE The pneumatic main to reserve transfer valve Part No 871364 Figure B 5 is installed in pneumatically actuated systems having a connected main and reserve supply of carbon dioxide and is used to direct the pneumatic actuation signal to either the main or the reserve pilot cylinders The valve contains an inlet port which is connected to two outlet ports A toggle switch controls a lever that transfers the pneumatic signal to one of the two outlet ports while blocking its passage to the other The toggle switch is normally placed in the main position In the event that the main suppression system discharges the switch is placed in the reserve position to provide uninterrupted fire protection while the main system is being recharged Never move the main to reserve transfer valve to the reserve position following a main suppression system actuation unless the activating CAUTI ON detector s has have cooled down 6 3 4 in gt 171 mm PNEUMATIC SELECTOR VALVE TO SHIFT FROM MAIN i TO RESERVE CYLINDERS 1 LIFT COVER 7 cover CLOSED xd ENCLOSURE 6 MOUNTING HOLES RESERV e MAN q DO NOT FORCE Jg YOND POSITIO
364. tubing for freedom from obstructions before installation 4 4 9 5 HEAT COLLECTOR Mount heat collector Figure 4 30 in designated location see the approved installation drawings Install pneumatic detector in center of heat collector 1 in 25 mm lt 16 in gt 406 mm 1 MOUNTING SURFACE FOR PNEUMATIC HEAT DETECTOR MOUNT IN CENTER 16 in 406 mm Figure 4 30 Heat Collector P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 39 September 2013 Installation 4 4 10 Pneumatic Control Head The following procedures are to be performed before attaching control head to cylinder valve refer to Figure 4 31 1 Remove pilot port outlet protection cap from valve of cylinder to be equipped with control head Be sure control head is in SET position Arrow on reset stem should line up with SET arrow on nameplate Connect heat detector tubing securely to diaphragm chamber of control head as follows Install a 3 16 inch tubing nut at the termination of the pneumatic detection tubing Attach the 3 16 inch tubing nut to the diaphragm connection on the pneumatic control head Although the tubing for an HAD detection system is 1 8 inch O D copper tubing the connection to the pneumatic control head is 3 16 inch O D copper tubing The transition from 1 8 inch O D copper tubing to 3 16 inch O D copper tubing is made by means of a 3 16 inch to 1 8 inch tubing reducing union If a Tandem Pneumatic Control Head Figure 4 32 is
365. uantity of agent calculated from the volume factors and to all of the additional quantities calculated using material conversion factors leakage equations or curves and ventilation formulas The additional carbon dioxide required to compensate for temperature shall be combined with the basic concentration quantity Equation 10 Where Wr Quantity of agent to compensate for extreme temperatures Ib kg t High or Low temperature correction factor from Equation 8 or 9 whichever factor is greater Wc Quantity of agent for given concentration from Equation 2 or Equation 12 Ib kg W Quantity of agent to compensate for uncloseable openings from Equation 6 Ib kg W Quantity of agent to compensate for forced ventilation from Equation 7 Ib kg P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 15 September 2013 Design EXAMPLE 5 TOTAL FLOODING FOR SURFACE FI RES Extreme Temperatures Consider a temperature cycling enclosure with dimensions of 5 ft L by 5 ft W by 5 ft H The design concentration is 34 The ambient temperature range is 15 F to 250 F Determine the additional quantity of carbon dioxide to compensate for the extreme temperature range From Equation 10 Wy Wc W Wy Where W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Extreme Temperatures is the Temperature Correction Factor Wc is the Quantity of Agent for the Design Concentration W is the Quantity of Agent to Compensate for Leakage
366. uation This section covers the requirements of NFPA 12 for carbon dioxide releasing systems NFPA 70 and 72 shall be referenced for additional information 3 14 1 Suppression Control Panels The Suppression Control Panel shall be listed for use with all field devices including the electrical control heads All input alarm initiation and supervisory and output notification and actuation circuits shall be supervised for system trouble The suppression control panel should be connected to existing protective signaling fire alarm system s to aid life safety and property protection as outlined in NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code 3 14 2 System Power Supply The power supply for the operation and control of the system shall be comprised of a primary source and a secondary source The primary source of energy shall have the capacity for the intended service and shall be supervised and reliable On loss of primary source or due to low voltage of the primary energy source an independent secondary standby power supply shall supply energy to the system The secondary standby supply shall be capable of operating the system under maximum normal load for 24 hours and then be capable of operating the system continuously for the full design discharge period September 2013 3 74 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 14 3 Design Automatic Detection 3 14 4 3 14 5 3 14 6 3 14 7 The type of detector required for a particular application is d
367. ulation rule or law Safe storage must include some protections from tipping or being knocked over Nothing in this manual is intended as a substitution for professional judgment and will not serve to absolve any professional from acting in a manner contrary to applicable professional standards For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders see CGA Pamphlet P 1 titled Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers CGA pamphlets may be purchased from The Compressed Gas Association 14501 George Carter Way Suite 103 Chantilly VA 20151 292 or from their website www cganet com SUBJ ECT PROCEDURES FOR SAFELY HANDLING PRESSURI ZED CYLINDERS WARNI NG Pressurized charged cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are capable of violent discharge This will result in serious bodily A injury death and property damage THESE INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE FOLLOWED IN THE EXACT SEQUENCE AS WRITTEN TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE Shipping Cap 1 Each cylinder is factory equipped with a shipping cap over the cylinder valve connected to the cylinder collar The shipping cap is a safety device and will provide a controlled safe discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated accidentally 2 ALL TIMES the shipping cap must be securely installed over the cylinder valve and the actuation port protection cap shall be attached unless the cylinders are connected into the system
368. ve 2 8 2 8 Discharge Head Grooved nee ese nemen sene 2 9 2 9 Installation of Grooved Nut Discharge Head to Cylinder 2 10 2 10 1 2sinch Elex El se cn reete er enint en eei amc Rp RE M Rains RI EM RE su E 2 11 2 11 ERR IT m 2 11 2 12 Swivel Adapter eu iso cst er Mer te 2 12 2 13 Manifold EE 2 12 2 14 Single Cylinder Straps net S antes RUDI RM RD MERE MR 2 13 2 15 Do uble Cylinder Straps a aaa terree ag enses end de ntt 2 14 2 16 Multiple Cylinder Mounting Arrangement A 2 15 2 17 Multiple Cylinder Mounting Arrangement B 2 15 2 18 Multiple Cylinder Mounting Arrangement C csse mme 2 16 2 19 Cylinder Rack and Framing Example 2 18 2 20 Lever Operated Control Head 0000001 2 20 2 21 Cable Operated Control Head 50050 2 21 2 22 Cable Operated Control Heads in 2 21 2 23 Mechanical Pull BOX suma su nd oles eda Cate NAA 2 22 2 24 Mechanical Pul
369. ve Assembly tube valve discharge head 872450 or 872442 and flexible hose For 25 35 50 Ib 5 7 9 11 16 23 kg sizes Includes dip 1 2 73 37 Cylinder Valve Assembly For 50 75 100 Ib 23 34 45 kg sizes Includes dip tube valve 840253 head 872450 or 872442 and flexible hose 3 4 31 16 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 September 2013 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK September 2013 D 2 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Kidde is a registered trademark of Kidde Fenwal Inc PBA These instructions do not purport to cover all the details or variations in the equipment p K dd F e S ste S described nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with g Kidde Fire System installation operation and maintenance All specifications subject to change without no tice Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser s purposes the matter should be referred to Ashland MA 01721 KIDDE FENWAL INC Ashland Masssachusetts Tel 508 881 2000 508 881 8920 81 2 001 Rev BC 2013 Kidde Fenwal Inc All Rights Reserved www kiddefiresystems com 400 Main Street
370. ve systems and the reserve system has not been previously discharged reset the pneumatic transmitter on the directional stop valve Do not test or actuate the pneumatic transmitter with the pneumatic control heads attached to the pilot cylinders Actuation of the pneumatic WARNI NG transmitter will cause the control heads to operate and result in CO system discharge P N 81 CO2MAN 001 B 5 September 2013 B 5 PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD 1 inch 40 SECOND B 5 1 Description The 1 inch 40 second control head P N 872318 is never connected directly to a HAD only indirectly through an intervening device such as a mercury check or a pneumatic transmitter The combination of diaphragm and vent settings for the pneumatic control head is shown in Table B 1 LOCAL MANUAL CONECTION FOR RELEASE LEVER DETECTION TUBING 3 16 in TUBING NUT FITS HERE LOCKING PIN CONNECTION FOR REMOTE PULL BOX PIPE OR CONDUIT 3 8 in NPS FEMALE SEAL WIRE Kidde PNEUMATIC CONTROL HEAD TO RESET FOR USE SCREWDRIVER MAINTENANCE 4 13 16 in 122 mm INSTRUCTIONS INDICATOR AND WAITER DDE SWIVEL RESET STEM 1 1 2 in 38 mm PATENT 246675 HEX 1 1 4 18 gt NF 3 THREAD 3 5 16 in PEU 84 mm CONNECTION FOR CABLE HOUSING TO SECOND CONTROL HEAD IF USED 3 8 in NPS FEMALE Figure B 4 Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 second Table B 1 Pneumatic Control Head 1 inch 40 second Se
371. ve the clamps and hardware that secure the nitrogen cylinder to the mounting bracket 7 6 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Post Discharge Maintenance 7 4 2 Nitrogen Cylinder Recharge Nitrogen cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates pressure is below normal 1800 PSIG at 70 F 124 bar gauge at 21 C or as adjusted for temperature or immediately after discharge Nitrogen used for charging must comply with Federal Specification BB N 411C Grade A Type 1 Copies of this specification may be obtained from Global Engineering Documents 2625 S Hickory St Santa Ana CA 92707 WARNING Before recharging the cylinder must be firmly secured by chains clamps or other devices to an immovable object such as a wall structural I beam or permanently mounted holding rack Recharge the nitrogen cylinders as follows 1 Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port 2 Installthe nitrogen cylinder recharge adapter P N WK 933537 000 to the cylinder valve actuation port and plug valve outlet port with 1 8 NPT pipe plug 3 Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the adapter Tighten securely 4 Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until full nitrogen flow is obtained 5 Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge Close the charging control valve when the gauge indicates the proper cylinder pressure 1800 PSIG at 70 F 124 bar gauge at 21 C 6 Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient
372. where atmospheres will be made hazardous by the discharge of carbon dioxide P N 81 CO2MAN 001 4 55 September 2013 Installation 4 7 2 Commissioning Procedure Prior to commencing with the commissioning procedure ensure that the availability of the following documents is verified and reviewed for a full understanding Request clarifications from the AHJ and or the system design engineer if required Carbon dioxide system specifications System drawings plans Kidde Engineered Carbon Dioxide CO gt Fire Suppression Systems DI OM Manual P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Requirements of the AHJ Request the approval to proceed from all appropriate authorities owner insurance underwriter s fire department etc before the system is inspected and tested Ensure that the system is disarmed in order to prevent an accidental discharge of carbon dioxide Before start of the inspection ensure that the release outputs from the control WARNING unit are isolated and that all control heads and discharge heads have been removed from the carbon dioxide cylinders 4 7 3 Enclosure I nspection 1 Inspect the protected enclosure to assure that all openings are sealed or provided with automatic closing devices 2 Ifthe unsealed openings are to remain i e for pressure relief ensure that the quantity of carbon dioxide includes additional agent to account for the loss through the openings 3 Forlocal application systems verify the structure being protected
373. with Rack September 2013 3 78 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 16 1 3 16 2 Design HOSE ON REEL PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH PROVIDES NOTIFICATION OF DISCHARGE ACTUATION CABLE Fa IN PROTECTIVE CONDUIT CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD CABLE PULL STATION FOR MANUAL RELEASE HORN VALVE ASSEMBLY B ON BRACKET CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER Figure 3 15 Typical Hand Hose Line System with Reel Uses Hand hose line systems may be used to supplement fixed fire protection systems or to supplement first response portable fire extinguishers for the protection of specific hazards for which carbon dioxide is the extinguishing agent These systems shall not be used as a substitute for other fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems equipped with fixed nozzles except where the hazard cannot adequately or economically be protected by a fixed system Hand hose line systems may be used to combat fires in all hazards covered under Chapter 1 except those that are inaccessible and beyond the scope of manual firefighting The decision as to whether hose lines are applicable to the particular hazard shall rest with the authority having jurisdiction Safety Requirements Consideration shall be given to the possibility of carbon dioxide migrating and settling into adjacent areas outside the protected space Consideration shall also be given to where the carbon dioxide can migrate or collect in the event of a discharge from a safety relief devi
374. with a wintergreen odorizer i 251 Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or death 4 When alarm operates wintergreen scent is detected do not enter until ventilated Figure 2 85 Sign at Every Entrance to Protected Space for Systems with a Wintergreen Odorizer September 2013 2 76 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Component Descriptions 2 9 2 4 MIGRATION WARNING SIGN P N 06 231866 854 The sign shown in Figure 2 86 shall be used at every nearby space where carbon dioxide can accumulate to hazardous levels 51 Carbon dioxide gas discharge nearby space can collect 74 here When alarm operates vacate immediately Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or death Figure 2 86 Sign in Every Nearby Space Where CO Can Accumulate to Hazardous Levels 2 9 2 5 STORAGE WARNING SIGN P N 06 231866 855 The sign shown in Figure 2 87 shall be used outside each entrance to carbon dioxide storage rooms Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or death Ventilate the area before entering A high carbon dioxide gas concentration can occur in this area and cause suffocation Figure 2 87 Sign Outside Each Entrance to Storage Rooms P N 81 CO2MAN 001 2 77 September 2013 Component Descriptions 2 9 2 6 ACTUATION WARNING SIGN P N 06 231866 856 The sign shown in Figure 2 88 shall be used at each manual actuation station Carbon dioxide gas can cau
375. xample CYLINDERS Figure 3 11 Pilot Cylinder Position within Manifold Actuation Classifications Three actuation classifications apply to CO systems automatic normal manual and emergency manual AUTOMATIC Automatic actuation is a system operation that does not require any human action Automatic detection and actuation shall be used except where manual only actuation is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and where automatic actuation could result in an increased risk Automatic detection shall be by any listed or approved method or device that is capable of detecting and indicating heat flame smoke combustible vapors or an abnormal condition in the hazard such as a process trouble that is likely to produce fire NORMAL MANUAL Normal manual actuation is a system operation that requires human action The actuating device shall be easily accessible to the hazard at all times and shall be clearly recognizable for the purpose intended Operation of the device shall cause complete operation of the system and shall not cause the time delay to recycle Normal manual actuation may incorporate electrical mechanical pneumatic or other devices P N 81 CO2MAN 001 3 69 September 2013 Design 3 13 3 3 EMERGENCY MANUAL Emergency manual actuation is a system operation that requires human action and that is fully mechanical in nature All valves that control the release and distribution
376. ylinders or stop valves In addition to these components N gt actuation is required to drive the discharge delay when FM Approval is required The nitrogen cylinder is actuated by a lever cable electrical or pneumatic heat detector operated system as discussed in previous sections Direct N2 Operation of CO2 Cylinders and Stop Valves To achieve minimum actuation pressure in the pilot line length limitations must be observed See Table 3 13 for limits September 2013 3 72 P N 81 CO2MAN 001 Table 3 13 Nitrogen Pilot Line Length Limitations Design Pi Tubi Maximum Linear Distance Permitted or ruping Between N gt and CO Cylinders 1 4 inch DN6 NPT Schedule 40 300 ft 91 44 m Galvanized Steel Pipe 1 4 inch DN6 NPT Schedule 80 436 ft 132 89 m Galvanized Steel Pipe 1 4 inch 4mm OD x 0 035 in 1mm 427 ft 130 14 m Wall Thickness Stainless Steel Tubing 5 16 in OD x 0 032 wall 436 ft 132 89 m As an alternative to the above limits for the 108 cu in nitrogen cylinder the 1040 cu in nitrogen cylinder may also be used for direct operation of CO2 cylinders and stop valves The 1040 cu in nitrogen cylinder cannot be used to drive the nitrogen operated discharge delay unit Therefore the 1040 cu in nitrogen cylinder may be employed upstream of a 108 cu in nitrogen cylinder or downstream of the discharge delay unit maximum actuation line length of 460 ft is allowed between the 1040 cu
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Bosch 2608606818 OpenStage 15 T MANUAL DO USUÁRIO z/VM Center für IBM Director Version 5.10 Update 3 Release Samsung HMX-E10BP دليل المستخدم Manual Técnico 車をお買いあげいただきありがとうございます。 Honda IMPLANTS ORTHPéDIqUES POUR PETITES ARTICULATIONS Délégués du Personnel Réunion du Jeudi 25 avril 2013 Pfister BTB-CB2K Installation Guide Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file